0
登录后你可以
  • 下载海量资料
  • 学习在线课程
  • 观看技术视频
  • 写文章/发帖/加入社区
会员中心
创作中心
发布
  • 发文章

  • 发资料

  • 发帖

  • 提问

  • 发视频

创作活动
2900155

2900155

  • 厂商:

    PHOENIX(菲尼克斯)

  • 封装:

    -

  • 描述:

    CABLEASSEMBLYINTERFACE3.28'

  • 数据手册
  • 价格&库存
2900155 数据手册
Interface Technology and Switching Devices 2013 / 2014 7 PCB connection technology and electronics housing • PCB terminal blocks and plug-in connectors • Electronics housing Connection technology for field devices • Plug-in connectors • Cables and connectors Modular terminal blocks • Modular terminal blocks Sensor/actuator cabling and industrial plug-in connectors • Sensor/actuator cabling • Cables and connectors • Plug-in connectors Marking systems, tools, and mounting material • Marking and labeling • Tools • Installation and mounting material Surge protection and power supply units • Lightning monitoring system • Surge protection and interference filters • Power supply units and UPS • Protective devices Interface technology and switching devices Control technology, I/O systems and automation infrastructure • Ethernet networks • Functional safety • HMIs and industrial PCs • I/O systems • Industrial lighting and signaling • Industrial communication technology • Fieldbus components and systems • Wireless data communication • Process infrastructure • Software • Controllers Table of contents Complete overview 2 Electronic switching devices and motor control 7 Measurement and control technology 53 Monitoring 193 Relay modules 265 System cabling for controllers 417 Technical information/index 566 Complete overview Product range overview Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Page 12 Hybrid motor starters   Page 18 Solid-state contactors   Page 38 IP67 motor starters   Page 48 Measurement and control technology Digital displays Page 150 Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety   Page 152 Multiplexers for HART signals   Page 208 Current transformers   Test disconnect terminal blocks See Catalog 3 Page 250 Multifunctional monitoring relays   Page 252 Page 186 Ex i 2-conductor field devices   Page 187 Monitoring Compressed air meters Compact monitoring relays 2 PHOENIX CONTACT Page 212 Ultra-narrow timer relays   Current transducers, current protectors   Page 229 Page 258 Multifunctional timer relays   Page 260 Complete overview Product range overview Measurement and control technology Frequency inverters Page 50 Highly compact isolating amplifiers   Page 64 Isolating amplifiers with functional safety   Page 100 Isolating amplifiers, special designs   Page 130 Monitoring Shield fast connection and test plugs Page 191 Controllers See Catalog 8 Voltage transducers, AC and DC Page 236 PV system monitoring   Page 262 Lightning current measuring system See Catalog 6 Special function modules Page 134 Energy meters   Page 200 Complete packages for data logging   Page 206 Residual current monitoring   Page 244 Components for E-Mobility   HMIs See Catalog 8 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products Page 247 Signal towers See Catalog 8 PHOENIX CONTACT 3 Complete overview Product range overview Relay modules RIFLINE complete PLC series Page 276 PR series Page 322 DEK series Page 372 Page 397 System cabling for controllers Front adapters Termination boards Page 424 V8 adapters Page 470 System cables Page 369 Page 500   4 PHOENIX CONTACT Complete overview Product range overview Multi-channel relay modules Page 550 Safety devices See Catalog 8 Monitoring relays Timer relays Page 250 Page 258   Universal interface modules Potential distributors Page 524 Page 548   For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 5 6 PHOENIX CONTACT Electronic switchgear and motor control Switching devices for starting, reversing, and protecting electric motors are some of the most frequently used components in automation technology. These are often designed redundantly for safety-sensitive applications. When it comes to reducing installation time and space requirements, CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters are the state-of-the-art alternative. This is because CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters combine up to 4 functions in a single device. Integration in popular fieldbus systems is implemented using the SmartWire-DTTM wiring system. For protection of the entire system, the product range now includes the electronic motor manager (EMM). In addition to typical measured values such as voltage and current, the behavior of the system is monitored and protected by means of real power measurement. The process data in all popular fieldbus systems can be supplied via gateways and evaluated by a controller.             Product overview   Electronic motor management 3-phase hybrid motor starters Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection Hybrid motor starters with SmartWire-DT™ support       8    10  16  29  31              3-phase solid-state reversing contactors 3-phase solid-state contactors Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors Single-phase solid-state contactors IP67 motor starters IP20 frequency inverters 38  40  44  46  48  50    Product range overview PHOENIX CONTACT 7 Electronic switchgear and motor control Product overview Motor management Electronic motor management Page 12 Gateways   Page 14 Software   Page 15 Reversing load relays with soft starter   Page 42 3-phase solid-state contactors   Page 40 Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors Page 44 Single-phase solid-state contactors   Page 46 Solid-state contactors 3-phase solid-state reversing contactors Page 38 Frequency inverters Inline frequency inverters for the control cabinet 8 PHOENIX CONTACT Page 50 Electronic switchgear and motor control Product overview Hybrid motor starters 3-phase hybrid motor starters Page 18 3-phase hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection Page 29 Hybrid motor starters with SmartWire-DT™ support Page 31 Accessories   Page 36 IP67 motor starters PROFINET motor starters Page 48 Stainless steel base, IP67 protection   Page 49 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 9 Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Electronic motor management (EMM) The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern real power monitoring. ELR-MM modules combine fast, wear-free electronic reversing load relays with modern measurement and evaluation electronics. EMM offers the same functionality for all performance classes, only without a power section. Power within limits Monitoring is based on freely parameterizable switching and signaling thresholds for overload and underload detection. Identical or separate settings can be made for the thresholds relating to the two directions of rotation. Parameterization relies on the real power consumed (calculated from three currents, voltages, and the phase angle), thereby offering a much more precise basis than if only the current is taken into consideration, as it is independent of voltage fluctuations and drive load. If a switching threshold is exceeded or not reached, the ELR-MM or EMM initiates an emergency shutdown of the motor immediately (or after an adjustable “delay time”). In addition, a message can be sent via an output. 10 PHOENIX CONTACT This state can only be deactivated via a defined reset. If the effective power consumed is determined as being above or below the message thresholds, all that occurs is that a check-back is returned for the duration for which the module was addressed. In addition, signals are generated by the module for the recognition of the direction of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures are detected and signalized. Permanent status monitoring with high scanning rates and the fast semiconductor switch enable complete system protection, including motor protection. Without any extra wiring - and with just a single device - pumps, actuating drives, fans, and tools are monitored for proper functioning, contamination (filter or similar), and wear. The adjustable “inrush suppression” time can be used to mask out the switching operation from the monitoring process. Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Protection against dry running, blocking, and cavitation, warning thresholds to indicate filter contamination. Protection against blocking, warning thresholds for bearing wear and other cases that trigger overload. Protection against blocking and broken tools, warning thresholds for tool and bearing wear. Delay time Switch-on delay Real power (P) Real power (P) Switch-on delay Continuous dry running with forced shutdown Real power (P) Switch-on delay Delay time Delay time Excess performance due to possible broken tool Performance threshol Broken tool Upper performance threshold Temporary dry running Increased performance Tool wear Signaling threshold, contamination of screen or filter Performance Performance Lower performance threshold Lower performance threshold Time (t) Time (t) Signaling threshold Tool wear Performance when idling Time (t) Motor startup Tool positioning Milling process Drive shutdown In the case of motor-driven pumps, the lower performance threshold provides reliable protection against hazardous dry running. Forced shutdown of the drive can be delayed by the “delay time”. This prevents forced shutdown in the event of air bubbles. Tooling machines are monitored and protected in a similar way when drilling, milling or grinding. If the feed value on a milling machine is set too high, a tool may break in the “worst-case” scenario. The power threshold - parameterized accordingly - can be used to resolve this issue. Additionally, a message threshold signals tool wear in advance. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 11 Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Electronic motor management H H Allows the use of external current transformers  Ex:  With integrated current transformers  Ex:  US R IFSPort US L 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 W D DAT Notes: W ERR The EMM motor management module (with/without current transformer) for all performance classes monitors and protects 3-phase loads, such as electrical drives. – Freely parameterizable signaling or switching thresholds – Digital outputs control external switching elements – Optional connection to INTERFACE system and PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS via TBUS D 24 VDC Reset IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 O1 O2 O3 O4 Digital IN Logic μP P Digital OUT USO O T-BUS Thermistor V1 V2 V3 I11 I21 I31 I12 I22 I32 Th1 Th2 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 Digital IN O1 O2 O3 O4 Digital OUT USO O Rated control supply current IS at US Input data of digital inputs Number of inputs Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating current IC Power measurement Voltage measuring input Nominal current, voltage measuring input Current measuring input Output power of the converter Internal resistance EMM Output data for confirmation contacts O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations EMC regulations Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D ERR R Logic μP T-BUS 24 VDC P 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Thermistor Th1 Th2 Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 25 mA EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 24 V DC 3.3 mA 10 mA EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 230 V AC 3.5 mA 25 mA EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 24 V DC 3.3 mA 10 mA EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 230 V AC 3.5 mA 42 V AC ... 575 V AC < 0.5 mA 5 A Secondary external converter > 1.25 VA 0.02 Ω 42 V AC ... 575 V AC < 0.5 mA 5 A Secondary external converter > 1.25 VA 0.02 Ω max. 16 A - max. 16 A - 24 V DC (semiconductor output) / 500 mA 230 V AC (relay output/500 mA) / 500 mA 24 V DC (semiconductor output) / 500 mA 230 V AC (relay output/500 mA) / 500 mA 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2 EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2 EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Description DAT Reset L Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US IFSPort Ordering data Type Order No. EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1) EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1) 2297497 2297507 IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 1 EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1) EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1) 2297523 2297536 2811271 1 IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET 2707437 2901667 50 1 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50 IFS-CONFSTICK1) IFS-CONFSTICK-L 2986122 2901103 1 1 IFS-CONFSTICK1) IFS-CONFSTICK-L 2986122 2901103 1 1 MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 1857919 50 50 MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 1857919 50 50 Electronic motor management Accessories Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface DIN rail connector Voltage transducer for 690 V, for EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS, comprising 3 modular terminal blocks and cover 1 1 Accessories Multi-functional memory block for the INTERFACE system - Flat design - Tall design Mini COMBICON connectors - Socket contact - Pin contact 12 PHOENIX CONTACT Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Electronic motor management L1 EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS S1/k P1 S2/l P2 S1/k I31 I11 UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690 V3 Voltage measurement Current measurement I21 UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690 UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 V1 US Digital inputs Module supply 5/L3 1/L1 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 3/L2 US Digital inputs Module supply L3 V2 L2 Current measurement S2/l Reverse running S2/l P2 I32 I12 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Separate switching module Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 GND M M The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern effective power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the effective power of a drive system or of any other 3-phase consumer is calculated from three currents, voltages and the phase angle. Currents of up to 16 A can be directly acquired and currents >16 A are supplied via external converters. Digital outputs can be used to control separate mechanical or electronic switching elements that adopt the actual switching of the load. In this configuration, the EMM reliably protects connected loads – irrespective of their power consumption – against overload and underload, and provides permanent status monitoring. Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching, message thresholds and up to four freely configurable inputs and outputs enable the protection of electrical drives and the system. P1 Thermistor input Reverse running 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Separate switching module Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 GND I22 Th2 Th1 O1 O2 O3 O4 Digital outputs 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 Th1 O USO Thermistor input P2 S1/k Current measurement Supply digital outputs Digital outputs Supply digital outputs O1 O2 O3 O4 Th2 Current measurement O USO P1 EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS The EMM modules can record the following data: – Apparent effective and reactive power – Currents and voltages – Phase angle – Switching-cycle and operating-hours – Power meter. Additional Functions: – Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30 – Thermistor monitor – Recording measured values – PROFIBUS connection via TBUS – Pre-configured motor exits such as reversing starters, star delta starters, etc. The EMM modules can be used to record complete "curves that can be used for system documentation. The operating modes forward and reversing running, reverse and limit switch operation (with integrated restart inhibit) switch actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc. and also check for wear. Current transformer The external converters should be selected with a secondary nominal current of 5 A. The primary current is determined by the current consumption of the consumer (refer to connection diagram). For suitable current transformers, see catalog INTERFACE. DIN rail connector TBUS The TBUS (Order No. 2707437 ) can be used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC or to couple up to 31 EMMs (for example) to the PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS. Switching element Depending on the particular requirement of the application, either an electro-mechanical contactor or reversing contactor combination, or a semiconductor contactor or a solid-state reversing contactor is to be used for the actual task of switching the load. These switching elements are controlled via the digital outputs of the EMM modules. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 13 Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management IFS gateways for electronic motor management modules Notes: H 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 D EM...GATEWAY-IFS for connecting EMM...IFS modules to popular bus systems: PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, Modbus TCP, DeviceNet™, and CANopen®. – Communication via T-BUS with up to 31 EMMIFS modules – Equipped with freely parameterizable digital inputs and outputs – Digital switching outputs for direct control of EMMIFS (forward/reverse running) W  US GND 24V DC Reset Fieldbus connection IN IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 OUT O1 O2 O3 O4 IFS TBUS EPROM IFSPort µController USO TO Status Technical data Input data Operating voltage UB Nominal input current at UIN Input circuit Digital inputs Input voltage Nominal input current at UIN Input circuit Digital outputs Maximum switching voltage Max. switching current Residual voltage Output protection IFS interface Connection method General data Test voltage data interface/power supply Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of protection Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 24 V DC -20 % ... +25 % 85 mA Polarity protection, surge protection 24 V DC ±20% 3 mA Polarity protection, surge protection 23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output) 500 mA 1V Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse TBUS W/H/D 1.5 kV -35°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor EN 50178 IP20 Any / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PROFIBUS DP RS-232 RS-485 Modbus TCP DeviceNet™ CANopen® EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS1) EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS 2297620 2901526 2901527 2901528 2901529 2901504 1 1 1 1 1 1 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface DIN rail connector Mini COMBICON connectors - Socket contact - Pin contact IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50 MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 1857919 50 50 IFS gateways for electronic motor management modules Accessories 14 PHOENIX CONTACT Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Device Type Manager (DTM) for motor management modules EMM...IFS – CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, programming adapter, and user manual on CD available as configuration package – Also available as USB programming adapter even individually – CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS also available free of charge as a separate download from www.phoenixcontact.com Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user manual on CD MM-CONF-SET 2297992 1 2811271 1 Accessories Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 15 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Hybrid motor starters for controlling 3-phase asynchronous motors combine up to four functions in one device as required. These include forward running, reverse running with optional reversing function including load wiring. The locking circuit for the reversing function is also integrated and certified as a single electronic reversing starter according to UL 508a and the new UL 60947-1. Furthermore, the devices protect the motor by means of an integrated motor protection relay with automatic and remote reset function. The implemented safety function according to Performance Level e (PL e) of EN ISO 13849-1 provides the emergency stop requirement. A PDT confirmation contact provides information regarding the availability of the device, and the motor state. This means that in the event of motor control without an error message the integrated current measurement and symmetry scanning ensures that the motor is turning. Even with these numerous functions, the hybrid motor starter is just 22.5 mm wide. 16 PHOENIX CONTACT Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters with integrated protective devices, for mounting on 35 mm DIN rails and 60 mm busbar systems and connection to popular bus systems via SmartWire-DT™ complete the product portfolio. Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Hybrid motor starters with up to four functions in one device: forward running, reverse running, motor protection, and emergency stop. Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters with integrated fuses for mounting on 35 mm DIN rails and 60 mm busbar systems. Connection of hybrid motor starters in a bus system via SmartWire-DT™. Gateways are provided for the main bus systems: PROFIBUS, Modbus TCB, EtherNet/IP™, and CANopen®. The uniform design of the control side enables the combination of short-circuitproof hybrid motor starters with SmartWire-DT™ adapters for integration in a bus system. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 17 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function, motor protection, and emergency stop These 3-phase “4 in 1” hybrid motor starters combine four functions in one device: right contactor, left contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop up to category 3. Offer the following advantages: – 22.5 mm wide – They save wiring – Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging Safety level according to: – IEC 61508-1: SIL3 – ISO 13849: PL e H H W D W D For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A  Ex:  MAN RES AUTO  Ex:  RES 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Logic µP MAN RES AUTO 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 RES Logic µP Notes: Us T Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. T Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 E Us T T & Error R L E & Error R 97 96 95 L 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC R/L Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions Safety data EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX 100 A (t = 10 ms) 75 mA < 0.2 V W/H/D 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA (see derating curve) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 75 mA < 0.2 V Surge protection 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V Surge protection 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145  II (2) G,  II (2) D PTB 07 ATEX 3145 Ordering data Description 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A (see derating curve)  II (2) G,  II (2) D PTB 07 ATEX 3145 Ordering data Type Order No. ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900582 2903902 2900692 Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900414 2903904 2900420 1 1 1 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I 2297031 2297044 1 1 “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop, terminals L1, L2, L3 and T1, T2, T3 rotated 18 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Conventional structure Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3 H Structure with CONTACTRON Main and control current path for “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function according to category 3 W D L1 F1 F2 L2 F3 L3 F1 F2 F3 L1 L2 L3 +24V DC K1 K5 L1 L2 L3 K2 T3 K1 T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 K5 For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A K3  Ex:  K4 M 3~ M1 K5 K1 +US R L K5 K5 K5 K5 S2 E PE F4 K5 MAN RES AUTO 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 RES Logic µP Us T T M 3~ M1 E GND PE K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor K3 = Left contactor K4 = Right contactor F4 = Motor protection relay & Error K1 = “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset S2 = Emergency stop R 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Conventional structure Control current path reversing contactor according to category 3 Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 +24V DC F5 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 K5 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.5 A < 0.5 V PTB 07 ATEX 3145 10 20 30 60 50 40 70 K5 Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 100% operating time K5 K5 T2 T3 K1 K4 K3 K5 K5 K2 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm  II (2) G,  II (2) D 1 2 0 T1 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.5 A < 0.5 V Surge protection PTB 07 ATEX 3145 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 Ambient temperature [°C] 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve)  II (2) G,  II (2) D K5 S2 F4 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) Output current [A] 97 96 95 K3 K4 K5 K5 K1 K2 Output current [A] L 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 GND 2 1 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor K3 = Left contactor K4 = Right contactor K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset S2 = Emergency stop F4 = Motor protection relay Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9 100% operating time ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 Order No. 2900421 2903906 2900422 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Output current [A] Type Output current [A] Ordering data 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 100% operating time ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I 2297057 2297060 1 1 2 0 70 1 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 100% operating time 1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing 2 Aligned without spacing For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 19 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with motor protection and emergency stop These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor starters combine three functions in one device: right contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop up to category 3. Offer the following advantages: – 22.5 mm wide – They save wiring – Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging Safety level according to: – IEC 61508-1: SIL3 – ISO 13849: PL e H H W D For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A  Ex:  MAN RES AUTO Notes: W D Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.  Ex:  RES 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Logic µP MAN RES AUTO Us T Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 T E RES 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Logic µP Us T T & Error ON E & Error ON 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 97 96 95 Technical data 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuation voltage UC ON Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions Safety data EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX 100 A (t = 10 ms) 75 mA < 0.2 V W/H/D 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA (see derating curve) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 75 mA < 0.2 V Surge protection 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145  II (2) G,  II (2) D PTB 07 ATEX 3145  II (2) G,  II (2) D PTB 07 ATEX 3145 Ordering data Description Type Order No. “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900566 2903914 2900689 PHOENIX CONTACT 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V Surge protection 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data 20 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 Type Order No. ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900567 2903916 2900568 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Conventional structure Main current path contactor according to category 3 H Structure with CONTACTRON Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter according to category 3 W D F1 F1 F2 F3 L1 L2 L3 L1 F2 L2 F3 L3 +24V DC K1 K4 L1 L2 L3 K2 T3 K1 T1 T2 T3 T1 K4 For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A K3  Ex:  M 3~ M1 K4 K1 +US ON K4 K4 K4 K4 S2 E PE F4 K4 MAN RES AUTO RES 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Logic µP Us T T E M 3~ M1 GND PE K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor K3 = Right contactor F4 = Motor protection relay K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay T1 = Right, T3 = Reset S2 = Emergency stop & Error ON 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Conventional structure Control current path contactor according to category 3 Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 Output current [A] 97 96 95 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 +24V DC F5 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 K4 K4 S2 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 F4 K4 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) T1  II (2) G,  II (2) D PTB 07 ATEX 3145 60 50 40 70 Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 100% operating time K4 K1 K4 K4 K2 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm PTB 07 ATEX 3145 30 T2 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.5 A < 0.5 V Surge protection  II (2) G,  II (2) D 20 K4 K4 K4 K3 K1 K2 Output current [A] 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.5 A < 0.5 V 10 Ambient temperature [°C] 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) 1 2 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 GND 2 1 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor K3 = Right contactor K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay T1 = Right, T3 = Reset S2 = Emergency stop F4 = Motor protection relay Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9 100% operating time Order No. ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900569 2903918 2900570 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 2 0 10 20 40 30 50 60 Output current [A] Type Output current [A] Ordering data 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 100% operating time 2 0 70 1 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 100% operating time 1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing 2 Aligned without spacing For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 21 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function and motor protection These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor starters combine three functions in one device: right contactor, left contactor, and motor protection relay. Offer the following advantages: – 22.5 mm wide – They save wiring – Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging H H W D W D For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A Notes:  Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 MAN RES AUTO  1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 RES Logic μP MAN RES AUTO Us T R L 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 RES Logic μP Us T & Error 97 96 95 & Error R L 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuation voltage UC ON Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 100 A (t = 10 ms) 75 mA < 0.2 V W/H/D 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA (see derating curve) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 75 mA < 0.2 V Surge protection 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V Surge protection 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Description 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) Ordering data Type Order No. ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900573 2900691 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900574 2900575 Pcs. / Pkt. “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor, and motor protection relay 22 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 1 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Conventional structure Main current path contactor according to category 3 H Structure with CONTACTRON Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter according to category 3 W D F1 F1 F2 F3 L1 L2 L3 L1 F2 L2 F3 L3 +24V DC L1 L2 L3 K1 T1 T2 T3 For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A K1  K1 +US R L PE F4 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 RES M 3~ M1 Logic μP Us T GND PE K1 = Left contactor K2 = Right contactor F4 = Motor protection relay K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset & Error L 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Conventional structure Control current path contactor according to category 3 Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 Output current [A] R 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 +24V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 F5 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 F4 1 2 0 10 20 30 60 50 40 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.5 A < 0.5 V M 3~ M1 Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 100% operating time T1 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) T2 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.5 A < 0.5 V Surge protection K2 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm K1 Output current [A] MAN RES AUTO K2 T1 T2 K1 K2 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 GND 2 1 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] K1 = Left contactor K2 = Right contactor T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset F4 = Motor protection relay Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-99 100% operating time Ordering data 2900576 2900578 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 2 0 10 20 40 30 50 60 Output current [A] ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 Order No. Output current [A] Type 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 100% operating time 2 0 70 1 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 100% operating time 1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing 2 Aligned without spacing For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 23 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with motor protection These 3-phase “2 in 1” hybrid motor starters combine two functions in one device: right contactor and motor protection. The devices offer the following advantages: – 22.5 mm wide – They save wiring – Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A – Low-wear switching – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging H H W D W D For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A   Notes: MAN RES AUTO Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 RES Logic μP MAN RES AUTO Us T ON 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 RES Logic μP Us T & Error 97 96 95 & Error ON 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 97 96 95 Technical data 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuation voltage UC ON Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 100 A (t = 10 ms) 75 mA < 0.2 V W/H/D 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA (see derating curve) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 75 mA < 0.2 V Surge protection 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V Surge protection 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Description 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) Ordering data Type Order No. ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900542 2900685 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900543 2900544 Pcs. / Pkt. “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and motor protection relay 24 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 1 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Conventional structure Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3 H Structure with CONTACTRON Main and control current path for “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter according to category 3 W D F1 F1 F2 F3 L1 L2 L3 L1 F2 L2 F3 L3 +24V DC L1 L2 L3 K1 T1 T1 T2 T3 For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A K1  RES M 3~ M1 Logic μP Us T ON PE GND PE K1 = Right contactor F4 = Motor protection relay K1 = “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter T1 = Right, T3 = Reset & Error ON 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Conventional structure Control current path contactor according to category 3 Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 +24V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 F5 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 F4 1 2 0 10 20 30 60 50 40 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity rever- Surge protection sal, Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 100% operating time 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) T1 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.5 A < 0.5 V Surge protection 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Output current [A] 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.5 A < 0.5 V K1 +US F4 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Output current [A] MAN RES AUTO M 3~ M1 K1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 GND 2 1 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] K1 = Right contactor T1 = Right, T3 = Reset F4 = Motor protection relay Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9 100% operating time Ordering data 2900545 2900546 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 2 0 10 20 40 30 50 60 Output current [A] ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 Order No. Output current [A] Type 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 100% operating time 2 0 70 1 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 100% operating time 1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing 2 Aligned without spacing For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 25 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function 3-phase hybrid motor starter for reversing three-phase induction motors The devices offer the following advantages: – 22.5 mm wide – They save wiring – Up to 9 A – Low-wear switching – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging Notes: H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. W D Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A  1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Us T Logic µP R L 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC R/L Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Output current [A] Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Load current 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 1 2 70 60 50 40 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-24DC/500AC-9 100% operating time Output current [A] 10 20 30 1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing 2 = Aligned without spacing 70 60 50 40 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9 100% operating time 0 26 100 A (t = 10 ms) 0A < 0.5 V W/H/D 10 20 PHOENIX CONTACT 30 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 0A < 0.5 V Surge protection 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing 2 = Aligned without spacing 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 Surge current Minimum load current Residual voltage Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) Ordering data Description Type Order No. ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900538 2900539 Pcs. / Pkt. “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and left contactor 1 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters “1 in 1” hybrid motor starter Notes: H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. 3-phase hybrid motor starter for starting three-phase induction motors The devices offer the following advantages: – 22.5 mm wide – Low-wear switching – Up to 9 A – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging W D Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 For starting 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A  1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Us T Logic µP ON 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuation voltage UC ON Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit 5 mA 7 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Output current [A] Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Load current 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 1 2 70 60 50 40 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-24DC/500AC-9 100% operating time Output current [A] 100 A (t = 10 ms) 0A < 0.5 V W/H/D 10 20 30 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 0A < 0.5 V Surge protection 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 7 3 x 10 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data 1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing 2 = Aligned without spacing 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 Surge current Minimum load current Residual voltage Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical service life Standards/regulations Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) Description Type Order No. ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900530 2900531 Pcs. / Pkt. “1 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor 1 1 1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing 2 = Aligned without spacing 70 60 50 40 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9 100% operating time 0 10 20 30 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 27 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC R/L Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC These short-circuit-proof 3-phase “4 in 1” hybrid motor starters for mounting on 30 mm DIN rails or 60 mm busbars combine four functions in one device: right contactor, left contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop up to category 3. – – – – – – – – Offer the following advantages: 22.5 mm wide Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A Long service life Space-saving They save wiring 3-phase loop bridging Plug-in motor output terminal block Coordination type 2 according to IEC/EN 60947-4-2 Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Load current Minimum load current Residual voltage Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D Description Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters Hybrid motor starters DIN rail adapter Power rail adapter, 160 mm Power rail adapter, 200 mm Set consisting of short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter and DIN rail adapter Fuse Coordination type 2 to 10 kA/500 V Coordination type 2 to 5 kA/400 V Coordination type 1 to 30 kA/500 V 28 PHOENIX CONTACT Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters H H W D H W D For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A Ex:  MAN RES AUT Us T T For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A Ex:  Reset Autoreset Reset2 R L1 L2 L3 Logic μP Ex:  Reset Autoreset MAN RES AUT Us T 24 VDC & Error E T Reset 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 97 96 95 Reset2 L1 L2 L3 Logic μP Reset Autoreset & Error T Reset L 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 97 96 95 Reset2 L1 L2 L3 Logic μP 24 VDC & Error E R 24VDC Technical data MAN RES AUT Us T 24 VDC E R 24VDC L W D Reset 24VDC L Technical data 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 97 96 95 Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A 75 mA < 0.3 V Surge protection, short-circuit protection 180 mA < 0.4 V Surge protection, short-circuit protection 1.5 A < 0.6 V Surge protection, short-circuit protection 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 3 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 3 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 3 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06 EM RD-ADAPTER EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902746 2902747 2902748 2902831 ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902952 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 1 1 1 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2 EM RD-ADAPTER EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902744 2902747 2902748 2902831 1 ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902953 Accessories FUSE-10X38-16A-GR FUSE-10X38-20A-GR FUSE-10X38-30A-MR Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Order No. 1 1 1 1 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9 EM RD-ADAPTER EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902745 2902747 2902748 2902831 1 1 1 1 1 ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902954 1 2903126 2903384 2903119 10 10 10 Accessories 2903126 2903384 2903119 10 10 10 FUSE-10X38-16A-GR FUSE-10X38-20A-GR FUSE-10X38-30A-MR Pcs. / Pkt. Type Accessories 2903126 2903384 2903119 10 10 10 FUSE-10X38-16A-GR FUSE-10X38-20A-GR FUSE-10X38-30A-MR For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 29 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters with SmartWire-DT™ support Notes: Switching device technical data You can download the SmartWire-DT™ Assist software for easy creation of SmartWire-DT™ networks free of charge at www.phoenixcontact.com Controller SmartWire-DT™ is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation. MRESET STOP RUN/PROG RESET PRG 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 LINK TM SmartWireDT line Start Ethernet connection Stop Reset 0511 01 SWD EN EN EN SWD EN EN EN SWD EN EN EN SWD EN EN EN EN EN SWD EN +15V A1 S34 S33 S11 24V 0V POW S12 S21 S22 A2 M2 US R L MAN RES AUT E 97 96 95 M5 M4 M3 M1 US R L MAN RES AUT E 97 96 95 SWD DP Config. Power Config. PSR-ESA4 AUX Gateway 2,4 Reset 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 0,87 2,4 2,4A PWR Err L R Reset 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 max. 4,0 9,0 4,0 2,4A PWR Err L R Reset 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 max. Emergency stop Network termination plug 9,0 1,5 1,5 0,18 0,18 9A PWR Err L R Reset max. 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 9A PWR Err L R Reset ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9 0,87 max. PWR Err L R K2 6,5 ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9 0,6 0,6A 0,075 US R L MAN RES AUT E 97 96 95 6,5 ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 0,25 max. US R L MAN RES AUT E 97 96 95 1,63 ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 24V 0V US R L MAN RES AUT E 97 96 95 1,63 ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 ETH1 FOR LAN ONLY ETH2 POW EU5C-SED-EIP-MODTCP PXC RS232 K1 0,39 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 31 13 14 32 33 24 PSR safety relays Hybrid motor starters with SmartWireDTTM connection Switch and reverse motors safely and reliably with CONTACTRON compact hybrid motor starters. The CONTACTRON “4 in 1” combines all the functions of a conventional reversing contactor circuit in a single device – for motors up to 4 kW, with a design width of just 22.5 mm. The SmartWire-DT™ communication system makes the complex cabling of the control and signal levels easier and clearer. You can also combine the hybrid motor starters with standard fieldbus systems. The hybrid motor starters, as well as the command and signaling devices, are directly connected to the controller with SmartWire-DT™ via a gateway. Safe shutdown is implemented with a PSR safety relay. Thanks to SmartWire-DT™, the amount of wiring is significantly reduced. You benefit from clearly arranged and compact control cabinets. Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC R/L Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Load current Surge current Minimum load current Residual voltage Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions (including adapter) Safety data EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX W/H/D Description Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter as a set 30 PHOENIX CONTACT Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters H W H W D Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A EM-SWD CONTACTRON n in 1" " Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set 550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A EM-SWD + CONTACTRON n in 1" " SmartWire-DT TM 1/L1 I Us RESET RESET MAN. AUTO - 2/T1 R L 3/L2 EN+ EN- 5/L3 Logic & μP 4/T2 6/T3 & Error CONTACTRON n in 1" " + SmartWire-DT TM RESET MAN. AUTO - Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set 550 V AC/3 x 9 A EM-SWD + EN+ EN- W D Technical data Us 1/L1 I RESET RESET MAN. AUTO - 5/L3 Logic & μP 2/T1 R L 3/L2 EN+ EN- SmartWire-DT TM H D 4/T2 6/T3 & Error Technical data Us 1/L1 I RESET 2/T1 R L 4/T2 6/T3 & Error Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 40 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 600 mA (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 550 V AC max. 9 A (see derating curve) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 75 mA < 0.2 V Surge protection 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V Surge protection 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.5 A < 0.5 V Surge protection 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 3 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 3 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm 500 V 6 kV/safe isolation -25°C ... 70°C 3 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145  II (2) G,  II (2) D PTB 07 ATEX 3145 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6 2903116 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 3/L2 5/L3 Logic & μP Ordering data Type Order No. ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 2903117 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 Type Order No. ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9 2903118 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 31 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters SmartWire-DT™ accessories With the “EM SWD-ADAPTER” SmartWire-DT™ adapter for the CONTACTRON 24 V DC “n in 1” devices, the device concerned can be seamlessly integrated into the fieldbus environment using SmartWire-DT™. Corresponding gateways are available for the following bus systems: – PROFIBUS-DP – CANopen – Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP SmartWire DT adapter Technical data Input data Supply voltage UAUX Rated current IAUX Supply voltage UPOW Rated current IPOW Input data Description Input voltage Input current Output data Description Output supply Output current SmartWire-DT interface Connection method Data rate Current consumption IAUX Current consumption IPOW General data Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D Enable input 24 V DC 5 mA Pin strip, 8-pos. 125 kBd / 250 kBd 120 mA 25 mA -25°C ... 55°C IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 IP20 Any On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter 0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. EM SWD-ADAPTER 2902776 Pcs. / Pkt. SmartWire-DT™ adapter Gateways CANopen® PROFIBUS Ethernet I/O modules Digital, 4 inputs, 4 outputs Digital, 4 inputs Digital, 8 outputs Analog, 2 inputs, 2 outputs Power feed module for supplying further SmartWire-DT™ devices 32 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters H D H W D Gateways H W D W Input/output modules  Power feed  Technical data  Technical data Pin strip, 8-pos. 125 kBd / 250 kBd - Digital inputs 24 V DC Typ. 4 mA Digital outputs 24 V DC -15% ... +20% Typ. 500 mA Pin strip, 8-pos. 125 kBd / 250 kBd - -25°C ... 55°C EN 50178 IP20 Any 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm EN 50178 IP20 Any 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm 24 V DC -15% ... +20% 3A 24 V DC -15% ... +20% 700 mA - Ordering data Technical data Analog inputs Analog outputs Pin strip, 8-pos. 125 kBd / 250 kBd - 24 V DC -15% ... +20% 3A 24 V DC -15% ... +20% 700 mA Pin strip, 8-pos. 125 kBd / 250 kBd EN 50178 IP20 Any 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm Ordering data Type Order No. EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC EU5C-SWD-DP PXC EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC 2903098 2903100 2903244 Pcs. / Pkt. Ordering data Type Order No. EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC 2903101 2903102 2903103 2903104 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC 2903113 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 33 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters SmartWire-DT™ accessories Description Color Plug tools Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos. Ordering data Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. SWD4-CRP-1 PXC 2903110 1 SWD4-CRP-2 PXC 2903114 1 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC 2903111 1 SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC 2903112 1 Pliers for device plugs Pliers for flat plugs Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos., 100 m Flat-ribbon cable, assembled with 2 flat plugs, 8-pos., 3 m SmartWire-DT™ accessories Accessories for SmartWire-DT™ and SmartWire-DT™ devices for connecting digital and analog input and output signals. Description Plug and coupling Network dummy plug Device plug, 8-pos. Flat plug, 8-pos. Coupling for 8-pos. flat plug Programming adapter 34 PHOENIX CONTACT Color Plug and coupler Programming adapter Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. SWD4-RC8-10 PXC SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC SWD4-8MF2 PXC SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC 2903106 2903107 2903108 2903109 1 10 10 1 Type Order No. EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC 2903465 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters F1 L1 F2 L2 F3 L3 Intended use The SmartWire-DT™ adapter is approved exclusively for use in conjunction with the following CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters. If other switching devices are used, correct operation, in particular of the safety function, cannot be ensured. +24V DC GND S1 S21 S22 S11 S12 Motor protection and safe shutdown PSR-SCP-24UC/ESA4/2x1/1x2 A1 A2 13 23 14 24 S33 S34 SWD SWD SWD + EN+ EN– – SWD EN 2900573 2900574 2900576 2900542 2900543 2900545 AUX EM SWD-ADAPTER EU5C SWD-DP PXC L GND_E MAN RES AUT PROFIBUS-DP 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Config. US GND R CONTACTRON N in1 2/T1 4/T2 POW 6/T3 2900582 ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 2900414 ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 2900421 ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9 2900566 ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 2900567 ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 2900569 ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9 2297031 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-2I 2297057 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-9I 2902952 ELR H51-0,6-DINRAIL-SET 2902953 ELR H51-2,4-DINRAIL-SET 2902954 ELR H51-9-DINRAIL-SET 2902746 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06 2902744 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2 2902745 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9 Motor protection only 96 95 97 ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9 M 3~ PE Emergency stop wiring example (two-channel) SWD Output current [A] F1 L1 F2 L2 F3 L3 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 2 0 SWD SWD 1 10 20 40 30 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] + EN+ EN– – SWD EN Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6 100% operating time AUX EM SWD-ADAPTER CONTACTRON N in1 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 POW 96 95 97 Output current [A] MAN RES AUT EU5C SWD-DP PXC L GND_E PROFIBUS-DP 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Config. US GND R 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 2 1 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 and ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9 100% operating time M 3~ PE Wiring example without emergency stop 1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing 2 Aligned without spacing For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 35 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters CONTACTRON bridge The flexible CONTACTRON loop bridge (BRIDGE-) simplifies the supply and looping through of phases L1, L2, and L3. It is available in 2- to 10-way versions for modules in the CONTACTRON family with 22.5 mm housing width. Features of the 3-phase loop bridge: – Saves considerable wiring – Suitable for CONTACTRON series - ELR H3 - ELR H5 - ELR (W)3 - EMMIFS – Bridging of 2 to 10 devices with maximum module spacing of 22.5 mm – Up to 575 V AC/3 x 25 A – Additional bridge versions available on request 0.3 m connecting cable with ferrules Technical data General data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN Cross section 575 V AC 25 A 2.5 mm² Ordering data Description Type Order No. 3-phase loop bridge 2-way 3-way 4-way 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way BRIDGE- 2 BRIDGE- 3 BRIDGE- 4 BRIDGE- 5 BRIDGE- 6 BRIDGE- 7 BRIDGE- 8 BRIDGE- 9 BRIDGE-10 2900746 2900747 2900748 2900749 2900750 2900751 2900752 2900753 2900754 ≤22,5 mm 2 3 4 ... 10 ≤55 mm 1 36 PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters 3 m connecting cable without ferrules Technical data 575 V AC 25 A 2.5 mm² Ordering data Type Order No. BRIDGE- 2-3M BRIDGE- 3-3M BRIDGE- 4-3M BRIDGE- 5-3M BRIDGE- 6-3M BRIDGE- 7-3M BRIDGE- 8-3M BRIDGE- 9-3M BRIDGE-10-3M 2901543 2901656 2901659 2901545 2901697 2901698 2901700 2901701 2901702 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 37 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Three-phase solid-state reversing contactors The three-phase solid-state reversing contactor with an integrated locking circuit and load wiring are intended for applications such as control valves, slides, separating filters, ship steering gears, etc. The scope of performance ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A. Advantages of three-phase solid-state reversing contactors: – Noise-free and wear-free switching – Integrated protective circuit – Stable and short switching times – Long service life – High switching frequency – Integrated locking and load wiring – Thermal fuse optional Notes: Type of insulation housing: ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9 Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37 Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green H D W Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A  1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 R L T Technical data Input data Rated actuating voltage UC R/L Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Output current [A] Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ELR ...-9 ELR ...-2 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor Output current [A] 10 20 40 ELR ...-37 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor PHOENIX CONTACT 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 2 A (see derating curve) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 2 A (see derating curve) 200 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s 200 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s RCV circuit 500 V 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297293 2297303 1 1 2900796 1 Accessories Thermal fuse 20 12.7 mA 11.2 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 3-phase solid-state reversing contactor ELR ...-16 10 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 Ordering data Description 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 38 Surge current Minimum load current Residual voltage Leakage current Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Reversing frequency Switching frequency Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Power station requirements Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG - Control side - Load side Dimensions W/H/D 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 40 THERMAL FUSE TF104 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors H D H W H W D For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A D For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A  For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A  1/L1 3/L2 W  5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 R R L L L T R T T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 Technical data 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 12.7 mA 11.2 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 12.7 mA 11.2 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 12.7 mA 11.2 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 9 A (see derating curve) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 16 A (see derating curve) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 37 A (see derating curve) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 9 A (see derating curve) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 16 A (see derating curve) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 37 A (see derating curve) 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 200 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 9000 A2s 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 200 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 9000 A2s RCV circuit 500 V 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 500 V 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm 500 V 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297316 2297329 2900796 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 1 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16 ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16 2297332 2297345 1 THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 Accessories THERMAL FUSE TF104 Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 1 ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297374 2297387 1 1 1 THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 Accessories Accessories For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 39 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Three-phase semiconductor contactor Motors of mixers, machine tools, conveying systems, pumps, and fans up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A (equivalent to 1 kW to 18.5 kW) can be controlled using the CONTACTRON three-phase semiconductor contactors. Advantages of three-phase semiconductor contactors: – Noise-free and wear-free switching – Integrated protective circuit – Stable and short switching times – Long service life – High switching frequency – Thermal fuse optional Notes: Type of insulation housing: ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9 Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37 Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green H W D Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 For switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A  1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 ON T Technical data Input data Rated actuation voltage UC ON Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Output current [A] Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ELR ...-9 ELR ...-2 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor 10 20 40 Surge current Minimum load current Residual voltage Leakage current Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Switching frequency Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Power station requirements Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG - Control side - Load side Dimensions W/H/D Output current [A] 8.3 mA 12.5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 2 A (see derating curve) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 2 A (see derating curve) 200 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s 200 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s RCV circuit 500 V 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297196 2297206 1 1 2900796 1 Three-phase semiconductor contactor ELR ...-37 Accessories ELR ...-16 Thermal fuse 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor 10 40 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 Ordering data Description 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 20 PHOENIX CONTACT 40 THERMAL FUSE TF104 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors H H W H W D For switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A For switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A  For switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A  1/L1 3/L2 W D  5/L3 1/L1 ON 3/L2 5/L3 ON T T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 ON T D 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 Technical data 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 8.3 mA 12.5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 8.3 mA 12.5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 8.3 mA 12.5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 9 A (see derating curve) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 16 A (see derating curve) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 37 A (see derating curve) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 9 A (see derating curve) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 16 A (see derating curve) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V max. 37 A (see derating curve) 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 200 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 9000 A2s 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 200 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 9000 A2s RCV circuit 500 V 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 500 V 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm 500 V 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297219 2297222 2900796 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 1 ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16 ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16 2297235 2297248 1 THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 Accessories THERMAL FUSE TF104 Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 1 ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297277 2297280 1 1 1 THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 Accessories Accessories For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 41 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Electronic reversing load relay, with integrated soft switch Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. The ELR W 3/9-400 S soft switch can be used to increase the service life of a 3-phase induction motor. – Parameterization is performed directly on the device via display and keyboard – Friction time – Torque, start – Start time – Stop time – Torque, stop – Braking time – Braking torque – Drive can be controlled locally via keyboard Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 D W H 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Parameterization 24V DC UIN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Logic L 24V DC Memory & 24V DC R Alarm Technical data Input data Supply nominal voltage UVN Supply voltage range with reference to UVN Quiescent current Control voltage UST right/left Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Maximum switching voltage Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current Surge current Minimum load current Residual voltage Leakage current Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Power station requirements EMC regulations Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 85 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 5 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 440 V AC (L1/T1) 440 V AC (L2/T2) 440 V AC (L3/T3) 110 V AC ... 433 V AC 1000 V < 8 A (IL1, at 20°C Tu, see derating) < 8 A (IL2, at 20°C Tu, see derating) < 8 A (IL3, at 20°C Tu, see derating) 230 A (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) 150 mA Typ. 1.5 V (For IL) 5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state) RC element, surge protection 2.5 kV -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 / Safe isolation DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10 62 mm / 94 mm / 122 mm Load current [A] Ordering data Description 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Order No. ELR W3/ 9-400 S1) 2963569 Pcs. / Pkt. Electronic reversing load relay, with an integrated soft switch 10 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor 42 Type PHOENIX CONTACT 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors ON delay Operation OFF delay 100% operation positive Torque, start Torque, stop Friction time Start time Switch operation Stop time 100% operation positive Torque, start Braking time Torque, stop Friction time Start time Switch operation 100% operation negative Switch-off procedure The figure shows the control of the reversing load relay with a soft starter and the operation of a three-phase current load. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 43 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Electronic reversing load relay for DC motors The ELR-DC electronic reversing load relays allow mechanically commutated DC motors to be switched. They reverse and reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24 V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A short-circuit, surge-voltage, and overload-proof output guarantees reliable use in the plant. If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the “left” input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that the output supplies the motor with voltage. If the “right” input is triggered, the polarity of the voltage is inverted on the output. By triggering both inputs, i.e., “right” and “left”, the motor is short-circuited internally via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed. Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced to a minimum. Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 D W H PWM = Pulse Width Modulation 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571  +U R M+ Logic M- L GND Technical data Input data Control voltage UST right/left Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator PWM option Maximum clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs Application example Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM Output data load side Output voltage range Load current R L L U R 24V GND M+ M- M 24 V DC - Quiescent current + Status table Input Output Right Left M+ M– 0 0 High resistance High resistance 1 0 +24 V GND 0 1 GND +24 V 1 1 GND GND Current limitation at short-circuits Output protection Operating voltage / status / error indicator General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D 24 V DC 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 3 mA 3 mA Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Green LED / LED yellow, forward running (R), LED yellow, reverse running (L) / 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 0% ... 100% 0% ... 100% 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 2A 6A (Mounted in rows with (see derating curve) zero spacing) Approx. 7 mA Approx. 7 mA (When switched off) (When switched off) 15 A 20 A Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Green LED / - / 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor EN 50178 / Basic insulation IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10 12.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. ELR W1/ 2-24DC1) ELR W1/ 6-24DC1) 2963598 2982090 Pcs. / Pkt. 3-phase solid-state reversing contactor, for controlling DC motors Load current [A] Load current depending on ambient temperature Operating time: 100% OT 1 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 Single device 2 Aligned without spacing 44 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 45 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Single-phase solid-state contactors Notes: H Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 W For switching 1~ AC motors up to 660 V AC/20 A  A1 + 1/L1 Zero voltage switch Single-phase solid-state contactors are used in AC voltage networks wherever silent switching, high switching frequencies, and a practically unlimited service life are required. The sturdy power semi-conductors switch in zero voltage crossing and thus produce no additional high-frequency interferences. The modules are insensitive to shock loads and vibrations – even use in aggressive, polluted environments is unproblematic. They offer the following advantages: – High switching frequency – Wear-free and output-free – Input voltage versions 24 V DC and 230 V AC Common areas of application are: – Production machines – Temperature controllers – Conveyor equipment – Light and lighting systems. D A2 - 2/T1 Technical data Input data Input voltage range Typ. input current at UN Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) Transmission frequency flimit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current 4 V DC ... 32 V DC Approx. 12 mA ≥ 4 V DC ≤ 1 V DC 25 Hz 24 V AC ... 275 V AC Approx. 17 mA ≥ 22 V AC ≤ 6 V AC 6 Hz Green LED / - / - 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 20 A (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 20 A (see derating curve) Surge current Minimum load current Residual voltage Leakage current 250 A (t = 10 ms) 350 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (In off state) 250 A (t = 10 ms) 350 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (In off state) Phase angle (cos φ) Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations 0.5 525 A2s Mounting position Mounting Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG - Control side - Load side Dimensions 0.5 525 A2s RCV circuit 4 kVrms -30°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing W/H/D 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20 2297138 2297141 Pcs. / Pkt. Output current [A] Single-phase electronic load relay 50 40 30 28,5 20 16 1011 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor 10 46 20 PHOENIX CONTACT 40 1 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors H D H W W D For switching 1~ AC motors up to 660 V AC/30 A For switching 1~ AC motors up to 660 V AC/50 A   A1 + 2/T1 A2 - 1/L1 Zero voltage switch 1/L1 Zero voltage switch A1 + A2 - 2/T1 Technical data 4 V DC ... 32 V DC Approx. 12 mA ≥ 4 V DC ≤ 1 V DC 25 Hz Technical data 24 V AC ... 275 V AC Approx. 17 mA ≥ 22 V AC ≤ 6 V AC 6 Hz Green LED / - / - 4 V DC ... 32 V DC Approx. 12 mA ≥ 4 V DC ≤ 1 V DC 25 Hz 24 V AC ... 275 V AC Approx. 17 mA ≥ 22 V AC ≤ 6 V AC 6 Hz Green LED / - / - 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 30 A (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 30 A (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 50 A (see derating curve) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 50 A (see derating curve) 400 A (t = 10 ms) 150 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (In off state) 400 A (t = 10 ms) 150 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (In off state) 1900 A (t = 10 ms) 150 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (In off state) 1900 A (t = 10 ms) 150 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (In off state) 0.5 1800 A2s 0.5 1800 A2s RCV circuit 0.5 18,000 A2s 0.5 18,000 A2s RCV circuit 4 kVrms -30°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation 4 kVrms -30°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3 45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30 2297154 2297167 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 Type Order No. ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50 2297170 2297183 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 47 Electronic switchgear and motor control IP67 motor starters PROFINET motor starter Motor starters in robust stainless steel housing (IP67) can be used directly in the system as a compact function unit. This eliminates the complex wiring of individual functions in the control cabinet. The motor starter can be used to control three-phase asynchronous motors in two directions of rotation, completely via PROFINET. Distributed sensors and actuators can be directly connected to PROFINET without the need for further intermediate stations or additional cabling. A complete PROFINET motor starter consists of three products. For example: – ELR 5011 IP PN – IBS IP 400 MBH-F – IBS PG SET Additional features: – Performance classes: 0.06 kW to 3.0 kW – Simple assembly – Plug-in connection system – Exchangeable module electronics – Status and diagnostic indicators on the module – 10 digital inputs for connecting sensors – 4 digital outputs for connecting actuators – One- and two-motor reversing starters Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Electronic motor starters, 1 x 1.1 kW and 2 x 1.1 kW PROFIBUS Technical data ELR 5011 IP PN Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range ELR 5011-2 IP PN PROFINET 8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter 24 V DC (US1 / US2) 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) Power supply for sensors Minimum voltage Nominal current per sensor Type of protection Digital inputs Number of inputs Connection method Connection method Digital outputs Number of outputs Connection method Connection method Output current Motor starter, output Connection method Operating voltage UINI = US1 minus 1 V 500 mA Short-circuit/overload protection 10 M12 plug-in connector 2, 3, 4-conductor 4 M12 plug-in connector 2-conductor max. 500 mA (per channel) POWER-COMBICON 360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz) Nominal current range Frequency range Nominal motor power Motor monitoring Parameterization range Tripping class General data Weight Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) 0.18 A ... 2.4 A 50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency) 1.1 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC) 0.2 A ... 2.4 A Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947 2115 g 2425 g IP67 according to IEC 60529 -25°C ... 50°C (no condensation) Ordering data Description PROFINET motor starter - 1-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW - 2-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW PROFINET motor starter - 1-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW - 2-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW Lower part of the housing, stainless steel - Standard version Pg screw connection, plastic (IP67), for INTERBUS and PROFINET motor starters and variable frequency drives. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. ELR 5011 IP PN ELR 5011-2 IP PN 2700745 2701007 1 1 IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) 2732868 1 2836599 1 2744856 2744571 1402611 2744869 1 1 1 1 IBS PG SET Accessories RJ45 connector, shielded, with bend protection sleeve, x 2 - gray for straight cables - green for crossed cables Bus system cable Crimping pliers, for assembling the RJ45 connectors 48 PHOENIX CONTACT FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 VS-937/... FL CRIMPTOOL Electronic switchgear and motor control IP67 motor starters Electronic motor starters, 1 x 3.0 kW and 2 x 3.0 kW High-grade steel lower part, IP67 degree of protection  Technical data ELR 5030 IP PN Technical data IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) ELR 5030-2 IP PN PROFINET 8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter - 24 V DC (US1 / US2) 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) - UINI = US1 minus 1 V 500 mA Short-circuit/overload protection - 10 M12 plug-in connector 2, 3, 4-conductor - 4 M12 plug-in connector 2-conductor max. 500 mA (per channel) - POWER-COMBICON 360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz) - 2.4 A ... 6 A 50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency) 3 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC) - 2.4 A ... 6 A Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947 - 2115 g 2425 g IP67 according to IEC 60529 -25°C ... 50°C (no condensation) 1130 g IP67 according to IEC 60529 - Ordering data Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. ELR 5030 IP PN ELR 5030-2 IP PN 2701006 2701008 1 1 IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) 2732868 2836599 IBS PG SET Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) 2732868 1 1 IBS PG SET 2836599 1 2744856 2744571 1402611 2744869 1 1 1 1 Accessories FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 VS-937/... FL CRIMPTOOL - Accessories 2744856 2744571 1402611 2744869 1 1 1 1 FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 VS-937/... FL CRIMPTOOL For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 49 Electronic switchgear and motor control IP20 frequency inverters Inline frequency inverters Inline frequency inverters for the control cabinet are the compact solution for extending your Easy Automation solution to include electronic speed regulation for asynchronous motors. The devices seamlessly integrate into the Inline system and have IP20 protection. Depending on the drive task, you can select frequency inverters from various performance classes, up to a maximum of 4 kW. In order to connect to the Inline system via the Fieldline local bus, you just need the IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline module. The Inline frequency inverter can be connected to a Phoenix Contact controller via the Inline module. Additional features: – Maximum motor power 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 2.2 kW, and 4.0 kW – 3 x 400 V mains input (±15%) 50/60 Hz – DTM for parameterization and diagnostics – 8 freely programmable parameter records – PTC evaluation for 2.2 kW and 4.0 kW versions – Integrated line filter – U/f linear and U/f square operating modes – S-ramp function – Motor protection function (I2t) – Connection of a braking resistor – DC braking – Evaluation of the temperature switch in the motor – Voltage boost – 1 x analog input, 1 x analog output, 1 x relay output 0.75 kW Technical data Interface Name Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Digital inputs Number of inputs Connection method Connection method Digital outputs Number of outputs Connection method Connection method Motor starter, output Connection method Nominal current range Frequency range Nominal motor power Tripping class General data Weight Degree of protection Width Height Depth Fieldline local bus 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket 24 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 5 COMBICON Spring-cage connection 1 COMBICON Spring-cage connection PCB terminal block 2.6 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s; permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range) 0 Hz ... 400 Hz 0.75 kW 5.6 A OC tripping current 1400 g IP20 86.8 mm 184 mm 132.9 mm Notes: Ordering data 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Inline frequency inverters for the control cabinet VFD 5007 IL IB 2701054 1 Accessories 50 PHOENIX CONTACT Inline Modular branch terminal for coupling one Fieldline Modular M8 local bus at the end of an Inline station IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1) 2736903 1 Remote bus cable, highly stranded, 3 x 2 x 0.25 mm² IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1 Electronic switchgear and motor control IP20 frequency inverters Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of up to 1.5 kW Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of up to 2.2 kW Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of up to 4.0 kW Technical data Technical data Technical data Fieldline local bus 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket Fieldline local bus 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket Fieldline local bus 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket 24 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 24 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 24 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 5 COMBICON Spring-cage connection 5 COMBICON Spring-cage connection 5 COMBICON Spring-cage connection 1 COMBICON Spring-cage connection 1 COMBICON Spring-cage connection 1 COMBICON Spring-cage connection PCB terminal block 4.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s; permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range) PCB terminal block 5.8 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s; permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range) PCB terminal block 9.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s; permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range) 0 Hz ... 400 Hz 1.5 kW 8.8 A OC tripping current 0 Hz ... 400 Hz 2.2 kW 12.5 A OC tripping current 0 Hz ... 400 Hz 4 kW 21 A OC tripping current 1400 g IP20 86.8 mm 184 mm 132.9 mm 2006 g IP20 114 mm 184 mm 153 mm 2006 g IP20 114 mm 184 mm 153 mm Ordering data Type Ordering data Order No. VFD 5015 IL IB 2701055 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 Type Ordering data Order No. VFD 5022 IL IB Accessories 2701057 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 Type Order No. VFD 5040 IL IB Accessories Pcs. / Pkt. 2701058 1 Accessories IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1) 2736903 1 IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1) 2736903 1 IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1) 2736903 1 IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1 IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1 IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 51 52 PHOENIX CONTACT Measurement and control technology The modular analog converters for measurement and control technology prevent analog signals from being distorted by disturbance variables. With accurate conversion, isolation, filtering or amplification of analog signals, they secure and increase transmission quality and therefore the quality of closed-loop control circuits.           We offer the following product ranges: Highly compact isolating amplifiers – MINI Analog For significant space savings and efficiency – Design width of just 6.2 mm – System cabling and multiplexer solutions – 3-way electrical isolation Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog For maximum signal safety – Consistent SIL certification – Safe 3-way electrical isolation Isolating amplifiers, special types, and digital displays – MCR Analog For special applications in signal processing – Electrical isolation – Record and convert temperatures directly in the field Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex For intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area – Maximum explosion protection for all Ex zones and gas groups – Design width of just 12.5 mm for all single- and two-channel devices – Safe 3-way electrical isolation                                                                 54   56   58   Product range overview Product overview Selection guide for isolating amplifiers Basics Highly compact isolating amplifiers – MINI Analog Analog IN/Analog OUT Temperature Frequency Potentiometers Limit values Digital IN Accessories Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Analog IN/Analog OUT Temperature potentiometers/limit values Digital IN Accessories Isolating amplifiers, special designs, and digital displays – MCR Analog Analog IN/Analog OUT Temperature potentiometers/limit values Frequency Limit values Accessories Digital displays EX i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex Analog IN Analog OUT Temperature Digital IN Digital OUT Accessories Multiplexers for HART signals Ex i 2-conductor field devices Accessories 64 66  76  82  84  85  86  87    100 102  110  120  126    130 131  136  144  146  149  150    152 160  164  165  172  179  182    186   187 190  PHOENIX CONTACT 53 Measurement and control technology Product overview Highly compact isolating amplifiers MINI Analog Page 64 Supply components, feed-through terminal blocks, marking material Page 88 System cabling, termination carriers   Page 92 Digital displays Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety For standard signals, setpoint adjusters Page 150 MACX Analog Ex   Page 152 Supply components, marking material   Page 182 Energy and power measuring technology EMpro energy meters 54 PHOENIX CONTACT Page 98 System cabling, termination carriers   Page 184    Page 200 EMpro special function and communication modules Page 202 PSK data logger kits   Page 235 Voltage transducers   SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring   Page 134 Current protectors, AC Surge protection   Page 236 Page 206 PSK compressed air meters   Page 208 EMD-BL compact monitoring relays Page 250 Measurement and control technology Product overview Isolating amplifiers with functional safety MACX Analog Page 100 Multiplexers Multiplexers for HART signals Page 186 Isolating amplifiers Special designs Supply components, marking material   Page 126 System cabling, termination carriers   Page 128 Ex i 2-cond. field devices Accessories Ex i 2-conductor field devices   Shield fast connection   Page 187 Page 191 MCR Analog   Page 130 Test plugs   Page 191 Current transformers Test disconnect terminal blocks Current and voltage measuring technology PACT current transformers Test disconnect terminal blocks See Catalog 3 Current transducers, AC/DC   Controllers Surge protection Controllers See Catalog 8 Surge protection for measurement and control technology See Catalog 6 Page 212 EMD multifunctional monitoring relays Page 252 Page 229 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products Current transducers, AC   Page 232 PHOENIX CONTACT 55 Measurement and control technology Selection guide for isolating amplifiers Highly compact isolating amplifiers MINI Analog Analog IN/Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifiers 4-way signal duplicators 3-way repeater power supplies 2-way passive isolators 3-way output isolators Digital displays Page Configurable Fixed signal combinations Configurable 1-channel Signal duplicators 2-channel Supplied by an input loop Supplied by an output loop Fixed signal combinations Standard signals Setpoint adjuster From 66 71 72 73 74 75 Temperature Temperature transducers Temperature head transmitters Universal Universal, supplied by an output loop For resistance thermometers (RTD) For resistance thermometers (RTD), passive For Pt 100 For Pt 100, supplied by an output loop For thermocouples For thermocouples, type J and K Universal, supplied by an output loop Pt 100, supplied by an output loop 76 From 77 79 80 81 Frequency Frequency transducers Analog frequency transducers Universal 82 83 Potentiometer/resistor Potiposition transducers Setpoint potentiometers 84 Limit values Threshold value switches Standard analog signals, universal Standard analog signals 85 Temperature Digital IN Isolation amplifiers NAMUR sensors, floating contacts 86 NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, 2-channel NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, wide range NAMUR sensors on NAM Digital OUT Solenoid drivers Loop-powered With line fault detection Accessories Configuration Constant voltage source Setpoint potentiometers System cabling Multiplexers Supply components Marking material Surge protection Shield fast connection Test plugs Resistance circuit 56 PHOENIX CONTACT Configuration software Cables Display unit and operator interface, removable Holder module for display unit and operator interface Constant voltage source System components 1:1 feed-through terminal block Termination carriers Analog multiplexers Multiplexers for HART signals Power terminal block/error message modules/ T-Connectors/system power supply 119 87 94 88 97 95 From 89 88 98 191 For line fault detection 183 Measurement and control technology Selection guide for isolating amplifiers Isolating amplifiers with functional safety - MACX Analog Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Page Page Page 131 132 160 From 102 106 107 160 161 162 134 109 164 150 151 From 114 136 140 110 From 168 187 165 138 141 112 166 142 143 188 189 144 From 114 From 168 148 116 146 147 139 146 170 120 124 172 176 122 125 174 177 123 175 178 From 179 179 119 118 118 149 149 149 149 148 129 184 186 From 126 126 127 127 191 191 183 191 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products 191 191 183 PHOENIX CONTACT 57 Measurement and control technology Basics Input Analog output Digital output Maximum input signal The maximum input signal describes the value achieved before any damage occurs to the module and the signal generator. If these values are exceeded, suppresser diodes can be triggered to short circuit this input when a surge voltage is detected. The transmission range of the analog signals is located exclusively within the specified input ranges. Maximum output signal If the devices operate without fault conditions, an overload at the input cannot cause greater values than this maximum to occur at the output. Relays Many of the products with a relay output that are shown in the catalog feature hard gold-plated relay contact material. The voltage range has an important role to play in terms of how this contact material can be used. Up to 50 mA can be transmitted with voltage ranges of up to 30 V AC/36 V DC. Even very small currents are transmitted perfectly. If the aforementioned voltage range is exceeded and values of 250 V AC/DC are processed, currents of up to 2 A can flow. However, in this case the subsequent transmission of small currents can no longer be guaranteed. Input resistance The input resistance of an isolating amplifier or measuring transducer is determined in such a way as to ensure that the input signal is loaded only slightly. This results in a low-resistance input for current inputs and a high-resistance input for voltage inputs. Voltage drop In the case of passive isolators, the input voltage drop occurs as a result of the voltage drop of the operational load and the auxiliary power requirements of the module. The greater the auxiliary power requirements of the passive isolator, the smaller the operational output load is allowed to be. Low auxiliary power requirements are regarded as an indicator of device quality. Common mode rejection In the case of isolating amplifiers, operational amplifiers are used internally for transmission purposes. In theory, operational amplifiers should display ideal transmission and amplification behavior. However, it is a different matter in practice. When both input voltages are changed in the same direction, i.e., exactly the same voltage to ground is applied to both input terminal blocks, this leads to an unintended output signal. Theoretically, if the operational amplifier is ideal, no output signal should appear since the differential input signal is “0 V”. Common mode rejection indicates the factor (in dB) by which the common input voltage at both inputs is amplified to a lesser extent than the difference in voltage between the two inputs. 58 PHOENIX CONTACT Zero/span adjustment When the zero point is set, the zero point of an analog output is adjusted and set in relation to the input signal. When the “amplification” span is set, the analog output is adjusted in relation to the input signal. In this case, the output characteristic is increased or decreased by an amplification factor. Load The load on the output side indicates the load-carrying capacity of a measuring transducer or an isolating amplifier. Current outputs can usually drive a maximum of 500 , voltage outputs can be loaded with a minimum of up to 10 k. Transistor A PNP transistor switching output can be used to transmit 24 V DC switching signals up to approximately 100 mA. General data Residual ripple/ripple A superimposed ripple can appear on the output signal due to signal conditioning required by the circuit. The residual ripple is indicated in mVPP or mVrms. Open circuit response With some measuring transducers, the input signal is permanently monitored for possible open circuits in the signal cable. If the signal exceeds or falls below a tolerance limit, an open circuit is detected and a defined output signal is sent. With programmable devices, the output signals can be freely selected. Supply voltage The product range includes DC and AC power supply units for specific products. There is a standard power supply unit available in the form of a 24 V DC version that operates within a voltage range of 20 ... 30 V DC. For other supply voltages, please refer to the technical data. Current consumption The value specified here describes the auxiliary power requirements of the devices. It also includes the output current and, where applicable, the switching output load. Transmission errors The transmission precision is a gauge of the quality of a measuring transducer. It is the deviation from the ideal transmission characteristic curve and includes linearity, span, and offset errors. Non-linearity Non-linearity is the deviation from the ideal transmission precision without including span and offset errors. The non-linearity of a signal makes it possible to evaluate the course from zero to end point. Normally, the linearity errors are expressed as a percentage that indicates the extent of deviation from the ideal transmission characteristic curve. Measurement and control technology Basics Temperature coefficient The temperature coefficient provides an assessment of the extent to which precision deviates when the ambient temperature around an isolating amplifier or measuring transducer changes. In most cases this is specified as a percentage. An alternative definition is ppm/K (parts per million/Kelvin). Example: 250 ppm/K = 0.025%/K. Limit frequency Isolating amplifiers are basically designed to transmit DC signals. However, signal changes call for a dynamic form of behavior so that small AC quantities (normally: 30 Hz) can also be transmitted. This is achieved by defining a limit frequency. At the same time, a low limit frequency can be used to suppress higher-frequency AC components. Step response The step response indicates the response time of the output signal when an input signal step occurs (10 ... 90%). The step response is inversely proportional to the limit frequency. This means that the response time decreases as the limit frequency increases. Test voltage The test voltage indicates the dielectric strength of an isolated distance and is determined by type tests. In this test, a 50 Hz voltage is applied for one minute; it describes the value achieved before a disruptive discharge is able to move to another potential level in the device. Safe isolation “Safe isolation” is defined as protection against hazardous shock currents. When module specifications are provided in accordance with EN 61010, a distinction is made between faultless operation and operation under fault conditions. Nominal supply voltages of 30 V AC/60 V DC are deemed valid for faultless operation. Ambient temperature range The temperature limits specified here relate exclusively to operation. These limits do not apply to storage and transport. It is here where the temperature limits of the materials used are the decisive factor. If the devices are outside of the specified temperature range during assembly, they must be brought back within the specified temperature range prior to system startup. It is important to make sure that no condensation occurs during this process. Protective circuit In order to protect the measurement and control modules against surge voltages, suppressor diodes are connected upstream of the signal and supply paths. These diodes behave in a similar manner to conventional Zener diodes, except for the fact that suppressor diodes have faster response times and a higher maximum current. Information on directives and standards When carrying out further processing of non-independent items of equipment (components), the applicable regulations pertaining to installation must be observed. The relevant device-specific regulations also apply with regard to installation in devices. (Standards applicable at the time of going to print) Directives EU International EMC Directive (electromagnetic compatibility) 2004/108/EC - Low Voltage Directive (LVD) 2006/95/EC - Ex Directive (ATEX) 94/9/EC - EN 50178:1997 - Product standards Electronic equipment for use in power installations Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use EN 61010-1:2001 Part 1: General requirements IEC 61010-1:2004 Programmable controllers Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests EN 61131-2:2007 IEC 61131-2:2007 EMC - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments EN 61000-6-2:2005 IEC 61000-6-2:2005 EMC - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments EN 61000-6-4:2007 IEC 61000-6-4:2006 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use EMC requirements EN 61326-1:2006 IEC 61326-1:2005 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 0: General requirements EN 60079-0:2006 IEC 60079-0:2007 Explosive atmospheres Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “i” EN 60079-11:2007 IEC 60079-11:2006 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 15: Construction, test and marking of type of protection “n” electrical apparatus EN 60079-15:2005 IEC 60079-15:2005 Environmental testing Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold EN 60068-2-1:2007 IEC 60068-2-1:2007 Environmental testing Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat EN 60068-2-2:2007 IEC 60068-2-2:2007 Environmental testing Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal) EN 60068-2-6:2008 IEC 60068-2-6:2008 EMC ATEX Environmental tests For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 59 Measurement and control technology Basics Active isolation 3-way isolation Input signal Input isolation IN OUT Output signal Input signal Repeater power supply IN OUT Output signal POWER POWER In the case of modules with this isolation method, all components that are connected to the input, output or power supply are protected against interference from each other. All three directions (input, output, and power supply) are electrically isolated from one another accordingly. The 3-way isolation provides electrical isolation between the measurement sensor and the controller as well as between the controller and the actuator. On the input side, the modules need active signals. On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal. OUT Output signal In the case of modules with this isolation method, the electronics connected on the output side (e.g., the controller) are to be protected from interference from the field. For this reason, only the input is electrically isolated from the output and the power supply that are at the same potential. On the input side, the modules need active signals (e.g., from measurement sensors). On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the controller). Repeater power supplies use the signal input side not only for measured value acquisition, but also to provide the necessary power to the passive measurement sensors connected on the input side. On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the controller). The isolation method used by these modules is input isolation. Applications Passive isolation, supplied on the input side Input signal IN POWER Passive isolation Power via signal Power for measuring transducer Input signal IN OUT Output signal The modules draw the power needed for signal transmission and electrical isolation from the active input circuit. On the output side, a conditioned current signal is provided to the controller or to actuators. This passive isolation allows signal conditioning (interruption of ground loops) and filtering without an additional power supply. Passive isolation, supplied on the output side (loop-powered) Input signal Power via signal IN OUT Problem: disruptive radiation I RE Output signal The modules draw the power needed for signal transmission and electrical isolation from the active output circuit, ideally from a PLC input board that supplies power. On the output side, the loop-powered modules operate with a 4 ... 20 mA standard signal. On the input side, the passive isolator processes active signals. When this isolation method is used, it is important to make sure that the active signal source connected on the output side (e.g., an active PLC input board) is able to supply the passive isolator with power, as well as operate its load. Solution: I RE Problem: voltage difference in the ground potential RE PGround 1 Ground current loop P Ground 2 Solution: RE PGround 1 60 PHOENIX CONTACT No ground current loop PGround 2 Measurement and control technology Basics Resistance thermometers Resistance thermometers: Resistance change as a function of the temperature Two-conductor connection technology The resistance thermomei R ter is connected to the MCR measuring transducer using a R two-core cable. Please note that the supply cable resistances are added to the measured resistance and consequently distort the result. A distance of 10 m should not be exceeded. Pt 1000 1000 Pt 100 100 800 600 700 400 500 200 300 0 100 -200 Pt 10 -100 Resistance [] L1 10000 Temperature [°C] Resistance thermometers (e.g., Pt 100, Ni 1000) change their resistance value depending on the temperature. The MCR temperature transducers detect this change and convert it into a proportional analog signal. To avoid unwanted self-heating of the sensor, the constant measured current used is kept as low as possible (MCR-T-UI...  250 A). L2 Example: a 50 m long copper cable with a cross section of 0.5 mm2 has a specific resistance of 3.4 . A Pt 100 sensor has a resistance change of 0.384  per 1 K temperature change. This corresponds to an error of 8.8°C. Three-conductor connection technology Three-conductor technoli R ogy is normally used to minimize the effect of cable resisR tances. An additional cable is R connected to the resistance thermometer, so that the latter can be measured using two measuring circuits, one of which acts as a reference. In this way, it is possible to compensate for the cable resistance. L1 L2 L3 Identical cable lengths and an identical ambient temperature are essential here. Since this is more or less the case in the majority of applications, three-conductor technology is the most commonly encountered today. Line compensation is not necessary. Four-conductor connection technology Four-conductor connection technology is an ideal connection technology for resistance thermometers. The measurement result is affected neither by cable resistances nor by their temperature-dependent fluctuations. The voltage drop on the supply and return lines can therefore be measured and compensated for separately. Line compensation is not necessary. Thermocouples 80 Typ E Typ J 60 Typ K Typ N 40 Typ R Typ T 1200 1400 800 1000 600 400 0 200 1600 Typ S Typ B 0 1800 20 -200 Thermocouple voltage [mV] Thermocouples: Thermocouple voltage change as a function of the temperature Temperature [°C] In contrast to resistance thermometers, thermocouples are active sources that generate a voltage in the microvolt range. The temperature difference measured between the measurement junction and the cold junction is converted into an absolute temperature with the help of cold junction compensation. If the same temperature Fe Cu prevails at the measuring junction (1) and the cold Cu CuNi junction (2), no current will flow because the generated partial voltages cancel each other out. However, if the temperatures at the measuring junction and the cold junction are different, different voltages are produced. These voltages do not completely cancel each other out, and so current flows. A thermocouple therefore always measures only one temperature difference. This is derived from the difference between the thermal voltages at the measuring junction and at the cold junction. The voltage produced by the thermoelectric effect is very low; only a few microvolts per Kelvin. Therefore, only the difference in the thermal voltages between constantan (Cu-Ni) and iron is of relevance. A role is also played by the temperature at the terminal point. If it is known, the temperature at the measuring junction can be derived by adding the thermal voltage measured at the same junction. The MCR temperature transducers for thermocouples therefore detect the temperature at the terminal points and compensate this value, which is also referred to as the reference junction or the cold junction. This process is sometimes called cold junction compensation. Example: if a type J thermocouple (FE-CuNi) is connected to a copper terminal block, thermal voltages with opposite polarity will be generated (at the iron-copper and copper-constantan transitions) and cancel each other out. Operating principle: If different metals are joined together, a thermal voltage is produced in the metal atoms as a result of the different binding energies of the electrons. This voltage is dependent firstly on the metals themselves and secondly on the temperature. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 61 Measurement and control technology Basics Digital displays Parameterization of the characteristic curve using interpolation points With non-linear input signals, the received analog values can be assigned to the value to be displayed by means of a programmable characteristic curve. This curve can consist of up to 24 interpolation points. This allows flow sensors with a non-linear characteristic curve to be adapted, for instance. The analog signal digital displays in the Function Line additionally feature a summing function which - to take a typical example from bottling technology - allows you to switch over at the touch of a button from the instantaneous value (= flow rate in Switching behavior of relay or transistor outputs: A different kind of switching behavior can be defined for each relay or each transistor when it reaches a preset switching point. All the possible settings for the switching behavior are shown and explained in the list: – The first two options include hysteresis, i.e., the behavior of the relay depends on the direction from which a switching point is reached. – For the remaining options, with the exception of the last two (“on” and “off”), a switching tolerance is taken into account to prevent the relay contact from “chattering”. The relay is not switched until the switching point plus switching tolerance has been reached. 62 PHOENIX CONTACT l/min) to the total flow integrated in the background, which can be displayed in any unit. This saves space and money, because there is no need for a second digital display. Limit values can also be called at the touch of a button. Limit values 1 and 2 can be assigned to either the actual value or the cumulative value. If the latter value is exceeded, one of the two output relays is activated. Other applications include indicating liquid levels, pressures, and temperatures. With servo motors, the analog output signals (0 ... 10 V) generated by the tachometer can be supplied to the input of the digital display in order to indicate the motor speed. Application: Pressure measurement and display on MCR-SL-D-U-I 4...20 mA bar Table: Analog signal Display value Interpolation point 1 4 mA 15 bar Interpolation point 2 20 mA 30 bar Characteristic curve: Measured value [mA] Use of the freely programmable characteristic curve The freely programmable characteristic curve, i.e., the assignment of the displayed value to the input value, is important in process applications for indicating flow rates or liquid levels. The purpose of level measurements is very often not to determine how much liquid is still inside the tank, but rather to establish how much has been drawn out of it. In this case, the characteristic curve can simply be inverted in order to display the required value. Interpolation point 2 Interpolation point 1 Pressure [bar] – In the “on” state, the relay is permanently picked up. It only responds if there is an open circuit and it has been set to drop out when this happens. – In the “off” state, the relay only responds if there is an open circuit and it has been set to pick up when this happens. Possible settings for the switching behavior Relay picks up when the value is below SPL, hysteresis active Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded, hysteresis active Relay picks up when the value is below SPL Relay picks up when SPL is exceeded Relay picks up when the value is below SPH Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded Relay picks up when value is between SPL and SPH Relay picks up when value is outside SPL and SPH Relay is permanently dropped Relay is permanently picked up SPL = Set Point Low (lower switching point) SPH = Set Point High (upper switching point) Measurement and control technology Basics Non-intrinsically safe signal transmission in potentially explosive areas Electrical equipment operated in systems with potentially explosive areas is subject to different usage requirements, depending on the application. For example, electrical equipment could be used in the following locations when analog signals are being transmitted: – Sensors and actuators can be located in zone 0, zone 1 or zone 2. – Signal transmitters can be located in zone 1, zone 2 or the safe area. – The controller, e.g., PLC, is in the safe area. For examples of the kinds of electrical devices that can be installed for the purpose of transmitting signals, please see the figure. Devices must be designed to offer a suitable protection type if they are to be used in zone 2. The MINI Analog and MACX Analog ranges are designed to provide protection type “n” for this purpose and must be installed in zone 2 in suitable and approved housing (EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-0) with IP54 protection minimum. Example: A sensor/actuator with protection type “n” can be connected to an isolator from the MINI Analog or MACX Analog ranges in zone 2. When selecting suitable devices for zone 2, it must be ensured that the electrical data of the sensors/actuators is not exceeded. If the sensors/actuators are mounted in explosion-proof housing or if they have their own explosion-proof housing, they can also be installed in zone 1. Installation requirements The figure shows a range of options for installing electrical devices in areas with a danger of gas explosions. Special requirements regarding the configuration, selection, and installation of electrical systems in areas with a danger of gas explosions can be found in EN 60079-14. In the 2008 edition, the relevant contents of EN 61241-14 were incorporated in EN 60079-14. EN 61241-14 must still be observed when installing electrical equipment in areas containing combustible dust. Other important factors when it comes to running systems in potentially explosive areas are inspection, maintenance, and repairs. Stipulations regarding these matters can be found in EN 60079-17 and EN 60079-19. Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission Safe area Zone 2 Sensor/ actuator Ex n MACX Ex n Zone 1 Sensor/ actuator Ex n MACX Ex n Housing e.g., Ex d MACX Ex n Sensor/ actuator Housing IP54* Housing e.g., Ex d MINI Ex n Sensor/ actuator Sensor/ actuator Ex n MINI Ex n Housing IP54* Sensor/ actuator Ex n MINI Ex n *Use of suitable housing approved for use in zone 2 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 63 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Highly compact and efficient MINI Analog isolating amplifiers isolate, convert, filter, and amplify your analog signals – with a design width of just 6.2 mm. The isolating amplifiers from the MINI Analog range offer the full spectrum of analog signal conditioning. They are therefore extremely efficient with regard to saving costs, space, and energy. The comprehensive approval package means that they can be used in a variety of areas. Frequency – Frequency transducer up to 80 kHz – Analog frequency transducers Choose the right MINI Analog isolating amplifier for your application: Accessories – Supply components – Fault monitoring module – System cabling – Marking material – Surge protection Analog IN/OUT – Universal and standard 3-way isolating amplifiers – 3-way repeater power supplies – 4-way signal duplicators – 2-way passive isolators – Output loop-powered isolators Temperature – Universal measuring transducers for resistance thermometers and thermocouples – Active measuring transducers for Pt 100 and thermocouples – Output loop-powered Pt 100 measuring transducers 64 PHOENIX CONTACT Potentiometer/resistor – Potentiometer measuring transducers with automatic potentiometer detection Limit values – Threshold value switches with PDT relay Digital IN – NAMUR isolating amplifiers with relay output Fault monitoring Fault monitoring is a modular solution for convenient error evaluation in multi-channel applications. Depending on the module type, the following errors can be indicated by means of a group error message: – Overrange – Underrange – Open circuit – Short circuit – Module error It is also possible to detect and indicate the failure of a supply voltage at the power terminal block. The modularity is characterized by the ability to freely adjust error evaluation, both on the device side and in the evaluation module. Fault monitoring is compatible with and can be used for the following isolating amplifier ranges: – MINI Analog – MACX Analog Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Space savings of up to 65% – Compared to other isolating amplifiers on the market with design widths up to 17.5 mm. Fault monitoring and power bridging – The DIN rail connector simplifies supply and enables group error monitoring. Clearly arranged wiring – Eight connections, with a choice of screw or spring-cage terminal blocks. Low power consumption – The resulting minimal self-heating results in a long service life and a high degree of operational reliability. High operational reliability – 3-way electrical isolation increases the operational reliability against system disturbances. Easy configuration – Can be configured easily via DIP switches or software, for extended functionality and monitoring. Reduction in analog inputs on controllers – The MINI Analog multiplexer reduces up to eight analog signals to a single 4  20 mA signal. Time-saving system cabling – Plug and play – for eight channels on the isolating amplifier and controller side. Fast and error-free signal connection – Compact termination carriers connect MINI Analog devices to the automation system – plug and play and hot-swappable. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 65 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier OUT 1 U,I US OUT IN Sensor / Field + 1 2 – 2 + 3 – 4 U,I U,I OUT U,I 5 + 5 active 4-wire GND IN IN U,I PLC / DCS GND 1 +24V passive GND 2 6 – +24V GND 3 7 + GND 3 OUT 6 D W H 8 – Configurable, up to 36 signal combinations +24V GND 3 POWER Zone 2 Div. 2  Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal – Highly compact isolating amplifier for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals – Up to 36 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches – 3-way isolation – Low power consumption – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) – Standard configuration: 0 ... 10 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output Input resistance Output data Output signal Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Nominal supply voltage Current consumption U input 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V Approx. 100 kΩ U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V Approx. 12.5 V I input 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA Approx. 50 Ω I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 28 mA Approx. 12.5 V Approx. 22 mA ≥ 10 kΩ < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) U output 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC < 9 mA (Voltage output, at 24 V DC incl. load) < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) I output < 19 mA (Current output, at 24 V DC incl. load) Power consumption < 200 mW (Voltage output) < 450 mW (Current output) Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10 - 90%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada ≤ 0.1% (of final value) < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K Approx. 100 Hz Approx. 3.2 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 GL CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL EMC 2 D Ordering data 66 PHOENIX CONTACT Description Type Order No. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals, Order configuration Screw connection Order configuration Spring-cage conn. Standard configuration Screw connection Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI1) MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP1) MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC1) 2864383 2864710 2864150 2864163 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Order key MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI (Standard configuration entered as example) Input Order No. 2864383 Output / 2864383 = ...-UI-UI IN03 IN01 IN02 IN03 IN04 IN05 IN06 2864710 = ...-UI-UI-SP = = = = = = / 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V OUT01 OUT01 OUT02 OUT03 OUT04 OUT05 OUT06 = = = = = = / 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V Factory calibration certificate NONE NONE = Without factory YES = With factory calibration certificate (fee) YESPLUS = Factory calibration certificate with 5 measuring points (fee) Combination table for input and output signals Input 0 - 10 V Output 0 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V 2 - 10 V 0-5V 1-5V 0 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V 2 - 10 V 0-5V 1-5V 0 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V 2 - 10 V 0-5V 1-5V 0 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V 2 - 10 V 0-5V 1-5V 0 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V 2 - 10 V 0-5V 1-5V 0 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V 2 - 10 V 0-5V 1-5V 2 - 10 V 0-5V 1-5V 0 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA DIP 1 OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON DIP switch SW 2 DIP 3 DIP 4 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF DIP 2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON DIP 5 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF DIP switch SW 1 DIP 1 DIP 2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON DIP 6 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Application example: Level measurement 24V Level sensor 0...10V 0...20mA 1 IN OUT 5 2 GND1 GND2 6 Control system 3 UB+ UB+ 7 4 GND3 GND3 8 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 24V Mains voltage For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 67 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier OUT U US OUT IN Sensor / Field 1 + 1 2 – 2 + 3 – 4 U U,I OUT U,I 5 + 5 active 4-wire GND IN IN U PLC / DCS GND 1 +24V passive GND 2 6 – +24V GND 3 7 + GND 3 OUT 6 D W H 8 – Configurable, for shunt measurements +24V GND 3 POWER Zone 2  Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact isolating amplifier for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of mV signals to create standard analog signals – Ideal for converting signals in the case of shunt measurements – Up to 280 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches – 3-way isolation – Low power consumption – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) – Standard configuration: 0 ... 50 mV input, 0 ... 20 mA output Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Nominal supply voltage Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10 - 90%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada GL 0 ... 50 mV Approx. 30 V DC Approx. 10 kΩ U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V ( The bi-polar output can be used only for bi-polar input signals.) I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 12.5 V ≥ 10 kΩ < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) 28 mA < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC < 450 mW (Current output) ≤ 0.2% < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K (100 Hz / 30 Hz switchable) 3.5 ms (At 100 Hz) Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL EMC 2 D Ordering data 68 PHOENIX CONTACT Description Type Order No. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for realization of mV voltages in standard signals, Order configuration Screw connection Order configuration Spring-cage conn. Standard configuration Screw connection Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC1) 2810858 2810874 2810780 2810793 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Order key MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example) Input Order No. 2810858 2810858 = ...-SHUNT-UI 2810874 = ...-SHUNT-UI-SP Output / IN40 IN40 IN24 IN41 IN42 IN25 IN43 IN44 IN26 IN45 IN27 = = = = = = = = = = 0...50 mV 0...60 mV 0...75 mV 0...80 mV 0...100 mV 0...120 mV 0...150 mV 0...200 mV 0...240 mV 0...300 mV IN28 IN46 IN47 IN48 IN29 IN49 IN50 IN30 IN51 IN52 = = = = = = = = = = 0...500 mV 0...600 mV 0...750 mV 0...800 mV 0...1.0 V 0...1.2 V 0...1.5 V 0...2.0 V 0...2.4 V 0...3.0 V IN53 IN13 IN54 IN55 IN14 IN56 IN57 IN15 IN58 IN16 / = = = = = = = = = = -50...+50 mV -60...+60 mV -75...+75 mV -80...+80 mV -100...+100 mV -120...+120 mV -150...+150 mV -200...+200 mV -240...+240 mV -300...+300 mV IN17 IN59 IN60 IN61 IN18 IN62 IN63 IN19 IN64 IN65 = = = = = = = = = = -500...+500 mV -600...+600 mV -750...+750 mV -800...+800 mV -1.0...+1.0 V -1.2...+1.2 V -1.5...+1.5 V -2.0...+2.0 V -2.4...+2.4 V -3.0...+3.0 V Limit frequency OUT01 OUT01 OUT02 OUT03 OUT04 OUT05 OUT06 = = = = = = 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT14 = -10...+10 V / 100 30 = 30 Hz 100 = 100 Hz Factory calibration certificate FCC / NONE NONE YES = without FCC = with FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = Factory calibration certificate with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) Note: A bipolar output (-5...+5 V, -10...+10 V) can only be used for a bipolar input signal. Combination table for input and output signals Input 0...50 mV 0...60 mV 0...75 mV 0...80 mV 0...100 mV 0...120 mV 0...150 mV 0...200 mV 0...240 mV 0...300 mV 0...500 mV 0...600 mV 0...750 mV 0...800 mV 0...1 V 0...1.2 V 0...1.5 V 0...2 V 0...2.4 V 0...3 V -50...50 mV -60...60 mV -75...75 mV -80...80 mV -100...100 mV -120...120 mV -150...150 mV -200...200 mV -240...240 mV -300...300 mV -500...500 mV -600...600 mV -750...750 mV -800...800 mV -1...1 V -1.2...1.2 V -1.5...1.5 V -2...2 V -2.4...2.4 V -3...3 V -10...+10 V x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Voltage output 2...10 V -5...+5 V x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0...10 V x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0...5 V x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Current output 0...20 mA 4...20 mA x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1...5 V x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Application example: Monitoring of loading and unloading currents G M Shunt resistor 1 IN OUT 5 ±...mV U/I 2 GND1 GND2 6 Controller + – 3 UB+ UB+ 7 4 GND3 GND3 8 MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 24V Battery Supply For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 69 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier OUT U US OUT IN Sensor / Field 1 2 – 2 – 4 U,I 5 + 5 active + 3 U OUT U,I 4-wire GND IN IN U + 1 PLC / DCS GND 1 passive GND 2 +24V +24V GND 3 D W H 6 6 – 7 + GND 3 8 – OUT Configurable, for 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V input signals +24V GND 3 POWER  Ex:   Zone 2 Div. 2 Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact isolating amplifier for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of 24 V or 30 V DC signals to create standard analog signals – Up to 12 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches – 3-way isolation – Low power consumption – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) – Standard configuration: 0 ... 30 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V Approx. 125 kΩ (0 ... 24 V) U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V ≤ 12.5 V Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10 - 90%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada ≤ 22 mA > 10 kΩ < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 28 mA ≤ 12.5 V < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 450 mW < 0.1% (of final value) < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K Approx. 100 Hz Approx. 3.5 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL EMC 2 D GL Ordering data Description Type Order No. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals, Order configuration Screw connection Order configuration Spring-cage conn. Standard configuration Screw connection Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-U-UI1) MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP1) MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC1) 2864053 2811213 2865007 2810078 Order key MINI MCR-SL-U-UI (standard configuration entered as example) Order No. 0...24V 0...10V IN U OUT GND1 GND2 1 2 3 4 UB+ GND3 5 2864053 = ...-U-UI 6 UB + 7 2811213 = ...-U-UI-SP GND3 MINI MCR-SL-U-UI 8 24V Mains voltage Signal conversion to uninterruptible power supply (UPS) 70 PHOENIX CONTACT 2864053 Input / Output IN39 IN38 IN39 = 0...24 V = 0...30 V / OUT01 OUT01 OUT02 OUT03 OUT04 OUT05 OUT06 = = = = = = 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier OUT U US OUT IN Sensor / Field + 1 1 2 – 2 + 3 – 4 U,I U,I OUT I 5 + 5 active 4-wire GND IN IN U PLC / DCS GND 1 +24V passive GND 2 +24V GND 3 7 + GND 3 OUT D W H 6 6 – 8 – With fixed signal combinations +24V GND 3 POWER  Ex:  Zone 2 Technical data – Highly compact isolating amplifier for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals – Fixed signal combinations – Entry-level alternative to configurable isolating amplifiers – 3-way isolation – Low power consumption – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) Notes: Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input resistance Output data Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10 - 90%) Degree of protection Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada U input Approx. 100 kΩ U output 12.5 V I input Approx. 50 Ω I output 28 mA Approx. 12.5 V Approx. 2 mA ≥ 10 kΩ < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) ≤ 500 Ω < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC < 20 mA ≤ 0.1% (of final value) < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K Approx. 100 Hz Approx. 3.5 ms IP20 Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL EMC 2 D GL Ordering data Description Order No. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals, Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-01) MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP1) 2813512 2813570 1 1 Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-41) MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP1) 2813525 2813583 1 1 Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-01) MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP1) 2813541 2813554 1 1 Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-41) MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP1) 2813538 2813567 1 1 Screw connection 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-I1) Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Output signal Pcs. / Pkt. Type Spring-cage conn. Input signal 2864406 1 MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP1) 2864723 1 MINI MCR-SL-U-U1) 2864684 1 2864697 1 MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP1) For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 71 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN/Analog OUT signal duplicators OUT 1 U,I US + 1 PLC / DCS OUT 1 I 5 + 5 active 2 – 2 OUT1 + 3 GND 3 OUT 2 I passive GND 1 6 – +24V D W H 6 7 + active I – 4 U,I IN U,I 4-wire GND IN OUT IN Sensor / Field I GND 2 GND 4 OUT2 8 – Configurable, with two current output signals 3 +24V GND 4 POWER passive 4 Zone 2 Div. 2  Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact isolating amplifier for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, filtering, and duplication of standard analog signals – Duplication of a standard analog signal on two current outputs – Up to 8 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches – 4-way isolation – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) – Standard configuration: Input: 0 ... 10 V, output 1: 0 ... 20 mA, output 2: 0 ... 20 mA Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum output signal No-load voltage Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada GL U input 0 ... 10 V / 1 ... 5 V 30 V Approx. 100 kΩ I input 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 50 mA Approx. 50 Ω 2x ; 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 22 mA 9V ≤ 250 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 250 Ω) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 30 mA (at 24 V DC incl. load) < 600 mW ≤ 0.2% (of final value), typ. < 0.1% < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.004%/K Approx. 35 Hz Approx. 10 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL EMC 2 D Ordering data Description Type Order No. MCR signal duplicator, for duplication and electrical isolation of analog signals Order configuration Screw connection Order configuration Spring-cage conn. Standard configuration Screw connection Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I1) MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP1) MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC1) 2864794 2864804 2864176 2864189 Order key for MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I (standard configuration entered as an example) Input Order No. 2864794 2864794 = ...-UI-2I 2864804 = ...-UI-2I-SP 1) / IN03 IN01 IN02 IN03 IN06 = = = = 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 1...5 V Output combi- Behavior of the analog outnation 1) puts / A / 0 A B C 0 = Analog behavior Factory calibration certificate (FCC) / NONE NONE = without FCC YES = with FCC (a fee is charged) 1 = Limitation YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products 72 PHOENIX CONTACT Explanation for output combination: Output 1 A 0...20 mA B 0...20 mA C 4...20 mA Output 2 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 4...20 mA Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies OUT I OUT IN Sensor / Field 1 – 1 IN I OUT I PWR 2 IN + 2 OUT I POWER I OUT I 1 PWR 2 IN 3 GND OUT I IN US 5 + 5 active 2-wire 3-wire PLC / DCS – 3 – 4 PWR OUT passive GND 2 6 – +24V GND 1 GND 1 D W H 7 + GND 3 1 6 8 – Optionally available with HART transmission 4-wire POWER GND 3 +24V GND 3 Zone 2  Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact repeater power supplies for electrical isolation, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals – Supply of 2-conductor and passive 3-conductor sensors – Can also be used as an isolator without supply – 3-way isolation – Alternatively bidirectional HART transmission – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) Input data Input signal MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1) 0 ... 20 mA, isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1) 0 ... 20 mA, isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA Input resistance Transmitter supply voltage Approx. 50 Ω 16.5 V Approx. 50 Ω 14.7 V DC ... 25.5 V DC (UB - max. 4.5 V for load 0 mA ... 20 mA) 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 21 mA Approx. 12.5 V ≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA) < 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω) 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 28 mA Approx. 12.5 V ≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA) < 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω) 20.4 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC Output data Output signal Maximum output signal No-load voltage Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption < 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in < 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in repeater power supply operation) repeater power supply operation) Notes: Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 73 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.2% (of final value), typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value) ≤ 0.2% (of final value), typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value) Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Communication < 0.005%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K 175 Hz (typ.) HART specification in both operating modes (RPSS isolator / RPSS repeater power supply) < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K Approx. 100 Hz - Step response (10 - 90%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG < 2 ms (typ.) Approx. 3.5 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 IP20 -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C Any Any PBT PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant GL CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL EMC 2 D UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL EMC 2 D Ordering data 4...20mA Description 1 2 IN I PWR OUT OUT I GND2 6 Control system 3 4 GND1 GND1 Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1) MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP1) MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1) MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP1) 2864079 2810230 2864422 2864752 5 UB + GND3 MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I 7 8 MCR repeater power supplies with HART® protocol with HART® protocol Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 24V Mains voltage Repeater power supply operation with a passive sensor For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 73 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT passive isolators OUT I US 4-wire OUT I IN I IN I 1 PLC / DCS OUT I 1 5 + 5 active 2 – 2 3 + 3 passive GND 1 GND 2 IN I 2 OUT I 2 PWR 4-wire max.18 VDC GND OUT I + 1 1 PWR max.18 VDC GND US OUT IN Sensor / Field 6 – 7 + 7 passive active 4 – 4 GND 3 GND 4 D W H 6 8– 8 Either 1- or 2-channel Zone 2  Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact 2-conductor passive isolators for electrical isolation and filtering of standard analog signals – Input loop-supplied – Does not require any additional auxiliary voltage – 2 channels in conj. with a design width of just 6.2 mm – Voltage drop on isolating amplifier of just 1.7 V Notes: When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with a voltage drop UV = 1.7 V and load RB. This means: UB ≥ UE = 1.7 V + 20 mA x RB Information on components for power bridging, system cabling, and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products Input data Input signal Voltage drop Response current Maximum input current / overload Maximum input voltage Output data Output signal Load RB Ripple General data Maximum transmission error Additional error per 100 Ω load Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10 - 90%) Electrical isolation Test voltage input/output Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada GL 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1.7 V (at I = 20 mA) Approx. 190 µA 40 mA 18 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA < 600 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal) < 10 mVrms (at 600 Ω) ≤ 0.1% (of final value) 0.03% (of measured value / 100 Ω load) ≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load) 75 Hz 5 ms (At 600 Ω load) Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA II T6 X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D GL EMC 2 D Ordering data UB UV = 1,7 V I UE I I RB I MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I 74 PHOENIX CONTACT Description Type Order No. MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals without auxiliary power two-channel Screw connection two-channel Spring-cage conn. single-channel Screw connection single-channel Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP 2864655 2864781 2864419 2864749 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN/Analog OUT loop-powered isolator OUT 1 I US 2 OUT 3 U US POWER IN + 1 IN I PLC / DCS PWR IN 5 + 5 PWR active passive 4-wire GND U, I OUT IN Sensor / Field – 2 + 3 GND OUT I 6 – IN U D W H 6 7 4-wire GND 4 – 4 GND 8 OUT Configurable, up to 74 signal combinations, loop-powered I Zone 2 Applied for: cUL / UL Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact isolating amplifier for electrical isolation, conversion, and filtering of standard analog signals – Supplied by an output loop – Does not require any additional auxiliary voltage – Up to 74 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches – Voltage input from mV voltages right up to 30 volts – Current input from 2 mA right up to 40 mA – 2-way isolation – Standard configuration: Input 2...10 V, output 4...20 mA Notes: Other input signals that have not been listed can be provided on request. Information on components for power bridging, system cabling, and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) U input I input 2 ... 10 V, additional areas can be configured, see table Maximum input signal < 40 V Input resistance Approx. 100 kΩ (At ≤ 1 V, otherwise approximately 1 MΩ) Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient ZERO / SPAN adjustment Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10 - 90%) Electrical isolation Test voltage input/output Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada < 50 mA (Dielectric strength up to 30 V) ≤ 50 Ω 4 ... 20 mA 35 mA ((UB - 8 V) / 22 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) 8 V DC ... 30 V DC < 3.5 mA (without signal current) 28 mW (without signal) < 0.1% (of final value) 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K ±2% / ±2% Approx. 30 Hz Approx. 16 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -25°C ... 70°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC1) 2902829 2902830 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR loop-powered isolator Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 1 1 Possible input signal ranges (configurable via DIP switch) 0...40 mA 0...30 mA 0...20 mA 0...12 mA 0...10 mA 0...8 mA 0...7.5 mA 0...6 mA 0...5 mA 0...4 mA 0...3 mA 0...2.5 mA 0...2 mA 4...20 mA 2...10 mA 1...5 mA 0...30 V 0...25 V 0...20 V 0...15 V 0...12.5 V 0...12 V 0...10 V 0...7.5 V 0...5 V 0...3 V 0...2.5 V 0...2 V 0...1.5 V 0...1.25 V 0...1.2 V 2...10 V 1...5 V 0...1000 mV 0...750 mV 0...500 mV 0...300 mV 0...250 mV 0...200 mV 0...150 mV 0...125 mV 0...120 mV 0...100 mV 0...75 mV 0...60 mV 0...50 mV For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products ±30 V ±25 V ±20 V ±15 V ±12.5 V ±12 V ±10 V ±7.5 V ±5 V ±3 V ±2.5 V ±2 V ±1.5 V ±1.25 V ±1.2 V ±1000 mV ±750 mV ±500 mV ±300 mV ±250 mV ±200 mV ±150 mV ±125 mV ±120 mV ±100 mV ±75 mV ±60 mV ±50 mV PHOENIX CONTACT 75 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Temperature Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS S-Port 1 OUT U,I 1 5 + 5 active 2 ϑ ϑ 2 U,I 4 OUT 6 – 6 ϑ +24V 3 3 IN passive GND 1 4 7 + GND 2 D W H 8 – FM GND 2 FM POWER Universal measuring transducer for resistance thermometers +24V Zone 2 Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Universal temperature transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of resistance thermometers and remote resistance-type sensors – High level of accuracy over the entire measuring range – For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor sensors according to IEC 751, JIS, GOST – Configurable via DIP switches and software – Software available free of charge on the Internet – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) – Supports fault monitoring – Standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor IEC 751; 3-conductor; -50 ... 150°C; 4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation according to NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring contact responds on any error Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Measuring range span Linear resistance measuring range min. 50 K 0 Ω ... 4000 Ω (Minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected measuring range) U output I output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA 10 kΩ 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Power consumption 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC < 27 mA (at 24 V DC) ≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω) Transmission error 0.1% * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 350 K (Pt/Ni) 0.3% * 200 K / set measuring range; 0.3% > 200 K (Cu) Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) 0.01%/K Typ. 200 ms (2-conductor) Typ. 500 ms (3-conductor) Typ. 500 ms (4-conductor) Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL applied for For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor -200°C ... 850°C (Range depending on the sensor type) GL Ordering data 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC1) MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC1) 2902849 2902850 1 1 2811271 1 Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers Standard configuration Standard configuration Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Accessories Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Sensor type Standard Pt100 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) Pt200 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) Pt500 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) Pt1000 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) Pt100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) Pt1000 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) Pt100 JIS C1604-1997 Pt1000 JIS C1604-1997 Ni100 DIN 43760 Ni1000 DIN 43760 Cu50 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) Cu100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) Cu53 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426) Customer-specific characteristic curves 76 PHOENIX CONTACT Measuring range -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -60°C ... +250°C -60°C ... +250°C -180°C ... +200°C -180°C ... +200°C -50°C ... +180°C Smallest measuring range span 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Temperature Temperature transducer for Pt 100 OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS PT 100 1 1 OUT U,I 5 + 5 active 2 ϑ ϑ 2 4 U,I passive 6 – D W H 6 ϑ 3 3 IN GND 1 +24V 4 7 + GND 2 OUT 8 – PT100 Configurable, for a temperature measuring range of -50°C ... +200°C +24V GND 2 POWER  Ex:  Zone 2 Div. 2 Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact temperature transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to create standard signals – Optimized temperature measuring range of -50°C to +200°C for increased accuracy – For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors according to IEC 60751 – Input and output signals can be configured via DIP switches – 3-way isolation – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Measuring range span Output data Output signal Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor -50°C ... 200°C (configurable) min. 50 K U output I output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Power consumption Transmission error for the full/set measurement range Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 21 mA (at 24 V DC) < 500 mW ≤ 0.25% ; ((50 K / Δ Temp) + 0.05)% < 0.02%/K < 200 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL EMC 2 D GL Ordering data Description Type Order No. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors Order configuration Screw connection Order configuration Spring-cage conn. Unconfigured Screw connection Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP1) MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC1) 2864309 2864192 2864370 2864202 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 (standard configuration entered as an example) Connection Measuring range [°C] Output Failure inFactory calibration technology formation 1) certificate (FCC) Start End / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT01 / A / NONE 2 = 2-con0 Range OUT01 = 0...20 mA A NONE = without FCC 2864309 = ductor -5 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA B YES = with FCC (a fee is charged) ...-PT100-UI-200 3 = 3-con-10 OUT03 = 0...10 V C ductor -15 0...200 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V D 2864192 = 4 = 4-con-20 OUT06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with ductor 5 measuring ...-PT100-UI-200-SP -30 OUT07 = 20...0 mA points (a fee is -40 OUT08 = 20...4 mA charged) -50 OUT09 = 10...0 V Order No. 2864309 1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products Failure information (depends on the output signal range): Overrange Open circuit 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V A B C D 0...20 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products Underrange 4...20 mA 0...10 V 4 mA 0V 3.5 mA 0V 4 mA 0V 4 mA 0V Short circuit 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V 0 mA 3 mA 0V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V PHOENIX CONTACT 77 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Temperature Temperature transducer for Pt 100 OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS PT 100 1 1 OUT U,I 5 + 5 active 2 ϑ ϑ 2 4 U,I 6 – D W H 6 ϑ 3 3 IN passive GND 1 +24V 4 7 + GND 2 OUT 8 – PT100 Configurable, for a temperature measuring range of -150°C ... +850°C +24V GND 2 POWER  Ex:   Zone 2 Div. 2 Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact temperature transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to create standard signals – Temperature measuring range of -150°C to +850°C – For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors according to IEC 60751 – Input and output signals can be configured via DIP switches – 3-way isolation – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Measuring range span Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor -150°C ... 850°C (configurable) min. 50 K U output I output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Power consumption Transmission error for the full/set measurement range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 21 mA (at 24 V DC) < 500 mW ≤ 0.2% ; ((100 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%) Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada < 0.02%/K < 160 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL EMC 2 D 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 GL Ordering data Description Type Order No. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors Order configuration Screw connection Order configuration Spring-cage conn. Unconfigured Screw connection Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI1) MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC1) 2864435 2864736 2864273 2864286 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI (standard configuration entered as an example) Connection Measuring range [°C] Output Failure inFactory calibration certifitechnology formation 1) cate (FCC) Start End / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT01 / A / NONE 2 = 2-conduc0 Range OUT01 = 0...20 mA A NONE = without FCC 2864435 = tor -10 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA B YES = with FCC (a fee is charged) ...-PT100-UI 3 = 3-conduc-20 OUT03 = 0...10 V C tor -30 0...100 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V D 2864736 = 4 = 4-conduc-40 110...300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with tor 5 measuring ...-PT100-UI-SP -50 320...700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA points (a fee is -100 750...850 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA charged) -150 OUT09 = 10...0 V Order No. 2864435 1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products 78 PHOENIX CONTACT Failure information (depends on the output signal range): Overrange Open circuit 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V A B C D 0...20 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA Underrange 4...20 mA 0...10 V 4 mA 0V 3.5 mA 0V 4 mA 0V 4 mA 0V Short circuit 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V 0 mA 3 mA 0V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Temperature Temperature transducer for Pt 100 IN Sensor / Field OUT PLC / DCS PT 100 1 1 PWR IN 5 + 5 PWR active passive 2 ϑ ϑ 2 I PT100 4 POWER 6 – 6 ϑ 3 3 IN OUT I 7 4 D W H 8 OUT Configurable, for a temperature measuring range of -150°C ... +300°C, loop-powered Zone 2  Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact loop-powered temperature transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to create standard signals – Supplied by an output loop – Does not require any additional auxiliary voltage – Temperature measuring range of -150°C to +300°C – 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors – Input signals can be configured via DIP switches – 2-way isolation – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Measuring range span Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Power consumption Transmission error for the full/set measurement range Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor -150°C ... 300°C (configurable) min. 50 K 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA 23 mA ((Usupply - 12 V) / 22 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) 12 V DC ... 30 V DC < 3.5 mA (without signal current) < 42 mW (without signal current) ≤ 0.25% ; ((90 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.05%) < 0.02%/K < 200 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for Ordering data Description Type Order No. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors, loop-powered Order configuration Screw connection Order configuration Spring-cage conn. Unconfigured Screw connection Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP1) 2810298 2810382 2810308 2810395 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. 2810298 2810298 = ...-PT100-LP 2810382 = ...-PT100-LP-SP 1) Connection Measuring range [°C] Output Failure inFactory calibration certifitechnology formation 1) cate (FCC) Start End / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT02 / 1 / NONE 2 = 2-conductor 0 Range NONE = without FCC -10 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA 1 YES = with FCC (a fee is charged) 3 = 3-conductor -20 OUT08 = 20...4 mA 2 -30 0...300 (5 K) 3 4 = 4-conductor -40 4 YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring -50 points (a fee is -100 charged) -150 For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products Failure information Overrange Open circuit 1 2 3 4 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 21.5 mA Start of range 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 21.5 mA Underrange Short circuit 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 3.5 mA Start of range 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 3.5 mA 1 2 3 4 PHOENIX CONTACT 79 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Temperature Temperature transducers for thermocouples OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS S-Port 1 OUT U,I + 1 2 U,I 5 – 2 6 – +24V 4 OUT passive GND 1 3 IN 5 + active TC GND 2 6 7 + D W H 8 – FM GND 2 FM POWER Universal measuring transducer for thermocouples +24V Zone 2 Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Highly compact temperature transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of thermocouple signals. – For thermocouples according to IEC 584 and GOST – Internal cold junction compensation – Configurable via DIP switches and software – Software available free of charge on the Internet – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) – Supports fault monitoring – Standard configuration: TC sensor type J IEC 584 TC; cold junction compensation “ON”; -200 ... 1200°C; 4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation according to NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring contact responds on any error. Notes: For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Measuring range span Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Power consumption B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L -250°C ... 2500°C (Range depending on the sensor type) min. 50 K U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V Approx. 12.3 V I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA 24.6 mA ≥ 10 kΩ < 20 mVPP < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC < 27 mA (at 24 V DC) ≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω) Transmission error 0.1% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L, U, M Gost, L Gost) 0.2% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2% > 600 K (B, R, S, A1, A2, A3) Cold junction errors Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada < 3 K ( typ. < 2 K ) ≤ 0.01%/K Typ. 400 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL applied for GL 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Universal temperature transducer for thermocouples Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC1) 2902851 1 2811271 1 Accessories Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Sensor type Standard Measuring range Sensor type B E J K N R S T IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 +500°C ... +1820°C -230°C ... +1000°C -210°C ... +1200°C -250°C ... +1372°C -200°C ... +1300°C -50°C ... +1768°C -50°C ... +1768°C -200°C ... +400°C L DIN 43710 -200°C ... +900°C U DIN 43710 -200°C ... +600°C A-1 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +2500°C A-2 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +1800°C A-3 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +1800°C M GOST 8.585 -200°C ... +100°C L GOST 8.585 -200°C ... +800°C Customer-specific characteristic curves 80 PHOENIX CONTACT Standard Measuring range IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Temperature Temperature transducer for J- and K-type thermocouples IN Sensor / Field 1 OUT 1 PLC / DCS OUT U,I 5 + 5 active TC 2 3 + 2 – 3 U,I 6 – +24V 4 IN passive GND 1 D W H 6 7 + GND 2 OUT 8 – Configurable, for a temperature measuring range of -150°C ... +1350°C +24V GND 2 POWER  Ex:   Zone 2 Div. 2 Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) – Highly compact temperature transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of thermocouple signals to create standard signals – Temperature measuring range of -150°C to +1350°C – For J and K thermocouples according to IEC 584-1 – Internal cold junction compensation – Input and output signals can be configured via DIP switches – 3-way isolation – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Thermocouples type J, K (IEC 584-1) Temperature range Typ J : -150°C ... 1200°C (configurable) Typ K : -150°C ... 1350°C min. 50 K U output I output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA Approx. 12.5 V Approx. 10 mA ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) Measuring range span Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Power consumption Transmission error for the full/set measurement range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 25 mA (at 24 V DC) < 500 mW ≤ 0.2% ; ((150 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%) Cold junction errors Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada < 3 K ( typ. < 2 K ) < 0.02%/K < 30 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL EMC 2 D GL Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI1) MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC1) 2864448 2864299 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for thermocouples Order configuration Unconfigured Screw connection Screw connection 1 1 Order key for MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI (standard configuration entered as an example) Sensor type Order No. 2864448 1) Measuring range [°C] Output Failure inFactory calibration certififormation 1) cate (FCC) Start End / J / 0 / 1000 / OUT01 / A / NONE J = Type J 0 Range OUT01 = 0...20 mA A NONE = without FCC -10 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA B YES = with FCC (a fee is charged) K = Type K -20 OUT03 = 0...10 V C -30 OUT05 = 0...5 V D -40 0 ... 300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring -50 320 ... 700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA points (a fee is -100 750...1350 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA charged) -150 OUT09 = 10...0 V For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products Failure information (depends on the output signal range): Overrange Open circuit 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V A B C D 0...20 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products Underrange 4...20 mA 0...10 V 4 mA 0V 3.5 mA 0V 4 mA 0V 4 mA 0V PHOENIX CONTACT 81 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Frequency Frequency transducers For up to 80 kHz OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS Teach In 1 NAMUR 1 OUT U,I 5 + 5 active 4 U,I IN 2 3 2 NPN PNP 4 OUT NPN 4 passive GND 2 6 – +24V PNP GND 1 GND 3 6 7 + D W H 8 – FM 3 FM POWER GND 2 Frequency transducer for up to 80 kHz +24V 4 Zone 2 Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input sources Configurable 3-way isolated frequency transducer. – Suitable for the connection of NAMUR proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227) as well as for sensors with NPN and PNP outputs that generate a frequency signal – The device is configured via DIP switches – Frequency range is freely adjustable via a press/slide button (“teach-in wheel”) – Supports fault monitoring – Standard configuration: NAMUR sensor; mean-value generation “OFF”; 0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz frequency range; 4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring contact responds on any error Notes: Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 NPN/PNP transistor outputs NAMUR initiators Floating relay contact (dry contact) 0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz (DIP switch) 0.002 Hz ... 80 kHz (Teach-in wheel) 30 V (incl. DC voltage) U output I output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA ≥ 10 kΩ 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) Frequency measuring range Maximum input signal Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Power consumption 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC < 800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω) Transmission error of the full measuring span Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada 0.1% 0.01%/K < 35 ms (At f > 500 Hz) Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL applied for GL Ordering data Description MCR frequency transducers Standard configuration Standard configuration 82 PHOENIX CONTACT Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC1) 2902832 2902833 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Frequency Analog-frequency transducer IN Sensor / Field OUT PLC / DCS supply max. 30VDC + 1 GND 2 U,I f – 2 – 4 OUT + OUT 5 + GND 1 +24V POWER max. 20mA GND 2 6 – +24V GND 3 – 5 passive + 3 IN IN U,I 4-wire 6 7 + GND 3 RL GND – OUT + OUT 1 U,I US D W H 8 – Configurable, frequency and PWM output +24V GND 3 Zone 2  Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) – Highly compact analog-to-frequency transducer for electrical isolation, amplification, conversion, and filtering of standard signals to create frequencies or PWM signals – Configurable interference filter – Input and output signals can be configured via DIP switches – 3-way isolation – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) – PWM output of 5 ... 95% Notes: Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Minimum load Maximum load current Maximum switching voltage Overrange/underrange Protective circuit General data Supply voltage UB Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) U input I input 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA 30 V DC 100 mA Approx. 110 kΩ Approx. 50 Ω Frequency output PWM output 0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz 7.8 kHz (10 bit) / 3.9 kHz (10 bit) 0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz 1.9 kHz (12 bit) / 977 Hz (12 bit) 0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz 488 Hz (14 bit) / 244 Hz (14 bit) 0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz 122 Hz (16 bit) / 61 Hz (16 bit) 4 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA 12 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA 20 mA 30 V Can be set (via DIP switch) Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC < 10 mA (at 24 V DC) < 200 mW ≤ 0.1% (> 7 kHz ≤ 0.2%) < 0.02%/K < 15 ms (+ (1/f) smallest filter) < 1 s (+ (1/f) largest filter) Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL EMC 2 D GL Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-UI-F1) MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP1) 2864082 2810243 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR frequency transducer Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Frequency output T T T T T 1 1 T Variable frequency / Period duration T PWM output (pulse width modulation) T T T T T T Variable pulse-pause ratio / Fixed period duration T For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 83 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Potentiometer Potiposition transducer OUT IN Sensor / Field 1 IN 1 PLC / DCS OUT U,I 5 + 5 active 2 2 3 3 IN IN 6 7 + GND 2 OUT U,I 6 – +24V 4 R IN passive GND 1 D W H 8 – Configurable, automatic potentiometer detection +24V GND 2 POWER Zone 2  Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact potiposition transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of potentiometer signals to create standard signals – Automatic potentiometer detection without manual adjustment – For potentiometers from 100 Ω to 100 kΩ – Configurable measuring range and output signals – A potentiometer sub-range can be linearized via the “teach-in” switch on the device – Input and output signals can be configured via DIP switches – 3-way isolation – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) Notes: Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Potentiometer Reference voltage source Output data Output signal 100 Ω ... 100 kΩ < 3.6 V U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 12.5 V Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple Behavior in the event of a sensor error General data Supply voltage UB Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA 23 mA Approx. 12.5 V Approx. 10 mA > 10 kΩ < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) 0% ... 105% (configurable) < 500 Ω (20 mA) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC < 25 mA (at 24 V DC) < 500 mW < 0.2% < 0.02%/K < 30 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL EMC 2 D GL Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-R-UI1) MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP1) 2864095 2810256 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR potiposition transducer Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Lifting platform M Actuator motor ACTUAL TARGET 0...10 V 0...10 V Potentiometer Controller OUT 1 5 GND1 2 Control system 6 UB + 3 GND2 4 MINI MCR-SL-R-UI 7 8 24V Mains voltage Height adjustment of a lifting platform with setpoint and actual value control 84 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Limit values Threshold value switch OUT 5 U,I US OUT IN Sensor / Field + 5 6 – 6 + 7 U,I 1 4-wire GND IN IN U,I PLC / DCS – 8 OUT GND 1 +24V 2 3 2 14 3 11 4 12 D W H GND 2 4 Configurable, with relay PDT output POWER GND 2 +24V Zone 2  Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Highly compact threshold value switch for switching analog limit values – Input signal, hysteresis, and delay time can be configured via DIP switches – Limit value can be freely adjusted via potentiometer on front – 3-way isolation – PDT relay at output – Operating current/quiescent current switchover – Status and error signaling via two diagnostic LEDs – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) Notes: Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum input signal Input resistance Specification of the switching point Switching output Relay output Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch) Operating and closed circuit current behavior Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP switch) General data Supply voltage UB Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Linearity error Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Test voltage input/power supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada UL, USA UL, Canada GL U input 0 ... 10 V 30 V > 100 kΩ With 25-speed potentiometer I input 0 ... 20 mA 100 mA 50 Ω 1 PDT AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC 2A (0.1%; 1%; 2.5%; 5%) Switchable using DIP switch 0 s ... 10 s (0 s; 1 s; 2 s; 3 s; 4 s; 6 s; 8 s; 10 s) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC < 14 mA (at 24 V DC) < 330 mW (at 24 V DC) < 0.05% (of final value) < 0.02%/K < 35 ms Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nC IIC T6 GL EMC 2 D Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL1) MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP1) 2864480 2864493 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR threshold value switch Screw connection Spring-cage conn. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 85 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers OUT IN Sensor / Field + 1 1 IN PLC / DCS OUT 1 5 5 13 DI 1 2 – 2 1 3 OUT 1 IN +24V OUT 2 6 6 14 7 + D W H 2 1 IN 4 OUT 2 GND OUT 8 – 2 3 +24V POWER Configurable, for NAMUR sensors and floating contacts 13 DI 2 GND 4 14 Zone 2  Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal – Highly compact isolation amplifier for electrical isolation, amplification, and duplication of proximity sensor signals – For proximity sensors in accordance with IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227 – Floating contacts and contacts with resistance circuit can be connected – Input and output signals can be configured via DIP switches – N/O contacts at output – Second output can be used as a doubler or error signaling output – 3-way isolation – Switchover between operating current and quiescent current (inverted switching behavior) – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal – Power supply possible through the foot element (T-Connector) Notes: Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit Control circuit No-load voltage Switching points (according to IEC 60947-5-6) 8.2 V DC ±10% < 1.2 mA (blocking) > 2.1 mA (conductive) > 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit) < 0.35 mA (With wire break) Line error detection Switching output Relay output Contact material Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current Minimum contact current Switching frequency 2 N/O contacts Hard gold plated AgNi 250 V AC 2A 1 mA (for 5 V DC) 0.5 Hz (240 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A) 10 Hz (without load) General data Supply voltage UB Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC < 25 mA < 600 mW Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL EMC 2 D GL Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO1) MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP1) 2864105 2810269 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR NAMUR switching amplifier Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 86 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories Constant voltage source OUT + 1 – 2 + 3 POWER – 4 OUT U GND 1 +24V OUT OUT U 5 + GND 1 6 – +24V GND 2 7 + GND 2 OUT IN UCV D W H 8 – Configurable, output signals 2.5 V / 5 V / 7.5 V / 10 V +24V GND 2 Zone 2 Ex:  Applied for: cUL / UL Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data – Constant voltage source for potentiometers, measuring bridges, encoders – Highly precise – Input signal corresponds to power supply – Input signal and, in turn, the power supply can be provided via the foot element (T-Connector) – Standard configuration: Output 10 V DC Notes: Information on components for power bridging, system cabling, and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Output data Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Short-circuit current Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Electrical isolation Test voltage input/output Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada 9.6 ... 30 V 10 V DC 7.5 V DC 5 V DC 2.5 V DC Approx. 32 mA < 20 mVPP 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC < 600 mW (at 24 V IN) ≤ 0.1% (of final value) < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Ordering data Description MCR constant voltage source With screw connection With spring-cage connection Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1) 2902822 2902823 1 1 2940252 2942124 10 10 Accessories Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually Resistance value 4.7 kΩ Resistance value 10 kΩ EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN EMG 30-SP-10K LIN For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 87 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories Feed-through terminal blocks – Feed-through terminal block for 1:1 forwarding of signals in the MINI Analog group – For plugging gaps in system cabling with the V8 system adapter, e.g., when there are fewer than eight signals – Used in conjunction with the MINI Analog multiplexer – For direct mounting in the case of applications without signal conversion and without electrical isolation Sensor / Field OUT IN IN 1 IN 2 3 4 1:1 IN IN OUT PLC / DCS 5 OUT 6 OUT OUT 7 8 D W H 1:1 connection Technical data General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals ATEX GL IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Any PBT 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X GL EMC 2 D Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-TB 2811420 Pcs. / Pkt. MINI Analog feed-through terminal block Screw connection 1 Accessories Marking material – Flexible labeling system with pivoting transparent cover and matching insert strips – Transparent cover that can be snapped onto the module instead of the standard cover – Insert strips on pre-punched paper sheets – Marking option for standard cover in the form of ZBF 6 zack marker strip marking labels Transparent cover with insert strips Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2308111 10 2810272 10 Fold-up transparent cover, for labeling MINI Analog modules with insert strips MINI MCR DKL Accessories 88 PHOENIX CONTACT Insert strips, stamped, for transparent cover MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL Zack marker strip, flat UniCard sheets, for marker groove ZBF 6 (see Catalog 5) UC-TMF 6 (see Catalog 5) Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories Power terminals – For up to 80 MINI Analog modules – The MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power terminal block is used to supply the supply voltage to the DIN rail connector – Monitoring of supplies in combination with the fault monitoring module – Flexible redundant supply from one or both module sides – Extended supply voltage range from 0 ... 30 V DC IN 1 OUT FM 2 3 4 + 1 +24V IN 5 + PWR 1 IN 6 – PWR 1 IN / OUT-FM – 2 + 3 7 + PWR 2 IN 8 – PWR 2 IN / OUT-FM +24V – 4 +24V +24V D W H PWR OUT – + Zone 2 +24V Power terminal block, can be monitored Notes: Technical data 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input voltage range Output data Output voltage Output current General data Ambient temperature (operation) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada 0 V DC ... 30 V DC (Input voltage - 0.8 V) ≤2A -20°C ... 65°C CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL applied for GL Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1) MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP1) 2902958 2902959 Pcs. / Pkt. MINI Analog power terminal blocks 1 1 Accessories Error message modules IN Fault monitoring module for evaluating and reporting group errors from the fault monitoring system. – Monitoring of supply voltages of MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power terminal blocks – Drawing off the supply is possible – The error is reported via an N/C contact – Standard configuration: group error detection “ON”; redundancy monitoring “ON”; relay “active” 1 OUT 2 OUT RC + 1 +24V PWR 1 IN OUT RC – 2 + 3 +24V 5 + FAULT CONTACT 6 – 7 + PWR OUT 8 – PWR 1 IN – 4 +24V FM – + +24V D W H Zone 2 Group error message and Supply monitoring Technical data Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data/output data Input signal Output signal Output signal maximum current Switching output Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current Test voltage input/output Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 2A 30 V DC 50 mA 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL applied for GL Ordering data Description MINI Analog error message modules Standard configuration Standard configuration Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1) MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC1) 2902961 2902962 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 89 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector – For bridging the supply voltage – Reduces wiring costs – Module can be replaced without interrupting the supply to the remaining modules (hot swap) – One T-Connector for two MINI Analog modules – Current carrying capacity of 2 A to MINI Analog modules For bridging the supply voltage Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10 DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval Accessories Power terminals IN – For supplying the supply voltage via the foot element (T-Connector) where DC voltages of up to 30 V are already available – Option of redundant supply decoupled from diode – For up to 80 MINI analog modules – For up to 2 A – Status and error signaling via diagnostic LEDs IN + 1 +24V 5 + PWR 1 IN PWR 2 IN 6 – 2 3 +24V – 7 4 8 D W H PWR OUT – + +24V Zone 2 Redundant supply for existing 24 V Notes: Recommended fuse for power terminal block: Fuse according to IEC 60127-2/V Nominal current: 2.5 A Characteristics: Slow-blow (e.g., Wickmann 5 x 20 mm/No. 195 - glass fuse) 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Technical data Input data Input voltage range Output data Output voltage Output current General data Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada GL 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (Input voltage - 0.8 V) ≤2A -20°C ... 65°C PBT CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL EMC 2 D Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-PTB1) MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP1) 2864134 2864147 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR power terminal block 90 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS-...T-Connector – For bridging the supply voltage when using a MINI POWER system power supply Notes: If the system power supply is used, you need two ME 17,5 TBUS T-Connectors to establish the connection with the ME 6,2 TBUS TConnectors of the MINI Analog system and provide an effective power supply. For system power supply Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 10 DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval, two pieces are required per system power supply Accessories System power supply H W D – For supplying the supply voltage via the foot element (T-Connector) where AC voltages are available – 100 ... 240 V AC nominal input voltage range – 24 V DC output voltage – For up to 60 MINI Analog modules – For up to 1.5 A, secondary – Status and error signaling via diagnostic LEDs For applications with local voltages of over 100 V Ordering data Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX 2866653 1 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 System power supply unit, primary-switched with zone 2 approval. More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog part. System power supply unit, primary-switched (not for zone 2). More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog part. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 91 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories System cabling A high number of channels enables analog signal transmission across 6 mm in a confined space for many applications. In this kind of context, in particular, it is really important to have access to wiring solutions that avoid errors and are time-efficient, thereby cutting costs. The MINI Analog system cabling solution allows you to wire up to eight channels quickly, easily, and without errors. System cabling can take various forms. System cabling with a front adapter This includes: – A 16-pos. FLK cable – The V8 system adapter for MINI Analog modules – A front adapter that needs to be specifically selected based on the analog card of the controller With this solution, all you need to do is connect the components together. There is virtually no wiring effort involved. What's more, it completely rules out wiring errors, as the pre-assembled components ensure correct assignment by virtue of their design. V8 system adapter for MINI Analog 16-pos. FLK cable System cabling without a front adapter Front adapter for analog card The version that does not require the use of a front adapter is the ideal addition. System cabling with a front adapter This solution involves using a 16-pos. FLK cable with open ends on one side. The open ends are fitted with ferrules and are The tables below are designed to serve as numbered. This allows you to create a sys- a configuration aid. Details of other solutem cabling connection to virtually any tions are available on the Internet or on remodule without having to fit a front adapt- quest. er. The other advantage is that you can implement system cabling on the module side quickly, easily, and without errors. Configuration aid for MINI Analog system cabling Controller Analog card Siemens SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200 M 6ES7-331-7KF02-0AB0 6ES7-331-7KB02-0AB0 6ES7-331-7KB81-0AB0 6ES7-331-7TF00-0AB0 6ES7-332-8TF01-0AB0 Yokogawa Centum CS 3000 R3 Front adapter FLK cable V8 system adapter for MINI Analog FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK (non-molded plugs, in the catalog on page 506) MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A (in the catalog on page 94) CABLE-40/2/FLK16/.../YUC (non-molded plugs, in the catalog on page 467) 2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A (in the catalog on page 94) FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR (in the catalog on page 454) 6ES7-331-1KF01-0AB0 (for current signals) FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR (in the catalog on page 455) 6ES7-331-5HF00-0AB0 (for current signals) FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR (in the catalog on page 455) AAI 141 Not required AAI 143 CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...M (non-molded plugs, in the catalog on page 502) Miscellaneous controllers / actuators / sensors All cards Not required or alternatively VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...M (molded plugs, in the catalog on page 502) 92 PHOENIX CONTACT MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A (in the catalog on page 94) Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog V8 system adapter for MINI Analog Plug-in connection 16-pos. VIP or FLK cable with open ends Innovative concept System cabling without a front adapter Innovative concept Thanks to its innovative design concept, the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A MINI Analog system adapter can be used on both the input and output side. Consequently, there is nothing at all to prevent you from using the same components for system cabling on both output and input modules. Complete flexibility The proven FLK cable series offers complete flexibility in terms of selection and is the ideal solution for system cabling with a front adapter. The flat and flexible plug connections mean that the products can be easily installed in any analog module. Increased protection The new VIP cables with molded FLK plugs offer enhanced protection in harsh industrial environments. If you opt for system cabling without a front adapter, you can enjoy all the advantages of the new VIP cables on the system adapter side. Complete flexibility Addition If the application demands a form of system cabling with fewer than eight channels, the MINI MCR-SL-TB feed-through terminal block (page 88) represents the perfect addition. Increased protection Addition For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 93 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories MINI Analog system adapter – Time-saving wiring solution thanks to unique plug-in concept – System cabling on PLC side – Plug and play – For up to eight channels – Reduces wiring costs and errors System adapter  Ex:  Housing width 50.4 mm Technical data General data Contact resistance Current carrying capacity Test voltage < 10 mΩ ≤1A 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min. from channel to channel) Vibration resistance Surge voltage category / Pollution degree Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Connection to the signal level ≤ 0.7 g III / 2 -20°C ... 60°C PBT 50.4 / 46.2 / 45.5 mm Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13 Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 ) Conformance / approvals ATEX UL, USA / Canada 10 / ≥ 200 GL  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL EMC 2 D Ordering data Description Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 2811268 Pcs. / Pkt. System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection MINI Analog system cabling 94 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories MINI Analog multiplexer AO 1 2 1xIOUT IN 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 PWR I In Out 4 5 6 7 8 BIT1 BIT2 BIT3 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 POWER 8xIIN OUT 3xDO 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 D1+ D1- D2+ D2- D3+ D3- FLK pin strip assignment Ex:  Housing width 50.4 mm Technical data – Generates an analog output from up to eight analog input signals – parallel analog signals are transmitted serially via a cable – The desired number of channels is selected via DIP switches (8, 6, 4 or 2 channels) – The channel currently switched is indicated as a bit pattern via three digital outputs – Two clock cycles for execution can be selected via DIP switches (one- or two-second clock) – Supplied by an output loop – For 4 ... 20 mA current signals – Can be easily snapped onto MINI Analog modules with screw connection method – Huge reduction in analog inputs at controllers – System cabling on the output side using pre-assembled FLK cables with open ends. Input data Description Can be configured/parameterized Input signal Maximum input signal Switching cycles Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Status indication Active input Switching output Maximum switching voltage General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Connection to control level Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 ) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada Notes: 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel (can be switched over) Via DIP switches 4 ... 20 mA < 30 mA 2 or 1 sec. (can be selected) 4 ... 20 mA < 30 mA ((Usupply - 7 V) / I max) 1, 2, 3-bit digital output (can be selected) 3 x PNP optocouplers 30 V DC 7 V DC ... 30 V DC (Loop-powered) < 3.5 mA (without signal current) < 24 mW (without signal current) 0.3% (0.1%, typical) < 0.01%/K -20°C ... 65°C PBT 50.4 / 45.5 / 46.2 mm Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13 10 / ≥ 200 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for For six, four or two channels you will also need the corresponding number of feed-through terminal blocks (i.e., two, four or six). Ordering data 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Multiplexer for MINI Analog modules with screw connection MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 161) 2811815 1 2811420 1 Accessories MINI Analog feed-through terminal block MINI MCR-SL-TB For round cable with one open end, see “System cabling for controllers” section For round cable with one open end, see “System cabling for controllers” section VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/... CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/... 1 x Analog IN Controller 8 x Analog IN Power MINI MCR-SL-MUX.. .... MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI AO 4...20 mA DO DO DO 00 t0 l1 Bi nne a Ch ve ti Ac Controller 3 x Digital IN Monitoring of eight motor temperatures with just one analog control input For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 95 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Termination carrier for MINI Analog isolating amplifier Select standard DIN rail device Select module carrier TC... termination carriers are compact solutions for conveniently and smoothly connecting standard DIN rail isolating amplifiers from the MINI Analog series to input/output cards of automation systems using system cables. The most compact isolating amplifiers combined with the most compact and flexible module carriers on the market enable you to achieve a hitherto unparalleled packing density in your control cabinet together with professional system cabling. Compact – The compact design associated with MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in the control cabinet Robust and reliable – Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile – PCB is completely decoupled from isolating amplifiers – PCB without active electronics – Redundant supply via separate DIN rail module – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting Flexible – Profile sections without pitch markings – Quick and safe module connection with plug-in cable sets – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting – Can be flexibly adapted to suit any controller or higher-level control system – Solutions tailored to your requirements on request – Available pre-assembled with modules and wired, or for self-assembly Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable Solutions are also available for MACX Analog, MACX Analog Ex, and Safety 96 PHOENIX CONTACT Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Termination carrier for MINI Analog isolating amplifier D-SUB pin strip 37 < 50 V DC (Per signal/channel) 1 A (Signal/channel) 50 V II 2 0.5 kV DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation ) IP20 -40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications) Shock Vibration (operation) Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Power supply via power module Input voltage range Redundant supply Polarization and surge protection Fuse Status indication 15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27 2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6 V0 136 / 170 / 160 mm 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC yes, decoupled from diodes Yes 2.5 A Slow-blow 2 x red LED (error) 1 x green LED (PWR) Ordering data Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1) 2902933 2902934 1 1 2902958 2902961 2865599 1 1 1 Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and feed-through module - With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer Accessories 15 34 16 35 13 32 14 33 11 30 12 31 7 26 8 27 5 24 6 25 3 22 4 23 1 20 2 21 17 18 36 37 X1 DSUB 37 5 (+) 6 (-) PW2 CH15 CH16 + + 1 CH14 CH13 + + 1 CH11 CH12 + + 1 CH9 CH10 + + 1 CH7 CH8 + + 1 CH6 CH5 + + 1 CH3 CH4 + + 1 CH1 CH2 + + 1 PTB PTSM T-BUS Alarm 1 2 3 (+) 4 (-) PW1 F2 FM 1 MINI PTB PW1 2864134 X20 COMBICON F1 9 28 10 29 MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1) MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1) MACX MCR-S-MUX MINI Analog power terminal blocks MINI Analog error message modules HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon cables 1 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 MINI TB 2811420 Contact us: together, we can develop optimum solutions for your automation system with the termination carrier for MINI Analog. Technical data General data Connection to the control system level Number of positions Maximum operating voltage Maximum permissible current Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category Pollution degree Rated surge voltage Air and creepage distances Degree of protection Ambient temperature range - Notes: Housing width 136 mm + The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI universal termination carrier is a compact solution which connects isolating amplifiers from the MINI Analog series to input/output cards of automation systems. The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI termination carrier version also enables the coupling and decoupling of HART signals. – Connection of up to 16 channels – Can be universally connected, thanks to 37-pos. D-SUB cable with open ends. This enables flexible connection to automation systems – Redundant power supply, decoupled from diode via separate MINI MCR-PTB power module and MINI MCR-SL-TB feedthrough terminal block TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI connection scheme For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 97 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories Surge protection LINETRAB LIT The ideal addition to MINI Analog - the innovative surge protection solution in 6.2 mm housing. Because the LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog housing is the same shape, you can benefit from the numerous advantages of system cabling. The advantage of combining MINI Analog and LINETRAB LIT products is that it enables you to set up a space-saving, protected, and optimally coordinated signal chain from the sensor right up to the controller. The tables below are designed to serve as configuration aids for combining MINI Analog and LINETRAB products. On the left, you will find a list of the components and combination options for setting up system cabling between MINI Analog and LINETRAB. For details of system cabling solutions that can be used between MINI Analog and the controller side, please refer to page 92. For more detailed information on LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules, please see the TRABTECH catalog. Assembled 16-pos. round cable VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR... V8 system adapters for MINI Analog LINETRAB LIT LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules Reliable and systematic measurements - LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog Cabling via MINI Analog system adapter (8 modules) LINETRAB LIT (surge protection) Type LIT 1X2-24 MINI Analog Order No. Type Order No. 2804610 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0 MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4 MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0 MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4 MINI MCR-SL-I-I MINI MCR-SL-U-U MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I MINI MCR-SL-UI-F MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC 2864383 2864150 2865007 2813512 2813525 2813541 2813538 2864406 2864684 2864794 2864176 2864422 2864079 2864419 2864082 2864105 2864480 2810858 2810780 Components required for system cabling Available 16-pos. VIP... round cables Type V8 system adapter for MINI Analog Length Order No. VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/0,5M 0.5 m 2900154 VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/1,0M 1.0 m 2900155 VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/2,0M 2.0 m 2900156 VIP... round cables are available in special lengths on request. 98 PHOENIX CONTACT Type 2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A (in the catalog on page 94) Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog VIP system cable The new VIP cables provide a way of setting up secure and robust connections, even in harsh industrial environments. Innovative concept The MINI Analog system adapter does not just support system cabling on the input and output sides. It also allows cabling to be installed with LINETRAB surge protection modules quickly, easily, and without errors. Increased protection In addition to all the advantages associated with electrical isolation, filtering, amplification, and the conversion of standard analog signals using MINI Analog, there is now also the option of effective surge protection. Surge protection Surge protection is a reliable means of actively preventing and protecting against system damage and downtimes. LINETRAB is able to limit transient surge voltages safely and without affecting the signal - all in a compact device with a design width of just 6.2 mm. VIP system cable Innovative concept Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog Manual cabling LINETRAB LIT (surge protection) Type LIT 1X2-24 Increased protection MINI Analog Order No. 2804610 LIT 2X2-24 2804623 LIT 2-12 (for 2-conductor connection technology) 2804665 LIT 4-12 (for 3- and 4-conductor connection technology) 2804678 LIT 1X2-24 2804610 LIT 4-24 2804678 Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-NC MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP-NC MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP MINI MCR-SL-R-UI MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP 2864383 2864150 2864710 2864163 2810874 2810793 2811213 2810078 2813570 2813583 2813554 2813567 2864723 2864697 2864804 2864189 2864752 2810230 2864749 2864655 2864781 2864309 2864370 2864192 2864202 2864435 2864273 2864736 2864286 2810298 2810308 2810382 2810395 2810243 2810269 2864493 2864095 2810256 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products Surge protection PHOENIX CONTACT 99 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Reliable and safe MACX Analog - safe and high-performance signal isolating amplifiers. This product range enables you to safely isolate, condition, filter, and amplify all the signals of your system. In all phases of the product life cycle, the MACX Analog range has been consistently developed and produced according to standards for functional safety. Save planning and operating costs – by combining high signal flexibility with safe isolation and SIL evaluation. The universal nature of the product range provides you with a solution for all applications using analog signal transmission. You are free to choose between either multifunctional high-end devices or reasonablypriced standard modules with exactly the right functions. Choose the right MACX Analog isolating amplifier for your application: Analog IN/OUT – Configurable 3-way isolating amplifiers – Repeater power supplies with HART signal transmission for supplying 2-conductor transmitters – Output isolating amplifiers with HART signal transmission 100 PHOENIX CONTACT Temperature – Universal temperature transducers for resistance thermometers, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, thermocouples, and mV sources – also with safe limit value relays as an option – Configurable temperature transducer for resistance thermometers and resistancetype sensors – Configurable temperature transducer for thermocouples and mV sources Digital IN – Isolation amplifiers with input for NAMUR proximity sensor or switch – Single-channel with PDT or passive transistor output – Single-channel with double N/O contact output – Two-channel with one N/O contact output per channel – Two-channel with one PDT or passive transistor output per channel Functional safety – from the initial idea to the finished product Phoenix Contact meets the requirements of functional safety according to IEC 61508 in a standardized development process. Here, all fault avoidance and fault control measures are taken into consideration, from the very development and production of a device right up to device operation. These measures are audited within the scope of a full assessment by an independent test center. Phoenix Contact therefore makes a significant contribution to high system safety and availability. DIN rail connector-compatible The DIN rail connector enables the modular bridging of the 24 V supply voltage. Wide-range power supply The modules featuring a wide-range power supply (...-UP) can be used in all power supply networks the world over without the need for additional power supply units. Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Safe and reliable functions – Consistent SIL certification. This ensures the highest level of reliability and safety for your systems. Precise transmission and high operational reliability – Thanks to patented transmission concept Easy configuration – Without software via DIP switches on the device front or with the operator interface and display unit. Easy configuration and monitoring – Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly stand-alone software – with integrated monitoring function. Flexible power bridging – The DIN rail connector simplifies wiring, system expansion or module replacement during operation. Easy-maintenance connection technology – Plug-in connection terminal blocks with screw connection or fast push-in technology – coded, with integrated sockets. Precise transmission, long service life – Patented circuit concepts ensure precise signal transmission and minimal self-heating. Even for the Ex area – Maximum explosion protection for all Ex zones with the MACX Analog Ex range. Fast and error-free signal connection – Compact termination carriers connect MACX Analog devices to the automation system – plug and play. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 101 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier US 4-wire [mA] 4-wire [mV] 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 IN U,I U,I OUT US 4-wire [V] PLC / DCS 4.1 5.2 4.1 US OUT IN Sensor / Field ±50 mV... ±1000 mV ±1 mA... ±5 mA active ±10 mA... ±100 mA 3.1 3.2 passive + 3.1 2.2 2.2 2.1 active 2.1 3.2 + + GND passive ±1 V... ±100 V GND 5.1 +24 V 5.2 1.2 Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations 1.1 POWER GND +24 V Zone 2 Div. 2 Functional safety Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Universal isolating amplifier for operating 4-conductor measuring transducers – Analog isolating amplifier for isolating, filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals – Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals – 3-way electrical isolation – Over 1600 signal conversions can be set via DIP switches on the front – 10 kHz limit frequency for time-critical applications – Output active or passive – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Status indicator for supply voltage – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permissible Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 126 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) U input I input 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) ±100 V ±100 mA Approx. 1 MΩ Approx. 10 Ω (±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC) (±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC) U output I output 0 ... 20 mA, please indicate if different setting when ordering Load RB ≥ 1 kΩ (10 V) General data Supply voltage UB Power dissipation Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient ZERO / SPAN adjustment Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10 - 90%) ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active) (passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax) 12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% / +25%) < 0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) ≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value) 0.0075%/K ±4% / ±4% 10 kHz (Can be switched to 30 Hz) 35 µs (at 10 kHz) 11 ms (at 30 Hz) Electrical isolation Input/output/power supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) GL 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 70°C Any PA 66-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL applied for SIL 2 - Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-UI-UI1) MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP1) MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC1) MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC1) 2811284 2811572 2811446 2811556 Pcs. / Pkt. 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals Order configuration Order configuration Standard configuration Standard configuration 102 PHOENIX CONTACT Screw connection Spring-cage connection Screw connection Spring-cage connection 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example) Input Order No. 2811284 Output / IN03 IN40 IN24 IN41 IN25 IN43 IN44 IN26 IN27 IN28 IN66 IN29 IN50 IN30 IN52 IN05 IN03 IN67 IN32 IN39 IN68 IN69 2811284 = ...-UI-UI 2811572 = ...-UI-UI-SP = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 0...50 mV 0...60 mV 0...75 mV 0...100 mV 0...120 mV 0...150 mV 0...200 mV 0...300 mV 0...500 mV 0...1000 mV 0...1.0 V 0...1.5 V 0...2.0 V 0...3.0 V 0...5 V 0...10 V 0...15 V 0...20 V 0...30 V 0...50 V 0...100 V IN53 IN13 IN54 IN14 IN56 IN57 IN15 IN16 IN17 IN78 IN18 IN63 IN19 IN65 IN21 IN22 IN79 IN23 IN80 IN81 IN82 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Limit frequency / -50...+50 mV -60...+60 mV -75...+75 mV -100...+100 mV -120...+120 mV -150...+150 mV -200...+200 mV -300...+300 mV -500...+500 mV -1000...+1000 mV -1.0...+1.0 V -1.5...+1.5 V -2.0...+2.0 V -3.0...+3.0 V -5...+5 V -10...+10 V -15...+15 V -20...+20 V -30...+30 V -50...+50 V -100...+100 V IN06 = 1...5 V IN04 = 2...10 V IN70 IN71 IN72 IN73 IN36 IN37 IN74 IN01 IN75 IN76 IN77 = = = = = = = = = = = 0...1.0 mA 0...1.5 mA 0...2.0 mA 0...3.0 mA 0...5 mA 0...10 mA 0...15 mA 0...20 mA 0...30 mA 0...50 mA 0...100 mA IN83 IN84 IN85 IN86 IN33 IN34 IN87 IN35 IN88 IN89 IN90 = = = = = = = = = = = -1.0...+1.0 mA -1.5...+1.5 mA -2.0...+2.0 mA -3.0...+3.0 mA -5...+5 mA -10...+10 mA -15...+15 mA -20...+20 mA -30...+30 mA -50...+50 mA -100...+100 mA OUT01 OUT19 = 0...2.5 V OUT05 = 0...5 V OUT03 = 0...10 V OUT15 = 0...5 mA OUT16 = 0...10 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT14 = -10...+10 V OUT21 = -5...+5 mA OUT22 = -10...+10 mA OUT23 = -20...+20 mA OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V OUT06 = 1...5 V OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT25 = 1...5 mA OUT26 = 2...10 mA OUT02 = 4...20 mA OUT27 = 2.5...0 V OUT11 = 5...0 V OUT09 = 10...0 V OUT28 = 5...0 mA OUT29 = 10...0 mA OUT07 = 20...0 mA / 10K 30 = 30 Hz 10K = 10 kHz Factory calibration certificate (FCC) / NONE NONE YES = without FCC = with FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) IN91 = 1...5 mA IN92 = 2...10 mA IN02 = 4...20 mA Application example: level measurement and active analog input card MACX MCR-UI-UI IN Level sensor 4.2 0...20 mA 24 V 4.1 5.2 5.1 OUT ±50 mV... ±1000 mV ±1 mA... ±5 mA – active ±10 mA... ±100 mA 3.2 + 3.1 GND 2.2 passive ±1 V... ±100 V 2.1 GND +24 V 1.2 1.1 Controller 24 V GND +24 V Mains voltage Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station MACX MCR-UI-UI M IN 4.2 Shunt resistor mV 4.1 OUT ±50 mV... ±1000 mV ±1 mA... ±5 mA – active ±10 mA... ±100 mA 3.2 D + 3.1 AI2 5.2 5.1 GND 2.2 passive ±1 V... ±100 V GND + 1 2.1 +24 V – 1.2 1.1 Battery GND +24 V 24 V 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 Mains voltage IB IL AI 2/SF (Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products) For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 103 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier US 4-wire [mA] 4-wire [mV] 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 IN U,I U,I OUT US 4-wire [V] PLC / DCS 4.1 5.2 4.1 US OUT IN Sensor / Field ±50 mV... ±1000 mV ±1 mA... ±5 mA ±10 mA... ±100 mA active 5.1 3.2 passive + 3.1 2.2 2.2 2.1 active 2.1 + GND ±1 V... ±100 V 3.1 3.2 + passive Power 24V ...230V AC/DC 5.2 1.2 1.1 POWER Zone 2 Div. 2 Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations, wide-range power supply   Functional safety Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data – Analog isolating amplifier for isolating, filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals – Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals – 3-way electrical isolation – Over 1600 signal conversions can be set via DIP switches on the front – Output active or passive – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method – Wide-range power supply: 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC – Status indicator for supply voltage – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permissible Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) U input I input 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering Maximum input signal Input resistance ±100 V ±100 mA Approx. 1 MΩ Approx. 10 Ω (±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC) (±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC) U output I output 0 ... 20 mA, configurable via DIP switches 15 V 35 mA ≥ 1 kΩ (10 V) ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active) (passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax) Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum output signal Load RB General data Supply voltage UB Power dissipation 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) < 0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) < 0.9 W (At 230 V AC / 20 mA) ≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value) 0.0075%/K ±4% / ±4% Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient ZERO / SPAN adjustment Electrical isolation Input/output/power supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) GL 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 70°C PA 66-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc SIL 2 - Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP1) MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP1) MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC1) MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC1) 2811459 2811585 2811297 2811569 Pcs. / Pkt. 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals with long-range power supply Order configuration Order configuration Standard configuration Standard configuration 104 PHOENIX CONTACT Screw connection Spring-cage connection Screw connection Spring-cage connection 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example) Input Order No. 2811459 Output / IN03 IN40 IN24 IN41 IN25 IN43 IN44 IN26 IN27 IN28 IN66 IN29 IN50 IN30 IN52 IN05 IN03 IN67 IN32 IN39 IN68 IN69 2811459 = ...-UI-UI-UP 2811585 = ...-UI-UI-UP-SP = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 0...50 mV 0...60 mV 0...75 mV 0...100 mV 0...120 mV 0...150 mV 0...200 mV 0...300 mV 0...500 mV 0...1000 mV 0...1.0 V 0...1.5 V 0...2.0 V 0...3.0 V 0...5 V 0...10 V 0...15 V 0...20 V 0...30 V 0...50 V 0...100 V IN53 IN13 IN54 IN14 IN56 IN57 IN15 IN16 IN17 IN78 IN18 IN63 IN19 IN65 IN21 IN22 IN79 IN23 IN80 IN81 IN82 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Limit frequency / -50...+50 mV -60...+60 mV -75...+75 mV -100...+100 mV -120...+120 mV -150...+150 mV -200...+200 mV -300...+300 mV -500...+500 mV -1000...+1000 mV -1.0...+1.0 V -1.5...+1.5 V -2.0...+2.0 V -3.0...+3.0 V -5...+5 V -10...+10 V -15...+15 V -20...+20 V -30...+30 V -50...+50 V -100...+100 V IN06 = 1...5 V IN04 = 2...10 V IN70 IN71 IN72 IN73 IN36 IN37 IN74 IN01 IN75 IN76 IN77 = = = = = = = = = = = 0...1.0 mA 0...1.5 mA 0...2.0 mA 0...3.0 mA 0...5 mA 0...10 mA 0...15 mA 0...20 mA 0...30 mA 0...50 mA 0...100 mA IN83 IN84 IN85 IN86 IN33 IN34 IN87 IN35 IN88 IN89 IN90 = = = = = = = = = = = -1.0...+1.0 mA -1.5...+1.5 mA -2.0...+2.0 mA -3.0...+3.0 mA -5...+5 mA -10...+10 mA -15...+15 mA -20...+20 mA -30...+30 mA -50...+50 mA -100...+100 mA OUT01 OUT19 = 0...2.5 V OUT05 = 0...5 V OUT03 = 0...10 V OUT15 = 0...5 mA OUT16 = 0...10 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT14 = -10...+10 V OUT21 = -5...+5 mA OUT22 = -10...+10 mA OUT23 = -20...+20 mA OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V OUT06 = 1...5 V OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT25 = 1...5 mA OUT26 = 2...10 mA OUT02 = 4...20 mA OUT27 = 2.5...0 V OUT11 = 5...0 V OUT09 = 10...0 V OUT28 = 5...0 mA OUT29 = 10...0 mA OUT07 = 20...0 mA / 10K 30 = 30 Hz 10K = 10 kHz Factory calibration certificate (FCC) / NONE NONE YES = without FCC = with FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) IN91 = 1...5 mA IN92 = 2...10 mA IN02 = 4...20 mA Application example: level measurement and active analog input card MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP IN Level sensor 4.2 0...20mA 24V 4.1 5.2 5.1 OUT ±50mV... ±1000mV ±1mA... ±5mA – active ±10mA... ±100mA 3.2 + 3.1 GND 2.2 passive ±1V... ±100V 2.1 Power 24V ...230V AC/DC 1.2 ≃ 1.1 Controller Power 24V ...230V AC/DC Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP M IN 4.2 Shunt resistor mV 4.1 OUT ±50mV... ±1000mV ±1mA... ±5mA ±10mA... ±100mA – active 3.2 D + 3.1 AI2 5.2 5.1 + – GND ±1V... ±100V 2.2 passive 1 2.1 Power 24V ...230V AC/DC 1.2 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 ≃ 1.1 Battery Power 24V ...230V AC/DC IB IL AI 2/SF (Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products) For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 105 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS passive 4.2 2-wire 4.1 + 4.2 3.2 3.2 4.1 3.1 3.1 - active + 3.2 + 2.2 5.2 US POWER I I 4-wire 5.1 OUT + 2.2 5.2 2.1 250 W 5.1 GND IN +24V POWER 1.2 Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier 1.1 Power GND +24V Zone 2 Div. 2 Functional safety Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources – Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding) – 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance systems – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 126 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 128 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA > 16 V (at 20 mA) < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) < 600 Ω < 20 mVrms Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 60 mA (at 24 V DC) < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) < 0.01%/K < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) < 0.05% (of final value) < 0.1% (of final value) as per NE 43 Input/output/power supply Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 66-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL applied for SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I1) MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1) 2865955 2924207 Pcs. / Pkt. Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 106 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies OUT IN Sensor / Field 4.2 - 4.2 2-wire 4.1 + PLC / DCS 3.2 - 3.2 OUT 1 4.1 3.1 + 3.1 OUT1 2.2 POWER I 2.2 OUT 2 I 5.2 - 5.2 I OUT2 US 4-wire 5.1 IN + 2.1 GND 5.1 +24V POWER 2.1 passive + passive + 1.2 Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier, with two electrically isolated outputs 1.1 Power GND +24V Zone 2 Div. 2 Functional safety Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources – Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding) – Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA (active) outputs – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals (both outputs) – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – 4-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 126 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 128 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop 4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA > 21.5 V (at 20 mA) < 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) Output data Output signal (Per output) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) < 450 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVrms Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) < 75 mA (at 24 V DC) < 1.45 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) < 0.01%/K < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) < 0.05% (of final value) < 0.1% (of final value) as per NE 43 Input/output/power supply Output 1/output 2 Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication (Per output) Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX Functional safety (SIL) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Green LED (PWR supply voltage) Yes HART PA 66-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I1) MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1) 2924825 2924838 Pcs. / Pkt. Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol Screw connection Spring-cage conn. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 107 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies IN Sensor / Field OUT PLC / DCS active 4.3 + - POWER US I I OUT 4-wire + 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.3 250 W S1 3.3 3.3 3.2 passive 3.2 3.1 3.1 + 3.2 + 250 W 2-wire S2 4.2 IN Power – ~ 24V ...230V AC/DC – 1.2 1.2 ~ Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier, wide-range power supply – 1.1 1.1 ~ POWER Zone 2 Div. 2 Functional safety Ex:  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources – Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding) – Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive), 0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP switch – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance systems – 3-way electrical isolation – Wide-range power supply: 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 126 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA > 16 V (at 20 mA) < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) Output data Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) 1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) < 600 Ω (I output) < 20 mVrms Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) < 75 mA (at 24 V DC) < 1.8 W < 0.01%/K < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) < 0.05% (of final value) < 0.1% (of final value) as per NE 43 Input/output/power supply Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 66-FR 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL applied for SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1) MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1) 2865968 2924210 Pcs. / Pkt. Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 108 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog OUT output isolating amplifier OUT Sensor / Field - P + + OUT I I IN - 4.1 + 4.1 3.1 + + + 3.1 4.2 4.1 GND POWER active 3.2 - 3.2 4.2 - 4.2 IN - PLC / DCS 1.2 4.2 +24V 4.1 1.1 Power GND +24V Zone 2 Div. 2 Functional safety Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Output isolating amplifier for controlling I/P transducers, control valves, and displays – 0/4 ... 20 mA input – 0/4 ... 20 mA output – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – Line fault detection (LF) – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 126 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 128 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Input voltage Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output Output data Output signal Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA 5.4 V (at 20 mA) > 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault) 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA < 800 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVrms 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) < 0.01%/K < 140 µs < 0.1% (of final value) Input/output/power supply Ambient temperature range Humidity SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX Functional safety (SIL) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I1) MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP1) 2865971 2924223 Pcs. / Pkt. Output isolating amplifier Screw connection Spring-cage conn. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 109 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Temperature Temperature transducer ϑ IN I ϑ ϑ OUT IN Sensor / Field 4.2 PLC / DCS 4.2 3.2 - 3.2 μC 4.1 4.1 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 μC 3.1 OUT GND +24V + 3.1 passive + 1.2 For resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors 1.1 Power POWER GND +24V Zone 2 Div. 2  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Programmable temperature transducer for operating resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA signal. – Input for resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors – 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm signal, and output range – Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER programming adapter – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 126 Input data Resistance thermometers Resistor Cable resistance Sensor input current Measuring range span Output data Output signal Load Behavior in the event of a sensor error Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor 0 Ω ... 2000 Ω 50 Ω per line (200 μA ... 1 mA) min. 50 K 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA ≤ 500 Ω As per NE 43 or can be freely defined < 50 µAPP 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 40 mA (24 V DC) 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) < 0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Relay output 2 N/O contacts AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch 20 Hz (without load) No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 30 mA (24 V DC) < 950 mW Input/supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) Ambient temperature range Humidity Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX Functional safety (SIL) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X SIL 2 according to EN 61508 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO1) MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1) 2865010 2924265 Pcs. / Pkt. NAMUR isolation amplifier Screw connection Spring-cage conn. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 121 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS + CH1 + 4.2 4.1 3.2 3.2 13 3.1 3.1 14 2.2 2.2 13 2.1 2.1 14 DI - IN1 OUT1 IN2 OUT2 CH2 + 5.2 DI 5.1 Faultsignal + + GND +24V 1.2 1.1 2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay Power POWER LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Div. 2  Functional safety Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit – Relay signal output (N/O contact) – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by red flashing LED with de-excitation of output relay – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 126 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 128 NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit 8 V DC ±10% > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) < 0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Relay output 2 N/O contacts AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch 20 Hz (without load) No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 35 mA (24 V DC) 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Approx. 0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Relay output 2 PDT AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles can be inverted using DIP switch 20 Hz (Load-dependent) No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz) Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation < 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC) max. 1.3 W Input/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) Output 1/output 2/input, power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) Ambient temperature range Humidity Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX Functional safety (SIL) -20°C ... 60°C 10% ... 95% (no condensation) PA 66-FR V0 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP1) MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1) 2865052 2924304 Pcs. / Pkt. NAMUR isolation amplifier Screw connection Spring-cage conn. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 123 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers OUT IN Sensor / Field 4.2 4.1 + PLC / DCS 4.2 OUT1 4.1 - 4.2 IN OUT1 OUT2 4.2 Faultsignal OUT2 + 4.1 4.1 POWER GND +24V 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + 2.2 2.2 - 2.1 2.1 + DI DI 1.2 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive) 1.1 Power LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Div. 2  Functional safety Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating proximity sensors and mechanical contacts – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit – 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up to 5 kHz – Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault signaling output – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 4-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit 8 V DC ±10% > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω 2 transistor outputs, passive 30 V DC (per output) 50 mA (short-circuit resistant) < 1.4 V can be inverted using DIP switch 5 kHz No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current Drop (ΔU) Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 28 mA (24 V DC) 800 mW Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output 1/output 2 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) Ambient temperature range Humidity Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX Functional safety (SIL) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 126 Ordering data Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Description Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 128 NAMUR isolation amplifier 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 124 PHOENIX CONTACT Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T1) MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP1) 2865023 2924278 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS + CH1 + 4.2 4.1 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + 2.2 2.2 - 2.1 2.1 + DI - IN1 OUT1 IN2 OUT2 CH2 + 5.2 DI 5.1 + Faultsignal + GND +24V 1.2 1.1 2-channel, signal output transistor (passive) Power POWER LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Div. 2  Functional safety Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating proximity sensors and mechanical contacts – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit – Signal output transistor (passive); up to 5 kHz – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 126 NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit 8 V DC ±10% > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Transistor output, passive 30 V DC (per output) 50 mA (short-circuit resistant) < 1.4 V can be inverted using DIP switch 5 kHz No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current Drop (ΔU) Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 34 mA (24 V DC) 1000 mW Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output 1/output 2 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) Ambient temperature range Humidity Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX Functional safety (SIL) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 128 Description 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 NAMUR isolation amplifier Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T1) MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP1) 2865036 2924281 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 125 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Accessories 3.1 14 12 Fault out 11 2.2 – 3.3 3.2 2.1 Faultsignal Power and error message module Power and error message module for feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN rail connectors and signaling line faults and power supply failures. – One-time or redundant supply, decoupled from diode, protected against polarization – Supply current up to 3.75 A – Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for error messages – Error message in the event of a power supply failure or fuse fault – Bus cable fault message for MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices connected via DIN rail connectors – Replaceable fuse – Installation in zone 2 permissible LFD + 1.2 – 1.1 + PWR 2 H D W PWR 1 +24V GND  Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal Redundant supply Polarization and surge protection Output data Maximum output signal Output voltage Switching output Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage General data Current consumption Ambient temperature range Humidity Fuse Status indication 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC yes, decoupled from diodes Yes 3.75 A (Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A) Relay 1 PDT Gold (Au) 50 V AC (2 A) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 5% ... 95% (no condensation) 5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC 1 x red LED (error) 2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) Polyamide (PA 6.6) V0 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA / Canada CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 61010 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-PTB MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2865625 2924184 Pcs. / Pkt. Supply and error message module, including the relevant DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 126 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Accessories ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX analog modules – Reduces wiring costs – System can be extended or module replaced even while process is active – Inter-extendable Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10 DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval Accessories Marking material for device marking – For device marking inside the control cabinet and in the field – Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths – Large temperature range Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. white UC-EMLP (11X9) 0819291 10 white UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS 0824547 1 UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels 10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels, marked according to customer specifications For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or www.phoenixcontact.net/products 10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 127 Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Termination carrier for MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers Select standard DIN rail device Select module carrier TC... termination carriers are compact solutions for quickly and smoothly connecting DIN rail devices from the MACX Analog Ex series to input/output cards of automation systems using system cabling. The termination carriers combine the advantages of modular DIN rail devices with those offered by plug and play rapid cabling solutions to provide a consistent solution for system technology. Compact – Saves up to 30% of space due to compact design Robust and reliable – Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile – PCB is completely decoupled from modules – PCB without active components – Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module Easy maintenance – Use of standard DIN rail devices – Easy access to connection points – Quick and safe module connection with plug-in and coded cable sets Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable Flexible – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting – Profile section without pitch markings for I/O cards with specific number of channels – Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards of various automation systems with different system plug types Solutions are also available for MINI Analog, MACX Analog Ex, and Safety 128 PHOENIX CONTACT Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Termination carrier for MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers D-SUB pin strip 37 < 50 V DC (Per signal/channel) 1 A (Signal/channel) 50 V II 2 0.5 kV DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation ) IP20 -40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications) Shock Vibration (operation) Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Power supply via power module Input voltage range Redundant supply Polarization and surge protection Fuse Status indication 15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27 2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6 V0 244 / 170 / 160 mm 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC yes, decoupled from diodes Yes 5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged) 1 x red LED (error) 2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) 1 PDT Au 50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A) Switching output Contact material Maximum switching voltage Ordering data Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1) 2924854 2902932 1 1 2865625 2924184 2865599 1 1 1 Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators - With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer CH16 - + 3.1 3.2 15 34 - CH15 3.1 3.2 14 33 CH14 + - 3.2 13 32 CH13 - + 3.1 3.2 12 31 CH12 - + 3.1 + 3.1 3.2 11 30 CH11 - + 3.1 3.2 10 29 CH10 + - 3.2 3.1 CH9 + - 3.2 3.1 8 27 CH8 + - 3.2 3.1 7 26 CH7 - 3.2 3.1 6 25 CH6 + - 3.2 5 24 CH5 - + 3.1 3.2 4 23 CH4 - + + 3.1 3.2 3.1 3 22 CH3 + - 3.2 3.1 2 21 CH2 + - 3.2 3.1 X1 DSUB 37 1 20 CH1 3.2 - PTSM + 3.1 5 (+) 6 (-) PWR2 PW2 2.2 Alarm 1 2 3 (+) 4 (-) PWR1 1.2 3.2 2.1 X20 COMBICON HART multiplexer, 32-channel 9 28 MACX MCR-PTB MACX MCR-PTB-SP MACX MCR-S-MUX 16 35 Accessories Supply and error message module PW1 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 1.1 Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of various automation systems are available, planned or can be implemented according to your specifications. Technical data General data Connection to the control system level Number of positions Maximum operating voltage Maximum permissible current Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category Pollution degree Rated surge voltage Air and creepage distances Degree of protection Ambient temperature range 3.1 Notes: Housing width 244 mm MACX MCRPTB The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI universal termination carrier is a compact solution which connects isolating amplifiers from the MACX Analog series to analog or binary input/output cards of automation systems. The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI termination carrier design, when combined with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer, also enables communication between HART-capable field devices and a management system. – Connection of up to 16 single-channel (Ex i-)isolating amplifiers – Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos. D-SUB plug-in connector – For system cables with D-SUB socket and open ends for universal connection – Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 129 Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Also for special applications MCR Analog isolating amplifiers and digital displays – for special applications using signal processing. Isolating amplifiers in the MCR Analog range can be used to record temperatures directly in the field, for example, or to convert digital signals into analog signals. You can monitor your process values using digital displays. Choose the right MACX Analog isolating amplifier for your application: Analog IN/Analog OUT – Configurable signal multipliers to double standard analog signals – Configurable loop-powered isolators and standard passive isolators for temperature – Programmable temperature transducers – Configurable temperature transducers for Pt 100 – Temperature relay for Pt 100 – Programmable loop-powered temperature transducers. 130 PHOENIX CONTACT Frequency – Programmable frequency transducers for frequencies of up to 120 kHz Limit value switches – Limit value switches for standard analog signals Digital displays – Programmable digital displays for standard signals – Setpoint adjuster Your advantages: – High operational reliability in the event of disturbances, thanks to electrical isolation – User-friendly wiring, thanks to plug-in connection terminal blocks – Easy configuration via software, DIP switches or display keypad – Digital displays can be programmed without software: via the keypad on the front – The digital displays are easy to read, thanks to the large five-digit display Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier D W H IN IN I/U 1 GND 1 2 IN U,I U,I OUT U, U OUT 5 OUT I/U 6 GND 2 7 +20...30V 8 GND 3 With fixed signal combinations POWER  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data – Processing standard signals – Fixed setting of input and output signals – 3-way isolation Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Linear transmission range (in reference to the output range end value) General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10 - 90%) Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance U input 0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V 30 V 100 kΩ U output 0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V 15 V ≥ 10 kΩ 0% ... 105% -110% ... 110% (Bipolar signals) I input 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 50 mA 50 Ω I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 30 mA ≤ 500 Ω -5% ... 105% 20 V DC ... 30 V DC < 15 mA (without load) ≤ 0.3% (of final value), typ. < 0.2% (of final value) < 0.015%/K 30 Hz 11 ms 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C Any Polyamide PA non-reinforced 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant Ordering data Description Type Order No. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals, Input signal Output signal 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC1) MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC1) MCR-C-U-U-DC1) MCR-C-I-I-00-DC1) 2814537 2814511 2814469 2814508 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 5 5 5 5 131 Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog IN/Analog OUT signal multiplier D W H OUT OUT I2 1 OUT U2 2 GND 2 3 OUT1 U,I IN U,I U,I OUT2 OUT D A D IN I 4 IN U 5 GND 3 6 A 7 OUT I1 8 OUT U1 9 GND 1 +24V DC GND 4 12 GND 4 10 A D 11 With freely configurable input and two outputs IN POWER  Ex:  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data – 4-way isolation – Calibrated reversible input and output signals Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal U input 0 V ... 12 V (freely selectable in 0.1 V steps) Measuring range span Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) min. 4 V 30 V 200 kΩ U output refer to the order key I input 0 mA ... 24 mA (freely selectable in 0.1 mA steps) min. 8 mA 50 mA 50 Ω I output refer to the order key Maximum output signal Load RB General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error 15 V ≥ 10 kΩ 35 mA ≤ 600 Ω Temperature coefficient Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada < 0.015%/K, typ. 0.0075%/K 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -25°C ... 55°C Polyamide PA non-reinforced 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 20 V DC ... 30 V DC < 25 mA ≤ 0.15% (of final value), typ. 0.05% (of final value) CE-compliant Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations Ordering data 132 PHOENIX CONTACT Description Type Order No. MCR signal multiplier, for multiplication and electrical isolation of analog signals, Order configuration Standard configuration MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI1) MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC1) 2814854 2814867 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Order key for MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. 2814854 Input signal (standard and special signals) Initial value Final value / 0.0 / Input signal / I I = Current U = Voltage Output signal (standard signals) Output 1 Output 2 / OUT01 / OUT01 20.0 0.0 = 0.0 mA I : freely selectable between 0.0 ... 24.0 mA 20.0 = 20.0 mA I : freely selectable between 0.0 ... 24.0 mA U : freely selectable between 0.0 ... 12.0 V U : freely selectable between 0.0 ... 12.0 V OUT01 OUT02 OUT03 OUT04 OUT05 OUT06 OUT16 = = = = = = = 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 0...10 mA OUT01 OUT02 OUT03 OUT04 OUT05 OUT06 OUT16 = = = = = = = Factory calibration certificate (FCC) / NONE 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 0...10 mA NONE YES YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) 8.0 mA/4.0 V min. measuring range span 0.1 mA/0.1 V increment Ordering examples: 2814854 / Input signal (standard and special signals) Initial value Final value / 5.3 / I I = Current I = 5.3 mA I Output signal (standard signals) Output 1 Output 2 / OUT01 / OUT01 13.3 = 13.3 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA = without FCC = with FCC (a fee is charged) Factory calibration certificate (FCC) / NONE OUT01 = 0...20 mA NONE = without FCC NONE = without FCC 8.0 mA measuring range span, i.e., order is possible. 2814854 / U / U = Voltage 7.8 / U = 7.8 V 11.8 / OUT01 / OUT01 = 0...20 mA U = 11.8 V OUT03 / OUT03 = 0...10 V NONE 4.0 V measuring range span, i.e., order is possible. Combination table for input and output signals that can be set via DIP switches Input 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA 2...10 mA 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Output 1 0...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 2...10 V x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Output 2 0...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 2...10 V x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Application example: level measurement with subsequent signal multiplication Level sensor 0...20mA 24V 0...20mA IN OUT 2 I2 I 5 U 2 U2 6 GND 3 3 GND 2 1 MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI POWER 4 7 POWER +24V U1 8 GND 4 11 GND 1 9 GND 4 12 OUT 1 I 10 Controller 0...10V 15m3 24V Mains voltage For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 133 Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog IN / Analog OUT passive isolators D W H IN IN I (+) 0-20mA 1 (-) GND 2 OUT I OUT 5 (+) 20mA 6 (-) GND 1-channel, with safe isolation  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data – Electrical isolation without additional auxiliary power supply – Current signals 0(4)...20 mA – Safe isolation Notes: When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB. This means: UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB Input data Input signal Voltage drop Response current Maximum input current Maximum input voltage Input voltage limitation Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Maximum transmission error Additional error per 100 Ω load Temperature coefficient Test voltage input/output Protection against electric shock Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 2.5 V (at I = 20 mA) < 50 µA 50 mA (100 mA overload) 30 V (30 V overload) 33 V 5% (with Zener diode) 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA < 50 mA ≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal) < 5 mV (rms) ≤ 0.1% (of final value) 0.02% (of measured value / 100 Ω load) ≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Increased insulation according to DIN EN 61 010 part 1 and safe isolation according to VDE 0100 part 410 along the lines of VDE 0106 part 101 up to 300 V AC/DC for surge voltage category II and pollution degree 2 between all isolated distances. -10°C ... 70°C Polyamide PA non-reinforced 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant Ordering data Description Type Order No. MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV 2814841 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals without auxiliary power Input voltage in relation to load for IA = 20 mA UB UE [V] 25 UV = 2,5 V I UE I I RB I MCR-1CLP The diagram shows input voltage UI in relation to load RB taking into account voltage failure UV. If the load is known, the minimum voltage the sensor must supply in order to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator and the load can be read on the Y-axis. 20 15 10 5 UV= 2,5 V UE [Ω] 0 0 134 PHOENIX CONTACT 200 400 600 800 1000 1 Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog IN / Analog OUT passive isolators D W H IN IN I 5 (+) 20mA 6 (-) GND (+) 0-20mA 1 (-) GND 2 OUT I OUT 1-, 2- or 4-channel options  Technical data – Electrical isolation without additional auxiliary power supply – Current signals 0(4)...20 mA – Alternatively 1-, 2- or 4-channel version Notes: When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB. This means: UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB Input data Input signal Voltage drop Response current Maximum input current Maximum input voltage Input voltage limitation Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 2.5 V (at I = 20 mA) < 50 µA 50 mA (100 mA overload) 30 V (30 V overload) 33 V (with Zener diode) 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA < 50 mA ≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal) Ripple General data Additional error per 100 Ω load Temperature coefficient < 5 mV (rms) Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance 510 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) -10°C ... 70°C Polyamide PA non-reinforced 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.02% (of measured value) ≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load) CE-compliant Ordering data Description Type Order No. MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals without auxiliary power 1-channel 12.5 mm wide 2-channel 12.5 mm wide 4-channel 22.5 mm wide MCR-1CLP-I-I-00 MCR-2CLP-I-I-00 MCR-4CLP-I-I-00 2814016 2814029 2814045 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 Flow measurement UB Magnetic inductive flow sensor UV = 2,5 V I UE I I 24V RB I 0...20mA 0...20mA 1 I 2 GND 1 MCR-1CLP-I-I-00 IN MCR-1CLP I 5 GND 2 6 OUT Controller For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 135 Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Temperature Temperature transducer D W H IN OUT 1 2 D 7 D C A 3 U,I IN 4 OUT NC 5 NC 6 8 9 10 = = (+) 24VDC 11 SP 12 (-) GND POWER For resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and mV sources  Ex:  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data – For resistance thermometers and thermocouples – Measure differential temperatures – With transistor switching output – Freely programmable via MCR/PI-CONF-WIN – Option of inverse output signal ranges Input data Resistance thermometers Thermocouple sensors Resistor Voltage Temperature range -20 mV ... 2400 mV (freely adjustable, minimum measuring range span of 10 mV) (Depending on sensor type used) Sensor input current 250 µA (resistance thermometer) Output data Output signal U output I output 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V ±12 V 24 mA ±12 bit ±12 bit ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 500 Ω < 20 mVPP -12 V ... 12 V 0 A ... 24 mA -12 V ... 12 V 0 A ... 24 mA Transistor output, pnp Can carry a load of 100 mA, switches supply voltage (not protected against short-circuit); locked in case of order-specific configuration, otherwise freely programmable through MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Further information about the configuration software can be found on page 149 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor U, T, L, J, E, K, N, S, R, B, C, W, HK 0 Ω ... 8000 Ω (freely adjustable, min. measuring range 100 Ω) Maximum output signal D/A resolution Load RB Ripple Output signal with open circuit Measuring range overrange/underrange Switching output General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Cold junction errors Temperature coefficient Test voltage input/output Test voltage input/power supply Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada GL 18 V DC ... 30 V DC ≤ 60 mA, typ. 40 mA ≤ 0.1% (of maximum range, ±6 mV or ±12 µA at output) ≤ 3 K, typ. 1.5 K ≤ 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C Any Polyamide PA non-reinforced 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations Germanischer Lloyd Ordering data Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Order configuration Standard configuration Order configuration, without electrical isolation MCR-T-UI-E1) MCR-T-UI-E-NC1) MCR-T-UI1) 2814113 2814126 2814090 1 1 1 Standard configuration, without electrical isolation MCR-T-UI-NC1) 2814100 1 MCR temperature measuring transducers, for resistance thermometers and thermocouple sensors, with electrical isolation of input/output and input/supply voltage 136 PHOENIX CONTACT Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Order key for MCR-T-UI(-E)... (standard configuration entered as an example) Sensor type Order No. 2814113 / PT100 See tables under “Sensor type” 2814113 = MCR-T-UI-E Input characteristic curve / D / D = DIN S = SAMA (see table) 2 3 4 0 0 = for Ni1000 (Landis & Gyr), Cu10, Cu50, Cu53, KTY81-110, thermocouple, resistor, potentiometer, voltage 2814090 = MCR-T-UI Connection technology 3 Resistance thermometers Sensor type 1) PT... NI... Ni1000 CU10 CU50 CU53 KTY81 KTY84 / = 2-conductor = 3-conductor = 4-conductor = for thermocouple, resistor, potentiometer, voltage Measuring range: Start End -200.0 / +850.0 for 0 mA (e.g., 200.0°C) / for 20 mA (e.g., +850.0°C) MeasurOutput ing unit C / OUT02 = = = = = C F V O P °C °F mV W % OUT01 OUT02 OUT03 OUT05 OUT13 OUT14 Thermocouples Standard Measuring (input charac- range teristic curve) Smallest measuring range span DIN/SAMA -200°C ... 850°C DIN/SAMA -60°C ... 180°C Landis & Gyr -50°C ... 160°C SAMA -70°C ... 500°C – -50°C ... 200°C – -50°C ... 180°C Philips -55°C ... 150°C – -40°C ... 300°C Thermocouple Measuring range U T L J E K N S R B C W HK Cu-CuNi Cu-CuNi Fe-CuNi Fe-CuNi NiCr-CuNi NiCr-Ni NiCrSi-NiSi Pt10Rh-Pt Pt13Rh-Pt Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh -200°C ... -200°C ... -200°C ... -210°C ... -226°C ... -200°C ... -200°C ... -50°C ... -50°C ... 500°C ... -18°C ... -18°C ... -200°C ... Temperature ranges according to IEC 60751/EN 60751 and DIN 43760 SAMA RC 21-4-1966 with 2, 3 or 4-conductor circuit. 1) Note: Pt sensors in increments of 10, 20, ...100 and 100, 200, ...1000, 2000. KTY81 = KTY81-110. Other types or characteristic curves available on request. 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...5 V -5...+5 V -10...+10 V Output characFactory calibration teristic curve certificate (FCC) N / NONE N = Normal I = Inverse = without FCC = with FCC (a fee is charged) NONE YES YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) Resistors, potentiometers, mV voltages Sensor type 0.4 K 0.4 K 0.4 K 0.4 K 0.4 K 0.4 K 0.4 K 0.4 K = = = = = = / Sensor type Smallest measuring range span 600°C 400°C 900°C 1200°C 1000°C 1372°C 1300°C 1768°C 1768°C 1820°C 2316°C 2316°C 800°C >1K >1K >1K >1K >1K >1K >1K >4K >4K > 10 K >4K >4K >1K Input Measuring range Smallest measuring range span RES Resistor 0  ... 8000  (2-conductor) 2 POT Potentiometer (max. 8 k) 0 ... 100% (3-conductor) 0.2% V01 Voltage -20 mV ...+2400 mV 2 mV Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F: 9 T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 5 2) Thermocouples according to IEC 60584/EN 60584. Other types or characteristic curves available on request. Ordering examples with different input versions: Resistance thermometer 2814113 / PT100 / D / 3 / -200.0 / +850.0 / C / OUT02 / N / NONE (Configuration for 3-conductor Pt 100 sensor; according to DIN from -200.0°C to +850.0°C with 4 ... 20 mA output characteristic curve) Thermocouple 2814113 / J / 0 / 0 / -346 / +2192 / F / OUT02 / I / NONE (Configuration for type J thermocouple from -346°F to +2192°F with 20 ... 4 mA output characteristic curve) Voltage 2814113 / V01 / 0 / 0 / -10 / 1200 / V / OUT03 / I / NONE / OUT05 / N / NONE OUT02 / N / NONE (Configuration for voltage input from -10 mV to +1200 mV with 10 ... 0 V output characteristic curve) Resistor 2814113 / RES / 0 / 0 / 0 / 7500 / O (Configuration for connecting a resistor varying between 0  and 7500 . The output signal is 0 ... 5 V.) (2-conductor connection) Potentiometer 2814113 / (3-conductor connection) POT / 0 / 0 / 10 / 90 / P / (Configuration for connecting a 3-conductor potentiometer, where 10 … 90% of the range is used. The output signal is 4 … 20 mA.) Application examples: Resistance thermometer: 2-conductor connection technology Resistance thermometer: 3-conductor connection technology R L1 1 R, R L2 3 MCR-T-UI-E Mode Power 7 10 +24 V DC GND R L2 OUT I GND R L3 Output: 0(4) ... 20 mA current signal Potentiometer R L1 MCR-T-UI-E 1 9 12 Application: • For short distances (< 10 m) Please note: • Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measurement result directly and falsify the result accordingly (example for Pt 100: 0.385  = 1 K). Compensation of 5% is possible. Resistance thermometer: 4-conductor connection technology R L1 10 8 2 Mode Power 3 +24 V DC GND 4 R L2 R L3 9 12 OUT U GND Thermocouple: absolute temperature measurement MCR-T-UI-E 10 11 Mode Power +24 V DC GND 9 12 SP Output: 0 ... (5)10 V, (5)10 V voltage signal Application: • For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR module (RL1, RL2, RL3  25 ) Please note: • To compensate the cable resistance, all cable resistances must have exactly the same values (RL1 = RL2 = RL3) 1 2 3 R L4 Output: switching output Application: • For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR module and different cable resistances (RL1  RL2  RL3  RL4) Please note: • The cable resistance (RL2 + RL4) must not exceed a value of 50 . Thermocouple: differential temperature measurement R L1 1 MCR-T-UI-E 3 R L2 7 10 8 11 2 R Mode Power +24 V DC GND 9 12 mV / TC + - 1 MCR-T-UI-E Mode Power OUT I GND Application: • For short distances and gradual changes. Please note: • Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measurement result directly and falsify the result accordingly. Compensation of 5% is possible. 7 10 8 11 2 +24 V DC GND 9 12 TC TC 1 + - MCR-T-UI-E 7 10 8 11 2 6 Mode Power +24 V DC GND 9 12 OUT I GND OUT I GND Application: • Connecting a thermocouple or an mV signal. Note: • Activate cold junction compensation for the device in the case of thermocouple measurements. + - Application: • Differential temperature measurement with thermocouples. • Deactivate cold junction compensation for the device. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 137 Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Temperature Temperature transducer D W H IN OUT 1 7 U U 2 9 3 = 4 IN U,I = Shield 5 OUT Shield 6 PT100 OUT U/I 8 GND 1 10 (+) 24VDC 11 GND 2 12 GND 2 Power POWER For Pt 100, either voltage or current output MM  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Temperature range – Temperature range adjustable via DIP switch – ZERO/SPAN adjustment – Open circuit detection – Alternatively with galvanically isolated supply voltage Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor 0°C ... 300°C (0 ... 100/150/200/300) / -50°C ... 250°C (-50 ... 50/100/150/250) Approx. 1 mA U output I output 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 15 V 30 mA ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 500 Ω > 11 V > 22 mA ...-U-DC ...-I-DC ...-U ...-I 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 35 mA 60 mA 20 mA 45 mA ≤ 0.4% (of final value) ≤ 0.02%/K ±5% / ±5% 11 ms 750 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C Polyamide PA non-reinforced 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Sensor input current Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Output signal with open circuit General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient ZERO / SPAN adjustment Step response (10 - 90%) Test voltage power supply/signal Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada Notes: When ordering, you must use the order key to specify the desired configuration. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 CE-compliant UL 508 Recognized Ordering data Type Order No. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors with 2, 3, 4-conductor technology with electrically isolated supply voltage Output: 0..0.10 V Output: 0...(4)20 mA Output: 0...10 V, without electrical isolation MCR-PT100-U-DC1) MCR-PT100-I-DC1) MCR-PT100-U1) 2810311 2810337 2810340 1 1 1 Output: 0...(4)20 mA, without electrical isolation MCR-PT100-I1) 2810353 1 Order key MCR-PT100-...(-DC) (standard configuration entered as example) Order No. 2810337 2810311 = MCR-PT100-U-DC 2810337 = MCR-PT100-I-DC 2810340 = MCR-PT100-U 2810353 = MCR-PT100-I 138 PHOENIX CONTACT Connection method / 3 2 = 2-conductor 3 = 3-conductor 4 = 4-conductor Temperature range / TR01 TR02 TR03 TR04 TR05 TR06 TR07 TR08 = = = = = = = = Pcs. / Pkt. Description TR05 -50...+50°C -50...+100°C -50...+150°C -50...+250°C 0...100°C 0...150°C 0...200°C 0...300°C Output / OUT02 OUT01 = 0...20 mA OUT02 = 4...20 mA With the devices: 2810311 MCR-PT100-U-DC 2810340 MCR-PT100-U The output signal is 0...10 V. No details are necessary. Factory calibration certificate / NONE NONE = Without certificate YES = With factory calibration certificate (fee) YESPLUS = Factory calibration certificate with 5 measuring points (fee) Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Temperature Temperature relay D W H IN SETPOINT 1 Pt 100 U 2 IN OUT 5 11 6 12 OUT +24 VDC 3 PT100 DC GND 4 POWER DC 7 11 8 14 For Pt 100  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data – Switching point in the temperature range from -100°C ... +700°C freely selectable – Changeover relay output – Galvanically isolated – Adjustable switch hysteresis Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Resistance thermometers Temperature range Sensor input current Switching output Contact type Contact material Maximum switching current Operate delay time Off delay time Switching hysteresis Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2-conductor -100°C ... 700°C Approx. 1 mA Relay output 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC) 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC) Approx. 6 ms Approx. 200 ms Adjustable using DIP switches (0.5 K, 2 K, 3 K, 5 K) Error/status indicator Red LED (short-circuit/wire break) / Yellow LED (relay active) General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Linearity error Setting accuracy Temperature coefficient Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada 20 V DC ... 30 V DC < 30 mA < 0.1% < 1%, typ. < 0.5% < 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 65°C Any Polyamide PA non-reinforced 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant UL 508 Recognized Ordering data Description Type Order No. MCR-SL-PT100-SP1) 2814948 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR-SL-PT100-SP MCR temperature relay, for Pt 100 in 2-conductor system Pt 100 1 SP ERROR 10 0 20 K 30 50 40 SETPOINT IN GND +24V 1 2 3 4 24V Application example - Temperature control of a heated medium 1 = mains voltage For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 139 Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Temperature Temperature transducer D W H IN - OUT 1 2 IN I POWER DC D C DC 5 OUT I D A IN 6 POWER 3 OUT + Loop-powered, programmable 4  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers – Two-wire transmitter for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and voltage sensors – Freely programmable via MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Notes: The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection. You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149 Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K (Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω; minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω) Thermocouple sensors Resistor Voltage Output data Output signal Load RB 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA (Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output)) Output signal with short-circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples) Output signal with open circuit Measuring range overrange/underrange ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) ≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease) General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Transmission error -10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV) Resistance thermometers Thermocouple sensors Resistance-type sensors Voltage sensor Step response (10 - 90%) Pickup delay Test voltage input/output Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada 12 V DC ... 35 V DC < 3.5 mA 0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000) Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R) ±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω) ±20 µV (-10...100 mV) 180 60 ... 180 < 60 Group III: Electrical devices for operation in areas where explosive dust atmospheres are likely to occur, excluding mines susceptible to firedamp. This includes devices for areas associated with the food industry (mills, silos), for example. Electrical devices are further divided into subcategories according to the properties of the explosive atmosphere. Designation Dusts III A III B III C Combustible flyings Non-conductive dust Conductive dust Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Classification into temperature classes Zone classification Categories Simply dividing the various gases into explosion or gas groups according to their minimum ignition energy is not sufficient to describe the gases adequately with regard to their explosive properties. A gas may explode either when the ignition energy is exceeded or where there is an excessively high temperature caused by a hot surface. This ignition temperature is, however, not usually linked to the ignition energy, i.e., a gas with a low ignition energy does not necessarily explode at a low temperature. Consequently, devices that are used directly in potentially explosive atmospheres are divided into temperature classes. Temperature classes define the maximum surface temperature even in the event of errors. Parallel to this, the gases are classified according to their different ignition temperatures. Potentially explosive areas are divided into zones according to the probability of their occurrence. The EN 60079-10-1 standard defines the zones containing explosive atmospheres as follows: The ATEX Directive assigns devices for use in potentially explosive areas to categories. In IEC 60079-0, “Equipment Protection Level (EPL)” is the term used instead of “category”. In the same way that there are different zones, there are also different device categories. These consist of categories M1 and M2 for Group I and categories 1, 2, and 3 for Group II. The categories for equipment group II are described in more detail below: Temperature class Maximum permis- Ignition temperasible surface tures of combustible temperature of substances equipment °C °C T1 450 > 450 T2 300 > 300  450 T3 T4 200 135 > 200  300 > 135  200 T5 T6 100 85 > 100  135 > 85  100 The following table provides an overview of the ignition energies and ignition temperatures for certain gases: Substance Tign Temperature class Emin Zone 0: Area in which an explosive atmosphere is present for continuous or long periods. These conditions are usually present inside containers, pipelines, apparatus, and tanks. Zone 1: Area in which an explosive atmosphere is to be expected only occasionally during normal operation. This includes the immediate area surrounding zone 0, as well as areas close to filling and emptying equipment. Zone 2: Area in which an explosive atmosphere is not expected during normal operation; however, if it does occur, then it does so only rarely and for a short period. Zone 2 includes areas that are used exclusively for storage, areas around pipe connections that can be disconnected, and generally the immediate area surrounding zone 1. Areas that are potentially explosive as a result of combustible dusts are divided into the following zones according to EN 60079-10-2 (formerly: EN 61241-10): Group Ethoxyethane 170 T4 190 II B Ethylene Ammonia 425 630 T2 T1 82 14000 II B II A Butane Methane 365 595 T2 T1 250 280 II A I Propane 470 T1 250 II A Carbon disulfide Hydrogen 95 560 T6 T1 9 16 II C II C Zone 20: Area in which an explosive atmosphere is present for continuous, frequent or long periods in the form of an airborne cloud of combustible dust. Zone 21: Area in which an explosive atmosphere in the form of an airborne cloud of combustible dust is to be expected only occasionally during normal operation. Zone 22: Area in which an explosive atmosphere in the form of an airborne cloud of combustible dust is not expected during normal operation. However, if it does occur, then it does so only for a short period. Category 1: Devices constructed to guarantee a very high degree of safety. Devices in this category must guarantee the required degree of safety even in the unlikely event of a device failure and therefore be provided with measures to protect against explosion, so that: – In the event of one integrated protection measure failing, a second, independent protection measure is able to guarantee the necessary safety. – In the event of two independent errors, the necessary safety is guaranteed. Category 2: Devices constructed to guarantee a very high degree of safety. The explosion protection measures associated with this category guarantee the required degree of safety, even in the case of frequent device failures or common error states. Category 3: Devices constructed to guarantee a standard degree of safety. Devices in this category guarantee an adequate degree of safety in normal operation. The table below shows which categories are assigned to which zones: Category For Zone Also possible 1 0 20 1 and 2 21 and 22 2 1 21 2 22 3 2 22 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 155 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Protection types Protection principle Protection type Oil immersion Sand filling Isolation o q Standard Transformers, relays, startup controls, switching devices EN 60079-6 Transformers, relays, capacitors EN 60079-5 Coils of relays and motors, electronics, solenoid valves, connection systems EN 60079-18 p Control cabinets, motors, measuring and analysis devices, computers EN 60079-2 Flameproof enclosure d Motors, switching devices, power electronics EN 60079-1 Increased safety e Terminal blocks, housing, lights, motors EN 60079-7 Electronics, measurement and control EN 60079-11 i* Electronic systems EN 60079-25 Fieldbus systems EN 60079-27 Motors, housing, lights, electronics EN 60079-15 Molded encapsulation m* Exclusion Pressurized enclosure Special mechanical design Clearance from electrically conductive parts Intrinsic safety Energy limitation Area of application (selection) Intrinsically safe systems Intrinsically safe fieldbus systems Improved industrial quality nA: non-sparking nC: sparking equipment nR: restricted breathing housing nL: energy-limited nP: simplified pressurized enclosures Protection type “n” n** * ia, ma: application in zone 0, 1, 2 / ib, mb: application in zone 1, 2 / ic, mc: application in zone 2 only Marking according to ATEX Directive Designation according to EN 60079-0 Current year of manufacture  0344 10  II (1) G EC-type examination certificate Associated electrical equipment Conformity assessment according to ATEX Directive 94/9/EC Associated electrical equipment ** Application in zone 2 only Intrinsic safety IBExU 08 ATEX 1069 [Ex ia Ga] IIC Increased safety  0344 10  II 2 G Ex e IIC T6 Gb Certificate number Atmosphere (G = Gas, D = Dust) Equipment category (1, 2, 3) Equipment group (I, II) Notified body, production monitoring (e.g., KEMA)  mark does not apply to components. 156 PHOENIX CONTACT Equipment protection level (EPL) (Ga, Gb, Gc, Da, Db, Dc) Temperature class, for equipment used directly in the Ex area (T1 ... T6) Type-tested according to 94/9/EC Year of EC-type examination certificate Gas group (IIA, IIB, IIC) or Dust group (IIIA, IIIB, IIIC) Protection type (ia, ib, ic, e, d, ...) Explosion-protected Notified body Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Solenoid drivers for controlling solenoid valves In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i solenoid valves, you have to have an intrinsically safe control circuit. This is provided by the solenoid drivers that are available from Phoenix Contact. The following must be taken into account when dimensioning your intrinsically safe control circuit: – Valve – Cable with corresponding resistance – Solenoid driver As a result, it may be the case that not all valves are compatible with the solenoid drivers. Below is an extract from a table showing possible combinations of valves and solenoid drivers. A complete and updated list (along with details of the technical data of suitable valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the maximum cable resistances of the individual combinations) can be found on the Internet at: www.phoenixcontact.net/products Example circuit Ex area PLC Intrinsically safe equipment  II 1 G Ex ia IIB T6 Valves overview Type designation Ex certificate ASCO Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Piezo Piezo Coil VZ07 Coil VZ33 Coil VZ08 Coil VZ09 Coil VZ95 Coil VZ23 Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Pilot valve Pilot valve Pilot valve Solenoid LCIE 08 ATEX 6083 INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X PTB 01 ATEX 2101 PTB 01 ATEX 2101 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 FESTO Norgren Herion Hörbiger Parker Samson Seitz Associated equipment, e.g., MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-...  II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC INTERFACE Ex solenoid driver Manufacturer Bürkert Safe area 195 302 (12 V) 302 (24 V) AC 10, standard AC 10, high-resistance AC 21, standard AC 21, high-resistance AC 21, standard AC 21, high-resistance AC 21, standard AC 21, high-resistance G1 642735, standard G1 642735, high-resistance G1 642735, standard G1 642735, high-resistance G1 642735, standard G1 642735, high-resistance MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 (J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 2050 2051 2052 2053 2085 2086 3039 2003 P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65 P20 381RF-NG-CPN61 488650.01 494035.10 488660.01 488670.01 482160.01 482870.01 3701-11 (6 V) 3701-12 (12 V) 3701-13 (24 V) 3963-11 (6 V) 3963-12 (12 V) 3963-13 (24 V) 3964-11 (6 V) 3964-12 (12 V) 3964-13 (24 V) 3965-11 (6 V) 3965-12 (12 V) 3965-13 (24 V) 3967-11 (6 V) 3967-12 (12 V) 3967-13 (24 V) PV 12F73 Ci oH PV 12F73 Xi oH PV 12F73 Xi oH-2 11 G 52 PTB 01 ATEX 2173 PTB 01 ATEX 2173 PTB 01 ATEX 2173 PTB 01 ATEX 2173 PTB 03 ATEX 2097 PTB 03 ATEX 2097 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U PTB 03 ATEX 2134 PTB 04 ATEX 2010 DMT 01 ATEX E026X DMT 01 ATEX E025X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X PTB 02 ATEX 2178 PTB 02 ATEX 2178 PTB 02 ATEX 2178 PTB 01 ATEX 2085 PTB 01 ATEX 2085 PTB 01 ATEX 2085 PTB 02 ATEX 2047 PTB 02 ATEX 2047 PTB 02 ATEX 2047 PTB 05 ATEX 2044X PTB 05 ATEX 2044X PTB 05 ATEX 2044X PTB 06 ATEX 2027 PTB 06 ATEX 2027 PTB 06 ATEX 2027 PTB 99 ATEX 2146 PTB 00 ATEX 2030 PTB 00 ATEX 2030 PTB 01 ATEX 2020 Condition MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EXSL-SD-21-25-LP SL-SD-21-40-LP SL-SD-24-48-LP SL-SD-21-60-LP 700 mW / 65°C 700 mW / 65°C 900 mW / 45°C 900 mW / 45°C 900 mW / 60°C 900 mW / 60°C 600 mW / 50°C 600 mW / 50°C 800 mW / 40°C 800 mW / 40°C 1000 mW / 40°C 1000 mW / 40°C 30 V type 30 V type EEx ia IIB T6 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 157 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Safety-related function for the Ex area The term SIL (safety integrity level) is becoming more and more significant in the field of process technology. It defines the requirements that a device or a system is expected to fulfill so that the failure probability can be specified. The aim is to achieve maximum possible operational reliability. If a device or system fails, a defined state is attained. Standard-based inspections are carried out to determine statistical probability. Application of SIL on the basis of EN 61508 and EN 61511 The SIL standard is used for a wide range of industries within the process industry, including the chemical industry, refineries, oil and gas production, paper manufacturing, and conventional power generation. In addition to functional safety requirements, systems in potentially explosive areas are also subject to Ex standards EN 60079-0 ff. EN 61508: “Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems” This standard describes the requirements that the manufacturer has to bear in mind when producing devices or systems. EN 61511: “Functional safety - Safety instrumented systems for the process industry sector” Standard EN 61511 describes the requirements for achieving systems with functional safety. Compliance with the standard is determined by operators, owners, and planners on the basis of safety plans and national regulations. In addition, the standard also describes the requirements for using a device in an application on the basis of its proven effectiveness (proven in use). SIL marking on devices The products in the MACX range from Phoenix Contact, which have been developed in accordance with EN 61508, are marked with the designation SIL 2 or SIL 3. This indicates clearly that the devices may be suitable for safety instrumented functions (SIF). To determine whether they can actually be used, you need to calculate the sum of the probability failure values for all the devices in the signal circuit. The values required for this can be found in the safety manual accompanying any SIL product. Overview of terms from SIL standards EN 61508 and EN 61511 SIL Safety integrity level One of four discrete levels for the specification of requirements for the safety integrity of safety instrumented functions, which are assigned to the E/E/PE safety instrumented systems, where SIL 4 is the highest and SIL 1 the lowest level. EUC Equipment under control Equipment, machines, devices or systems used in production, materials processing or transport. MTBF Mean Time Between Failures The expected mean time between failures. PFD Probability of failure on demand The probability of a failure on demand. Describes the probability of a safety instrumented system failing to perform its function when required. PFDavg 158 PHOENIX CONTACT Average probability of failure on demand The average probability of the function failing on demand. E/E/PES Electrical/electronic/programmable electronic systems This term is used for all electrical devices or systems which can be used to execute a safety instrumented function. It includes simple electrical devices and all types of programmable logic controllers (PLCs). PFH Probability of dangerous failure per hour Describes the probability of a dangerous failure occurring per hour. SFF Safe failure fraction Describes the proportion of harmless failures. This is the ratio of the rate of safe failures plus the rate of diagnosed or detected faults in relation to the total failure rate of the system. SIF Safety instrumented function Describes the safety instrumented functions of a system. SIS Safety instrumented system An SIS (safety instrumented system) consists of one or more safety instrumented functions. An SIL requirement is applicable for each of these safety instrumented functions. Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex SIL inspection The complete signal path must be taken into account during the SIL inspection. The example shows how in a typical safety application the calculation is based on average failure probabilities of individual devices. Table 2 of standard EN 61508-1 describes the relationship between the average failure probability and the attainable SIL. Here, the level required determines the overall budget for the sum of all PFD values. A system with a single-channel structure with a low demand rate is used as an example; for SIL 2 the average PFD value is between 10-3 and < 10-2. The INTERFACE Analog and INTERFACE Ex product ranges include products that meet the requirements for explosion protection as well as functional safety. Operating mode with a low demand rate Safety integrity level SIL (average probability of the specified function failing on demand) 4  10-5 to < 10-4 3  10-4 to < 10-3 2  10-3 to < 10-2 1  10-2 to < 10-1 Safety integrity level: failure limit values for a safety function which is operated in an operating mode with a low demand rate. Example: A sensor and actuator are assembled in the field and are exposed to chemical and physical loads (process medium, pressure, temperature, vibration, etc.). Accordingly, these components have a high risk of failure: – The sensor accounts for 25% of the overall PFD – The actuator accounts for 40% of the overall PFD Neither the failsafe controller nor the interface modules come into contact with the process medium and both are usually located in a protected control cabinet: – The failsafe controller accounts for 15% of the overall PFD – Each of the interface modules accounts for 10% of the overall PFD Error distribution in the closed-loop control circuit Sensor Sensor PFD1 Digital input Digital output Analog input Controller PFD2 PFD3 10% Signal path 35% Sensors and signal path Analog output PFD4 Actuator Actuator PFD5 10% Signal path 15% SPLC 50% Actuator and signal path Typically, the values form the basis for a calculation. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 159 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog IN Repeater power supply, Ex i OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS AI passive 4.2 - 4.2 4.1 + 4.1 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 2.2 2.1 I I 5.1 OUT + + - 2.1 5.2 - 5.2 POWER - active 250 W GND 5.1 IN +24V 3.2 + 1.2 1.1 2.2 - Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier Power POWER GND +24V Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Div. 1,2 Div. 2 2.1 +  Functional safety Ex:    // Applied for: GL Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier for the operation of intrinsically safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources installed in Ex areas. – 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered or not powered) – 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance systems – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 182 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 184 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA > 16 V (at 20 mA) < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) < 600 Ω < 20 mVrms Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 60 mA (at 24 V DC) < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) < 0.01%/K < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) < 0.05% (of final value) < 0.1% (of final value) as per NE 43 Input/output/power supply Input/output Input/power supply Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.2 V 93 mA 587 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc IECEx UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I1) MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1) 2865340 2924016 Pcs. / Pkt. Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 160 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog IN Repeater power supply, Ex i OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS AI passive 4.2 - 4.2 4.1 + 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 OUT 1 4.1 OUT1 2.2 I POWER I 2.1 I OUT2 5.1 + GND 5.1 IN +24V 1.2 + passive OUT 2 5.2 - 5.2 - 2.2 2.1 + Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier, with two electrically isolated outputs 1.1 Power POWER GND +24V Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Div. 1,2 Div. 2 Functional safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier for the operation of intrinsically safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources installed in Ex areas. – 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered or not powered) – Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA (active) outputs – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals (both outputs) – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – 4-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 182 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 184 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal (Per output) Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation 4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA > 16 V (at 20 mA) < 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) < 450 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVrms 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) < 75 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA) < 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA) < 0.01%/K < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) < 0.05% (of final value) < 0.1% (of final value) as per NE 43 Input/output/power supply Input/output Input/power supply Output 1/output 2 Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication (Per output) Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Green LED (PWR supply voltage) Yes HART PA 66-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.2 V 93 mA 587 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc SIL 2 according to EN 61508 IECEx Functional safety (SIL) Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I1) MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1) 2865366 2924236 Pcs. / Pkt. Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input Screw connection Spring-cage conn. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 161 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog IN Repeater power supply, Ex i OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS AI passive 4.2 - 4.2 CH1 + 4.1 4.1 3.2 3.2 CH1 active 3.1 3.1 HHT + HHT passive POWER IN POWER IN I I I I 5.2 - 5.2 CH2 + 5.1 5.1 OUT OUT 2.2 2.2 CH2 active 2.1 HHT GND +24V Power POWER 2.1 - + HHT 1.2 2-channel repeater power supply 1.1 GND +24V Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Repeater power supply for the operation of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor measuring transducers installed in the Ex area. – – – – – – – – – 2-channel 4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered) 4 ... 20 mA output (active) Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets for HART communicators Safe 3-way electrical isolation Power supply via DIN rail connector possible Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found from page 182 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 184 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Underload/overload signal range Output data Output signal Load Underload/overload signal range General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation Per channel 4 mA ... 20 mA > 16 V (at 20 mA) 0 mA ... 24 mA Per channel 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 450 Ω (at 20 mA) 0 mA ... 24 mA 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) < 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA) < 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) < 0.01%/K < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) < 0.05% (of final value) < 0.1% (of final value) Input/output/power supply Input/output Input/power supply Output 1/output 2 Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 66-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.2 V 93 mA 587 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc IECEx Functional safety (SIL) [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc SIL 2, PL d Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP 2865382 2924676 Pcs. / Pkt. Repeater power supply, 2-channel, smart, intrinsically safe input Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 162 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog IN Repeater power supply with wide range power supply, Ex i IN Sensor / Field OUT PLC / DCS AI - 4.2 + 4.1 passive 4.3 4.2 250 W 3.2 S1 3.2 3.1 I I + OUT 3.3 4.2 24...230 V – ~ AC/DC IN + active - 4.3 POWER - 3.1 250 W 4.1 3.3 S2 - 1.2 1.1 3.2 + Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier, wide-range power supply POWER Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Div. 1,2 Div. 2  Functional safety Ex:    // Applied for: GL Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Repeater power supply and input isolating amplifier for the operation of intrinsically safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources installed in Ex areas. – 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered or not powered) – Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive), 0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP switch – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance systems – 3-way electrical isolation – Wide-range power supply: 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information on marking material can be found on page 127 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA > 16 V (at 20 mA) < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) 1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) < 600 Ω (I output) < 20 mVrms 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) < 80 mA (at 24 V DC) < 1.6 W < 0.01%/K < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) < 0.05% (of final value) < 0.1% (of final value) as per NE 43 Input/output/power supply Input/output Input/power supply Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 66-FR V0 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.2 V 93 mA 587 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 SIL 2 according to EN 61508 IECEx UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1) MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1) 2865793 2924029 Pcs. / Pkt. Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input Screw connection Spring-cage conn. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 163 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog OUT Output isolating amplifier, Ex-i OUT Sensor / Field IN PLC / DCS AO - P + + OUT I I IN + POWER 4.2 - 4.2 4.1 + 3.2 3.2 + 4.1 3.1 3.1 4.2 4.1 GND 4.2 +24V 4.1 1.2 1.1 Power Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 GND +24V Zone 2 Div. 2   Functional safety Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Output isolating amplifier for controlling intrinsically safe (Ex-i) I/P converters, control valves, and indicators installed in Ex areas. – 0/4...20 mA input – 0/4...20 mA output, [Ex ia] IIC – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – Line fault detection (LF) – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 182 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 184 Input data Input signal Input voltage Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output Output data Output signal Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation Input/output/power supply Output/input Output/power supply Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA 5.4 V (at 20 mA) > 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault) 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA < 800 Ω (at 20 mA) < 20 mVrms 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) < 0.01%/K < 140 µs < 0.1% (of final value) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 27.7 V 92 mA 633 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc IECEx UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP 2865405 2924032 Pcs. / Pkt. Output isolating amplifier, smart, output intrinsically safe Screw connection Spring-cage conn. 164 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Temperature transducer, Ex i OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS AI ϑ IN I ϑ ϑ 4.2 4.2 μC 4.1 4.1 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 μC OUT GND +24V passive + 1.2 For resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors 1.1 Power POWER GND +24V Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Div. 1,2 Div. 2  Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Programmable temperature transducer for intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors installed in Ex areas. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA signal. – Input for resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia] – 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm signal, and output range – Programming during operation with Ex measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER programming adapter – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167 The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 182 Input data Resistance thermometers Resistor Cable resistance Sensor input current Measuring range span Output data Output signal Load Behavior in the event of a sensor error Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor 0 Ω ... 2000 Ω 50 Ω per line (200 μA ... 1 mA) min. 50 K 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA max. 500 Ω As per NE 43 or can be freely defined < 50 µAPP 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) < 40 mA (24 V DC) 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) < 0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Relay output 2 N/O contacts AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch 20 Hz (without load) No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Number of channels Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 30 mA (24 V DC) < 950 mW 1 Input/output Input/power supply Input/supply, T connector Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 182 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 184 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10 mA 25 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: 2 N/O contacts Screw connection Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO1) MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1) 2865450 2924061 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 173 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS DI + 4.2 CH1 3.2 3.2 13 3.1 3.1 14 2.2 2.2 13 2.1 2.1 14 CH1 + 4.1 - OUT1 IN2 5.2 CH2 + CH2 5.1 Faultsignal + IN1 - OUT2 + GND +24V 1.2 1.1 2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay Power POWER LFD +24V GND Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Div. 2 Div. 1,2   Functional safety Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – Relay signal output (N/O contact) – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by red flashing LED with de-excitation of output relay – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit 8 V DC ±10% > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) < 0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Relay output 2 N/O contacts AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch 20 Hz (without load) No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Number of channels Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 35 mA (24 V DC) 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Approx. 0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Relay output 2 PDT AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles can be inverted using DIP switch 20 Hz (Load-dependent) No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Max. switching frequency General data Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz) Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation < 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC) max. 1.3 W Input/output Input/power supply Output 1/output 2/input, power supply Ambient temperature range Humidity Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx Functional safety (SIL) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C 10% ... 95% (no condensation) PA 66-FR V0 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10.3 mA 25 mW 253 V AC/DC (Supply terminals) 250 V AC (Output terminals) 120 V DC (Output terminals) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: Changeover contact Screw connection Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP1) MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1) 2865984 2924249 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 175 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS DI 4.2 4.1 + 4.2 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + 2.2 2.2 - 2.1 2.1 + OUT1 4.1 - 4.2 IN OUT1 OUT2 4.2 Faultsignal OUT2 + 4.1 4.1 POWER Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 GND +24V 1.2 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive) 1.1 Power LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Div. 2   Functional safety Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up to 5 kHz – Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault signaling output – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 4-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 182 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 184 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit 8 V DC ±10% > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω 2 transistor outputs, passive 30 V DC (per output) 50 mA (short-circuit resistant) < 1.4 V can be inverted using DIP switch 5 kHz No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current Drop (ΔU) Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Number of channels Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 28 mA (24 V DC) 800 mW 1 Input/output Input/supply, T-Connector Input/output/supply, T-Connector Output 1/output 2 Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10 mA 25 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data 176 PHOENIX CONTACT Description Type Order No. NAMUR isolating amplifier, input intrinsically safe, output: Transistor, passive Screw connection Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T1) MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP1) 2865463 2924074 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS DI + CH1 + 4.2 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + 2.2 2.2 - 2.1 2.1 + CH1 4.1 - OUT1 IN2 CH2 + 5.2 CH2 5.1 - OUT2 + Faultsignal + IN1 GND +24V 1.2 1.1 2-channel, signal output transistor (passive) Power POWER Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Div. 2 Div. 1,2   Functional safety Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – Signal output transistor (passive); up to 5 kHz – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 182 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 184 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit 8 V DC ±10% > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Transistor output, passive 30 V DC (per output) 50 mA (short-circuit resistant) < 1.4 V can be inverted using DIP switch 5 kHz No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current Drop (ΔU) Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Number of channels Electrical isolation 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 34 mA (24 V DC) 1000 mW 2 Input/output Input/supply, T-Connector Input/output/supply, T-Connector Output 1/output 2 Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA / Canada Functional safety (SIL) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10.3 mA 25 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data Description Type Order No. NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: Transistor, passive Screw connection Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T1) MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP1) 2865489 2924090 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 177 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i OUT IN Sensor / Field PLC / DCS DI-NAM 4.2 4.1 + 4.2 3.2 4.1 3.1 3.2 3.1 + - 4.2 + IN OUT 4.2 Faultsignal 4.1 4.1 POWER Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 GND +24V 1.2 With line fault transparency 1.1 Power LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR isolation amplifiers for the intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors or mechanical contacts installed in the Ex area. – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – Signal output with resistive behavior (transistor) – Signal output with line fault transparency: line error message directly via output to PLC or PCS. The output responds in accordance with EN 60947-5-6. – Up to 5 kHz – Direction of operation can be selected – Line fault detection can be activated/deactivated – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED indicators for supply voltage, status, and fault according to NAMUR NE 44 – Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection technology – Safe 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permissible Notes: Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found from page 182 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit 8 V DC ±10% > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Resistive (transistor, passive) Typ. 8.2 V DC ±10% (according to EN 60947-5-6) No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Switching voltage Switching frequency Impedance 0-signal Impedance 1-signal Impedance fault Switching behavior General data Supply voltage range Current draw Power dissipation Electrical isolation ≤ 5 kHz (Ohmic load) 11 kΩ ±5% 1.4 kΩ ±5% > 100 kΩ can be inverted using DIP switch 12 V DC ... 24 V DC -20 % ... +25 % 25 mA (24 V DC) < 0.6 W Input/output Input/supply, T-Connector Input/output/supply, T-Connector Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx Functional safety (SIL) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10 mA 25 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Yes SIL 2 Ordering data 178 PHOENIX CONTACT Description Type Order No. NAMUR isolation amplifier, intrinsically safe input, output with line fault transparency Screw connection Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP 2866006 2924883 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital OUT Solenoid driver, Ex i OUT Sensor / Field IN PLC / DCS DO - 4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 - 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 + Faultsignal + IN 4.2 + 4.1 Faultsignal + OUT GND +24V POWER Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 LFD +24V GND 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 DI 1.2 Current limitation 48 mA, with line fault detection 1.1 Zone 2 Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm transmitters or indicators installed in the Ex area. – Input: logic (low/high signal) – Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.5 V, [Ex ia] – Line fault detection (can be activated/deactivated) - Directly via signal channel - Or via switching output – Transparent for test pulses – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED indicators for supply voltage, status, and fault according to NAMUR NE 44 – Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection technology – Safe 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permissible Notes: Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found from page 182 Input data Switching level 0 signal (“L”) Switching level 1 signal (“H”) Input current Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output Transparent for test pulses Output data Output voltage Current limitation No-load voltage Internal resistance Immunity to short-circuiting Response time tA Line error detection Error message output Switch contact Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current Short-circuit-proof General data Supply voltage range Current draw Power dissipation Electrical isolation Input/output, supply, error message output Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Degree of protection Housing material Inflammability class according to UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Safety data as per ATEX Maximum voltage Uo Maximum current Io Maximum power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx Functional safety (SIL) 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open) 15 V DC ... 30 V DC < 12 mA 3 MΩ (High resistance (Mega Ω)) Yes ≥ 9.5 V DC (At 48 mA) > 48 mA (With cable error detection) > 23 V DC ≥ 269 Ω (Internal resistance Ri) Yes < 30 ms < 50 Ω (short circuit on the line) > 10 kΩ (line break) N/C contact 30 V DC 50 mA Yes 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) < 90 mA < 1.5 W 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) IP20 PA 66-FR V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.3 V 94 mA 595 mW 253 V CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X Yes SIL 3 (applied for) Ordering data Description Type Order No. Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault detection Screw connection Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP 2924867 2924870 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 179 Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital OUT Solenoid driver, Ex i OUT Sensor / Field IN PLC / DCS DO + + OUT + 4.2 - 4.2 4.1 + 4.1 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + 4.2 4.1 IN + Current limitation 25 mA Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Div. 1,2 Div. 2  Functional safety Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Solenoid drivers for controlling intrinsically safe solenoid valves, alarm transmitters, and indicators installed in Ex areas. – 20 ... 30 V DC input – Output [Ex ia] – Various output characteristic curves compatible with the commercial solenoid valves – Loop-powered: The required power is supplied via the control signal on the input side. – Mechanically compatible with DIN rail connector – Galvanic 2-way isolation – Up to SIL 3 as per EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit are available from the download center at www.phoenixcontact.net/products Information on marking material can be found on page 127 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 184 Input data Input signal Input current Output data Output voltage Current limitation No-load voltage Internal resistance Immunity to short-circuiting Response time tA General data Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Electrical isolation 20 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 mA DC ... 70 mA DC (45 mA for Ue = 24 V DC) 5.5 V DC (At 25 mA) 25 mA 21.9 V DC 641 Ω (Internal resistance Ri) Yes 20 ms 0.1 Nm3/h) 0°C ... 60°C -12°C ... 72°C 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) 0.5°C ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) 0°C ... 60°C -12°C ... 72°C 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) 0.5°C ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) M12 plug-in connector 4 19 V DC ... 30 V DC < 100 mA M12 plug-in connector 4 19 V DC ... 30 V DC < 100 mA M12 plug-in connector 4 19 V DC ... 30 V DC < 100 mA 0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³ min. 0.2 s 0.5 s (Operational readiness) 0.0030 m³ ... 3000000 m³ min. 0.02 s 1 s (Operational readiness) 0.0100 m³ ... 4000000 m³ min. 0.043 s 0.5 s (Operational readiness) Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection 4 mA ... 20 mA ≤ 500 Ω Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection 4 mA ... 20 mA ≤ 500 Ω Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection 4 mA ... 20 mA ≤ 500 Ω 887 g 45 mm 193.3 mm 74.5 mm IP65 III 0°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 85°C 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 2.053 kg 45 mm 475 mm 88.5 mm IP65 III 0°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 85°C 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 4.332 kg 133 mm 475 mm IP65 III 0°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 85°C 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. PSK AFS5000IOL 2700705 Pcs. / Pkt. Ordering data Type Order No. PSK AFS8000IOL 2700708 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PSK AFS2000IOL 2700709 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 209 Monitoring Current transformers Extremely versatile PACT current transformers offer a complete product range for converting alternating currents up to 4000 A into secondary currents of 1 A and 5 A. Depending on requirements, bus-bar, plug-in, and winding current transformers are available. PACT current transformers are available in different transformation ratios, accuracy classes, and rated powers - in 3000 versions, for your current measurement requirements. 210 PHOENIX CONTACT Also available for higher accuracy classes For standard applications, such as in machine building or system manufacturing, Phoenix Contact offers current transformers with accuracy classes 0.5 and 1 in a version that cannot be calibrated. For higher accuracy or for billing purposes in energy supply, type-tested transformers that can be calibrated as well as calibrated transformers are available - with classes 0.2/0.2S/0.5 and 0.5S. Monitoring Current transformers I PN 120 % 100 % t Fast and secure installation The current transformer quick-action mechanism offers the following advantages: – Tool-free mounting – Considerable reduction in installation time – Easy handling and secure fastening by pressing with finger – Current transformers align themselves – no need for subsequent alignment ETH Variable and space-saving mounting In addition to the vertical and horizontal mounting position, the optional accessories offer further installation options such as mounting on the DIN rail or on the control cabinet panel. All PACT current transformers are just 30 mm wide. This saves space – for example flat mounting when measuring branch outlets. ETH PLC MRESET LNK ACT 100 PLC MRESET RUN STP LNK ACT 100 FAIL RUN / PROG PLC INLINE CONTROL ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB Ord. No.: 2876999 LNK ACT 100 IB RB OUT RC IL PRG RB IN IL PRG RDY / RUN BA RD BSA RD BSA TR FAIL TR FAIL BA PLC RB OUT RDY / RUN PF PF 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I OUT GND GND GND PWR ERR 1.1 1.1 Current transducer PWR ERR ON OFF nc D 1 2 0,5 0,5 nc D PACT MCR V2 12020-1 59 0,5 Current transducer ON OFF 1 2 0,5 1.1 OUT GND GND GND MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I RC RB IN FAIL INLINE CONTROL ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB Ord. No.: 2876999 RESET RESET IB RUN STP RUN / PROG 10/100 10/100 LNK ACT 100 Current transformer According to EN 60044-1 PACT current transformer Safe detection of current peaks PACT current transformers can be used to safely detect current peaks greater than the rated nominal current strength – without resulting in any damage: the transformers are designed for a continuous thermal nominal current that is 120% of the primary rated current strength. Example: a PACT transformer with a specified rated power of 10 VA does indeed deliver 14.4 VA on a continual basis. Safe isolation PACT current transformers are manufactured in accordance with EN 50178. This is relevant for electronic equipment for use in power installations. EN 50178 differs considerably from EN 60044, the usual standard for transformers, with regard to safety. Your advantages: – PACT current transformers offer safe isolation, thanks to greater air and creepage distances – PACT current transformers ensure that there is no sparkover on the secondary side of the transformer and human life is protected inside and outside the control cabinet – Up to 1000 V (L-N) operating voltage possible – Routine testing with 12 kV (1.2/50 s) – Surge voltage category 3 is met For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 211 Monitoring Current transformers Selection guide – Complete range consisting of winding, bus-bar, and plug-in current transformers – Popular types available from stock; alternatively, order key can be used for custom dimensioning – Versions available to support official calibration Selection – Select your converter in accordance with the dimensions of the copper rail – Specify the four electrical characteristics of the converter: 1.The primary rated current strength Ipn - the maximum amperage occurring in the path to be measured 2.The secondary rated current Isn supplied to the downstream measuring devices 3. Class - accuracy for adherence to the specified tolerances 4. Rated power Sn [VA] - takes account of all the loads occurring in the measuring circuit Calculation guide Technical data Input data Thermal rated short-time current Rated surge current Rated frequency Surge current limitation factor General data Rated insulation voltage Test voltage Impulse withstand voltage Insulating material class Connection capacity of secondary terminals Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Housing material Ith = 60 * In Idyn = 2.5 * Ith 50 Hz ... 60 Hz FS 5 1 kV 3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 12 kV (1.2 / 50 μs) E 2 x (2.5 x 4) mm -25°C ... 40°C IEC 60044-1, EN 50178 Polyamide PA fiberglass reinforced Order key - example for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 Preferred types that can be ordered directly are marked in green in the selection table. Determination of the secondary side rated power Sn All the occurring loads must be added: – Calculate the power requirement of the copper cable (forward and return line) – Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices (measuring devices) – Add a reserve requirement Order No. 2277271 IP00600 IP00750 IP00800 IP01000 IP01250 IP02000 IP02500 Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve IP02000 = 60 A = 75 A = 80 A = 100 A = 125 A = 200 A = 250 A / IS05 Rated power Sn C10 2. Secondary current Isn 1A 0.2917 0.1750 0.1094 0.0729 0.0117 0.0070 0.0044 0.0029 Example: Sn copper cable = cable length x 2 x rated power Sn copper cable = 10 m x 2 x 0.1750 VA/m = 3.50 VA Selection table (extract) Isn Cl. Primary rated current strength Ipn [A] 60 75 80 100 125 150 1.25 2.5 2.5 0.5 1A 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 1 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 200 2.5 3.75 250 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 10 Sn measuring device = 2 VA Sn reserve < 0.5 x (Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device) Sn reserve = 2 VA Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve Sn total = 3.5 VA + 2 VA + 2 VA = 7.5 VA 0.5 5A 1.25 1 PHOENIX CONTACT 1.25 1.5 1.25 2 2.5 2.5 3.75 P125 P250 P375 P500 P750 P1000 3. 2.5 3.75 5 Rated power Sn [VA] Secondary current Isn 5A / C02 = 0.2 C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 Rated power in VA/m (consider the forward and return line) 1.5 2.5 4 6 212 Class / IS01 = 1 A IS05 = 5 A 1. Power requirement of copper cables with a different diameter Conductor cross section in mm2 Secondary current Isn Primary current Ipn / = = = = = = P750 1.25 VA 2.5 VA 3.75 VA 5.0 VA 7.5 VA 10 VA 4. Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers PACT MCR-V1-21-44 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(50...500) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 21 mm 16 Notes: 30 44 Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. Bus-bar curr. transf., official calibration as an option 21 50 26 The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 Ordering data Rated power Sn Description Preferred versions available from stock (marked in green in the selection table) Primary rated current Ipn: - 50 A 1.25 VA - 75 A 2.5 VA - 100 A 2.5 VA - 125 A 3.75 VA - 150 A 5 VA - 200 A 5 VA - 250 A 5 VA - 300 A 10 VA - 400 A 5 VA - 500 A 10 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type Order No. PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1 2277019 2277611 2277022 2277763 2277035 2277776 2277048 2277789 2277051 2277792 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44 2277268 1 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class 2277268 / IP05000 / IS01 Selection table PACT MCR-V1-21-44 (Order No.: 2277268) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 50 60 75 80 100 125 1.25 2.5 C05 = 0.5 IS01 =1A 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C10 3.75 =1 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A 1.25 C10 =1 1.25 1.5 2.5 2.5 Pcs. / Pkt. Type / C05 Rated power Sn / P1000 150 2.5 3.75 200 2.5 5 250 2.5 5 7.5 300 2.5 5 400 2.5 5 7.5 500 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 1.25 1.5 1.25 2.0 1.25 2.5 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Rated power Sn [VA] Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify the type of current transformer you require, please use the order key on page 224 213 Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers 30 60 16 PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(50...750) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 28 mm – Rail dimensions: 30x15 mm; 20x20 mm 28 23x23 16x33 64 Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 33x16 Notes: Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify the type of current transformer you require, please use the order key on page 224 The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 Ordering data Rated power Sn Description Preferred versions available from stock (marked in green in the selection table) Primary rated current Ipn: - 60 A 1.25 VA - 75 A 1.25 VA - 75 A 1.5 VA - 80 A 1.25 VA - 100 A 2.5 VA - 125 A 3.75 VA - 150 A 3.75 VA - 150 A 5 VA - 200 A 5 VA - 200 A 7.5 VA - 250 A 5 VA - 250 A 7.5 VA - 250 A 10 VA - 300 A 7.5 VA - 400 A 10 VA - 500 A 10 VA - 600 A 10 VA - 750 A 10 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1 2277815 2277828 2276502 2277831 2277064 2277624 2277844 2277077 2277637 2277857 2276544 2277860 2277080 2277640 2277093 2277653 2277103 2277666 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60 2277271 1 Accessories Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm Fixing pin length 40 mm Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1 Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class / IP07500 / IS01 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277271) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 50 60 75 80 100 125 1.25 2.5 C05 = 0.5 IS01 =1A 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C10 3.75 =1 / 1.25 C10 =1 214 PHOENIX CONTACT 1.25 1.5 1.25 2 2.5 2.5 3.75 Rated power Sn / P1500 150 2.5 200 2.5 3.75 250 2.5 5 300 2.5 5 7.5 400 2.5 5 10 500 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 10 2.5 5 7.5 10 2.5 5 10 15 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A C05 2.5 3.75 5 2.5 5 10 600 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 750 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 Rated power Sn [VA] 2277271 Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers 70 Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify the type of current transformer you require, please use the order key on page 224 13x40,5 33 31x31 74 40,5x13 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 30 16 PACT MCR-V2-4012-70 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(75...1000) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 33 mm – Rail dimensions: 40x12 mm; 2x 30x10 mm Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 Ordering data Rated power Sn Description Preferred versions available from stock (marked in green in the selection table) Primary rated current Ipn: - 250 A 5 VA - 300 A 7.5 VA - 400 A 7.5 VA - 500 A 10 VA - 600 A 10 VA - 750 A 10 VA - 800 A 10 VA - 1000 A 10 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1 2277116 2277679 2277129 2277682 2277132 2277695 2277145 2277158 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70 2277284 1 Accessories Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm Fixing pin length 40 mm Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 2276612 1 Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 2276625 1 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class / IP010000 / IS05 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277284) Primary rated current strength Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 75 80 100 125 150 200 1.25 2.5 2.5 C05 3.75 = 0.5 IS01 =1 A 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C10 3.75 5 5 =1 1.25 C10 =1 1.25 2.5 C10 Rated power Sn / P250 250 2.5 5 300 2.5 5 400 2.5 5 7.5 500 2.5 5 10 600 2.5 5 10 750 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 1.25 2.5 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A / For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products 2.5 5 10 15 800 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 1000 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 Rated power Sn [VA] 2277284 2.5 5 10 PHOENIX CONTACT 215 Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers 13x50,5 42 41x31 31x41 92 50,5x13 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 30 85 16 PACT MCR-V2-5012-85 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(100...1500) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 42 mm – Rail dimensions: 50x12 mm; 2x 40x10 mm Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify the type of current transformer you require, please use the order key on page 224 The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 Ordering data Rated power Sn Description Preferred versions available from stock (marked in green in the selection table) Primary rated current Ipn: - 150 A 3.75 VA - 200 A 5 VA - 250 A 7.5 VA - 300 A 10 VA - 400 A 10 VA - 500 A 15 VA - 600 A 10 VA - 600 A 15 VA - 750 A 10 VA - 800 A 10 VA - 1000 A 10 VA - 1000 A 15 VA - 1250 A 15 VA - 1500 A 15 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1 2276117 2276120 2276133 2276146 2277161 2276159 2277174 2276162 2276175 2277187 2276463 2277190 2277200 2276188 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85 2277297 1 Accessories Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm Fixing pin length 40 mm Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 2276612 1 Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 2276625 1 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class / IP02500 / IS01 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277297) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 100 125 150 200 250 300 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 C05 5 5 5 = 0.5 7.5 IS01 =1A 1.25 2.5 C10 =1 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 7.5 1.25 2.5 5 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 7.5 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A 1.25 C10 =1 216 PHOENIX CONTACT 2.5 2.5 5 7.5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 7.5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 7.5 / 400 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 C10 500 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 20 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 Rated power Sn / 600 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 20 2.5 5 20 15 5 10 15 20 P750 750 2.5 5 10 800 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 1000 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 1250 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 1500 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 30 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 Rated power Sn [VA] 2277297 Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers 16x60,5 52 42x42 32x52 52x32 92 60,5x16 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 30 85 16 PACT MCR-V2-6015-85 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(200...1600) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 52 mm – Rail dimensions: 60x15 mm; 2x 50x10 mm; 40x40 mm Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify the type of current transformer you require, please use the order key on page 224 The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 Ordering data Rated power Sn Description Preferred versions available from stock (marked in green in the selection table) Primary rated current Ipn: - 200 A 2.5 VA - 250 A 2.5 VA - 300 A 2.5 VA - 400 A 2.5 VA - 500 A 5 VA - 600 A 10 VA - 750 A 10 VA - 800 A 10 VA - 1000 A 15 VA - 1250 A 15 VA - 1500 A 15 VA - 1600 A 15 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1 2277873 2277886 2277899 2277909 2277912 2277925 2277938 2277941 2277954 2277967 2277970 2277983 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85 2277336 1 Accessories Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm Fixing pin length 40 mm Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1 Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class / IP05000 / IS01 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277336) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 200 250 300 400 500 1.25 1.25 1.25 2.5 C05 = 0.5 IS01 =1A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C10 3.75 =1 2.5 C10 =1 C10 Rated power Sn / P375 600 2.5 750 2.5 5 800 2.5 1000 2.5 1250 2.5 5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 3.75 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 5 10 15 20 1.25 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A / For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products 1500 1600 5 10 15 20 5 10 15 30 5 10 15 Rated power Sn [VA] 2277336 5 10 15 PHOENIX CONTACT 217 Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers PACT MCR-V2-6315-95 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(200...2500) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 53 mm – Rail dimensions: 63x15 mm 2x 50x10 mm 40x40 mm PACT MCR-V2-6040-96 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(200...2000) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm – Rail dimensions: 60x40 mm; 50x50 mm Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option 96 95 61 44x64 105 54x54 53 32x54 54x32 42x42 16x64 16 105 The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 64x16 Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify the type of current transformer you require, please use the order key on page 225 16 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. Ordering data Rated power Sn Description Preferred versions available from stock (marked in green in the selection table) Primary rated current Ipn: - 600 A 10 VA - 750 A 10 VA - 800 A 10 VA - 1000 A 10 VA - 1250 A 10 VA - 1250 A 15 VA - 1500 A 10 VA - 1600 A 10 VA - 1600 A 15 VA - 2000 A 15 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type 30 30 Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1 2277213 2277226 2277239 1 1 1 PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1 2277242 2277255 1 1 PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95 2277307 1 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1 2276191 2276201 2276214 2277705 1 1 1 1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1 2276227 2277718 1 1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1 2276230 2276243 1 1 PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96 2277349 1 Accessories Accessories Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm Fixing pin length 40 mm Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1 Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class IP25000 / IS05 / C05 Rated power Sn / Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277307) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 7.5 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 IS01 20 =1A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 =1 7.5 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 20 15 20 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 3.75 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 7.5 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 IS05 15 15 20 20 30 20 30 30 30 30 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 10 10 C10 3.75 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 15 10 10 15 15 15 =1 10 10 15 15 15 15 30 15 15 30 30 30 15 20 20 30 30 30 30 218 PHOENIX CONTACT P500 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277349) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 = 0.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10 IS01 =1A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 =1 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 C10 3.75 3.75 5 =1 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 Rated power Sn [VA] / Rated power Sn [VA] 2277307 Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers PACT MCR-V2-8015-105 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(400...2500) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm – Rail dimensions: 80x15 mm; 2x 60x10 mm; 3x 50x10 mm PACT MCR-V2-8020-105 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(500...2000) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 70 mm – Rail dimensions: 2x 80x10 mm; 60x60 mm Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option Notes: Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option 30 105 70 31x81 60x64 16 116 61 33x63 Ordering data Preferred versions available from stock (marked in green in the selection table) Primary rated current Ipn: - 400 A 7.5 VA - 500 A 10 VA - 600 A 10 VA - 750 A 10 VA - 800 A 15 VA - 1000 A 10 VA - 1000 A 15 VA - 1250 A 10 VA - 1500 A 15 VA - 1600 A 15 VA - 2000 A 10 VA - 2000 A 20 VA - 2500 A 20 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type Type PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1 2276256 2276269 2276272 2276285 2276298 2277721 2276308 2276311 2277734 2276324 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1 2276337 2276340 1 1 PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105 2277352 1 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class 2277352 / IP25000 / IS05 / Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277352) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 = 0.5 10 10 7.5 10 IS01 =1A C10 =1 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A C10 =1 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 5 10 15 20 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 Pcs. / Pkt. Order No. 1500 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 C10 1600 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1 2277747 1 PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1 2277750 1 PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1 2276382 1 PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105 2277365 1 Rated power Sn / 2000 5 10 15 20 10 15 20 25 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 20 P3000 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277365) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C05 5 5 5 5 5 = 0.5 10 IS01 2500 5 10 15 20 10 15 20 30 Rated power Sn [VA] Rated power Sn Ordering data =1A C10 =1 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A C10 =1 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products 1600 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 5 10 15 2000 2.5 5 10 Rated power Sn [VA] 116 53x53 The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 64x53 16x83 Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify the type of current transformer you require, please use the order key on page 225 Description 30 105 16 Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 5 10 PHOENIX CONTACT 219 Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(400...4000) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 85 mm – Rail dimensions: 2x 100x10 mm; 80x64 mm PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(400...4000) A – Rail dimensions: 3x 100x12 mm Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option Plug-in curr. transformer, official calibration as an option Notes: Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 30 140 85 64x84 Ordering data Rated power Sn Description Preferred versions available from stock (marked in green in the selection table) Primary rated current Ipn: - 2500 A 15 VA - 3000 A 15 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type Type Order No. PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A 2276395 PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class / IP40000 / IS05 / C05 PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A 2276405 1 PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 2277381 1 1 1 Rated power Sn / Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277378) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 15 15 15 15 15 15 IS01 20 20 =1A 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 =1 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 30 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 IS05 20 20 25 25 =5A 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 =1 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 25 30 30 30 220 2277378 P2500 Rated power Sn [VA] 2277378 Ordering data Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277381) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 15 15 15 15 15 15 IS01 20 20 =1A 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 =1 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 30 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 IS05 20 20 25 25 =5A 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 =1 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 25 30 30 30 Rated power Sn [VA] 140 81x54 The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 56x101 31x101 16 Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify the type of current transformer you require, please use the order key on page 225 30 129 16 129 Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(400...4000) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 96 mm – Rail dimensions: 2x 120x10 mm; 3x 100x10 mm; 80x80 mm PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(400...4000) A – Rail dimensions: 4x 120x10 mm Plug-in current transformer Notes: Plug-in current transformer 30 30 159 16 16 159 Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 172 72x122 96 55x103 Ordering data Rated power Sn Description Type Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Order No. Preferred versions available from stock (marked in green in the selection table) Primary rated current Ipn: - 4000 A 15 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class / IP08000 / IS01 / C05 1 Order No. PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A 2276418 1 PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 2277404 1 Rated power / Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 (Order No.: 2277394) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 = 0.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 IS01 15 20 30 30 30 30 30 45 = 1A 2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 C10 5 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 =1 10 15 15 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 15 20 20 15 20 30 30 30 30 30 45 45 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10 5 5 5 10 10 C05 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 15 10 10 10 15 15 = 0.5 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 30 15 15 15 30 30 IS05 15 15 30 30 45 30 30 30 45 45 =5A 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 10 10 C10 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 10 10 15 15 15 =1 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 15 15 30 30 30 15 20 20 20 30 30 30 45 30 30 45 45 45 P250 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 (Order No.: 2277404) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 = 0.5 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 IS01 Rated power Sn [VA] 2277404 2277394 Pcs. / Pkt. Type = 1A C10 =1 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A C10 =1 2.5 5 10 5 10 15 5 10 15 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 10 15 30 10 15 30 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 5 10 15 5 10 15 10 15 30 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 10 15 30 10 15 30 2.5 5 10 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 10 15 30 5 10 15 5 10 15 10 15 30 10 15 30 10 15 30 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Rated power Sn [VA] 172 83x83 34x126 The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 221 Monitoring Current transformers Current transformers PACT MCR-V3-60 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(1...40) A 30 16 60 – Current-carrying copper lines connected directly to the screw terminal blocks on the primary side Our configurator, which is available at www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 64 Notes: Winding current transformer The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223 Ordering data Description Type Order No. PACT MCR-V3-60 2277417 Pcs. / Pkt. Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for determining the desired current transformer type Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class / IP00025 / IS01 Selection table PACT MCR-V3-60 (Order No.: 2277417) Primary rated current strength Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 1 2 2.5 4 5 6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 = 0.5 IS01 =1 A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C10 5 5 5 5 5 5 =1 C05 = 0.5 IS05 =5A C10 =1 222 PHOENIX CONTACT / C10 Rated power Sn / P250 7.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 12.5 2.5 5 15 2.5 5 20 2.5 5 25 2.5 5 30 2.5 5 40 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 Rated power Sn [VA] 2277417 1 Monitoring Current transformers Quick-action mechanism for PACT current transformers – No tools necessary for mounting – Extremely easy handling, thanks to secure fastening by pressing with finger – Set consisting of two fixing pins and a holding latch Notes: The 16 mm wide quick-action mechanism can also be used for larger current transformers if the length of the fixing pins is sufficient. General data Material Ambient temperature (operation) for: ...-V2-4012-70..., ...-V2-5012-85... for: ...-V2-3015-60..., ...-V2-6015-85..., ...-V2-6315-95... Technical data Technical data PA 6 -25°C ... 120°C PA 6 -25°C ... 120°C Ordering data Description Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276641 2276638 Pcs. / Pkt. Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm Fixing pin length 65 mm Fixing pin length 40 mm Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 2276625 2276612 1 1 Fixing pin length 65 mm Fixing pin length 40 mm 1 1 Accessories – – – – Copper sleeves DIN rail adapter Secondary terminal cover Insulating caps Description Copper sleeves DIN rail adapter Secondary terminal cover Insulating caps Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PACT MCR-ETC-60 PACT MCR-ETC-75 2277572 2277585 9 9 PACT MCR-ICAP 2277608 18 Copper sleeves, for establishing a conductive connection during the horizontal assembly of PACT analog current transformers. The size of the copper sleeve depends on the diameter of the inner hole of the current transformer. - for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-... - for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-... - for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60-... - for PACT MCR-V2-5012-85-... DIN rail adapter Ø 21/8 mm Ø 21/12 mm Ø 28/12 mm Ø 42/12 mm Secondary terminal cover, for increasing the clearances and creepage distances Length: 60 mm Length: 75 mm Insulating caps, for protection against unintended contact with mounting screws of the primary rail PACT MCR-CB-21- 8 PACT MCR-CB-21-12 PACT MCR-CB-28-12 PACT MCR-CB-42-12 2277569 2277556 2277543 2277530 1 1 1 1 PACT MCR-RA 2277598 12 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 223 Monitoring Current transformers Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn / / IP01500 IP02000 IP02500 IP03000 IP04000 IP05000 IP06000 IP07500 IP08000 IP10000 IP12000 IP12500 IP15000 IP16000 IP20000 IP25000 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = / 150 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 400 A 500 A 600 A 750 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1250 A 1500 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A IS05 = 5 A Calibration / C02S = C02 = C05S = C05 = Calibration certificate / 0.2S 0.2 0.5S 0.5 P250 P500 P1000 P1500 P2000 P3000 = = = = = = / NONE = not calibrated YES = calibrated 2.5 VA 5.0 VA 10 VA 15 VA 20 VA 30 VA NONE YES = no calibration certificate = calibration certificate (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee is charged) PACT MCR-V1C-21-44 (Order No.: 2277420) You will find information about the product on page 213. Add order key from the selection table 2277420 / IP03000 / IS05 / C02 / P250 Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 150 200 250 300 400 500 2.5 2.5 C02S 5 = / NONE / NONE C05S = 0.5S 2.5 C05 = 0.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 PACT MCR-V2C-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277446) You will find information about the product on page 214. Add order key from the selection table 2277433 / IP02000 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 2.5 2.5 C02S 5 5 = 10 10 0.2S You will find information about the product on page 215. Add order key from the selection table 2277446 / IP06000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 C02S 5 5 5 10 = 10 10 0.2S 2.5 C02 = 0.2 IS05 =5A C05S = 0.5S 2.5 C05 = 0.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 Rated power Sn [VA] PACT MCR-V2C-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277433) C02 = 0.2 IS05 =5A C05S = 0.5S 2.5 C05 = 0.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 5 10 2.5 5 10 5 10 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 5 10 5 10 2.5 5 10 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 5 10 5 10 2.5 5 10 5 10 PACT MCR-V2C-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277462) You will find information about the product on page 216. Add order key from the selection table 2277459 / IP10000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 C02S 5 5 5 10 10 = 10 10 15 15 0.2S 20 30 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 C02 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 = 0.2 10 10 10 15 15 IS05 30 30 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 C05S 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 = 10 10 15 15 0.5S 30 30 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 10 10 15 15 30 30 You will find information about the product on page 217. Add order key from the selection table 2277462 / IP02500 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C02S 5 5 5 5 = 10 10 0.2S 224 PHOENIX CONTACT Rated power Sn [VA] PACT MCR-V2C-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277459) 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 C02 = 0.2 IS05 =5A C05S = 0.5S 2.5 C05 = 0.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 Rated power Sn [VA] IS05 =5A 2.5 5 Rated power Sn [VA] C02 = 0.2 Rated power Sn [VA] 0.2S Monitoring Current transformers Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn / IP01500 IP02000 IP02500 IP03000 IP04000 IP05000 IP06000 IP07500 IP08000 IP10000 IP12000 IP12500 IP15000 IP16000 IP20000 IP25000 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = / 150 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 400 A 500 A 600 A 750 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1250 A 1500 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A IS05 = 5 A Calibration / C02S = C02 = C05S = C05 = Calibration certificate / 0.2S 0.2 0.5S 0.5 P250 P500 P1000 P1500 P2000 P3000 = = = = = = / NONE = not calibrated YES = calibrated 2.5 VA 5.0 VA 10 VA 15 VA 20 VA 30 VA NONE YES = no calibration certificate = calibration certificate (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee is charged) PACT MCR-V2C-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277488) You will find information about the product on page 218. Add order key from the selection table 2277475 / IP15000 / IS05 / C05 / P3000 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 2.5 5 5 C02S 5 10 10 = 10 15 15 0.2S 20 20 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 C02 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 = 0.2 10 10 10 15 15 15 IS05 15 15 20 20 20 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 C05S 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 = 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 0.5S 15 20 20 20 30 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 30 30 20 30 You will find information about the product on page 218. Add order key from the selection table 2277488 / IP12000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 2.5 2.5 2.5 C02S 5 5 5 = 10 0.2S 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C02 5 5 5 5 5 5 = 0.2 10 10 IS05 15 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C05S 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 = 10 10 10 10 10 0.5S 15 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 = 0.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 1500 5 10 15 20 5 10 15 30 5 10 15 30 5 10 15 30 Rated power Sn [VA] PACT MCR-V2C-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277475) PACT MCR-V2C-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277491) PACT MCR-V2C-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277501) You will find information about the product on page 219. Add order key from the selection table 2277491 / IP05000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 2.5 C02S 5 = You will find information about the product on page 219. Add order key from the selection table 2277501 / IP15000 / IS05 / C05S / P1000 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 2.5 2.5 C02S 5 5 = IS05 =5A C05S = 0.5S C05 = 0.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 10 15 20 5 10 15 20 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 C02 = 0.2 IS05 =5A C05S = 0.5S C05 = 0.5 2.5 5 PACT MCR-V2C-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277514) PACT MCR-V2C-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277527) You will find information about the product on page 220. Add order key from the selection table 2277514 / IP08000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000 2.5 2.5 2.5 C02S 5 5 5 = You will find information about the product on page 220. Add order key from the selection table 2277527 / IP16000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE Selection table Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000 C02 = 0.2 IS05 =5A C05S = 0.5S C05 = 0.5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2500 C02S = 0.2S Rated power Sn [VA] 0.2S 2500 2.5 5 10 C02 = 0.2 IS05 =5A 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 2.5 5 10 15 C05S = 0.5S C05 = 0.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Rated power Sn [VA] C02 = 0.2 2.5 5 10 Rated power Sn [VA] 0.2S 2.5 5 Rated power Sn [VA] 0.2S Rated power Sn [VA] / 225 Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology With flexible power supply – current transducers up to 12 A AC Active current transducers convert sinusoidal alternating currents up to 12 A. The integrated wide-range power supply unit enables use in various different countries. With hinged Rogowski sensor – current transducers up to 200 A AC The AC current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents up to 200 A. The hinged Rogowski sensor ensures very easy installation, as cables that are to be measured do not have to be isolated. This enables mounting to be carried out without interruptions. Limit value monitoring with the current protector At the current protector, a desired amperage is specified at which a PDT contact switches a load on or off. 226 PHOENIX CONTACT Flexible signal conditioning – current transducers up to 55 A AC/DC Current transducers up to 55 A offer an infinitely adjustable measuring range. This range is mapped over the entire output signal range. This ensures extremely accurate resolution of measured values. Basic configuration can be performed quickly via the DIP switches. Additional useful device functions can be set via the software. For high currents – current transducers up to 600 A AC/DC The universal current transducers are the ideal solution for measuring high currents with any waveform up to 600 A AC/DC. The product range offers various different devices in graded measuring ranges with current or voltage output. Voltage transducers, AC and DC Voltage transducers convert AC and DC voltages into standard analog signals. Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology For sinusoidal alternating currents up to 12 A – 3-way electrical isolation – Wide-range version from 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC – Voltage bridging with DIN rail connector – Input/output can be configured via DIP switches – Suitable for potentially explosive areas, thanks to ATEX approval for Ex zone 2 For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents up to 200 A – Distorted alternating currents up to 6000 Hz can be also acquired, thanks to true r.m.s. value measurement (RMS) – Uninterrupted installation and lossless current measurement thanks to hinged Rogowski sensor – Measuring range selection with slide switch Limit value monitoring The current protector converts sinusoidal alternating currents to binary switching signals. – Switching point can be freely selected in the measuring range of 0 ... 16 A AC – Changeover relay output – Adjustable switch hysteresis – 3-way isolation – Settable operating current/quiescent current behavior With flexible measuring ranges for all waveforms up to 55 A – Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS) – Optimum mapping of the measuring range up to 55 A, thanks to software-programmable upper and lower limits – Limit value alarm in the event of threshold value overrange or underrange up to 55 A – via relay or transistor output For high currents – current transducers up to 600 A AC/DC – Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS) – Compact dimensions also enable distributed use – Variable mounting on DIN rail and mounting plate – COMBICON plug-in connection terminal blocks – 3-way isolation – For a conductor diameter of up to 32 mm Voltage transducers, AC and DC – For DC voltages from 0 ... ±660 V DC and AC voltages from 0 ... 444 V AC – – – – Bidirectional output signals Adjustable voltage ranges ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20% 3-way isolation For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 227 Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology Current acquisition If purely ohmic loads (incandescent lamps, heaters, etc.) are operated on a conventional 230 V network, no distortions are produced on the power grid. As non-linear loads increase as a result of phase angle-controlled regulation modules, pure sinusoidal waves gradually take on a trapezoidal waveform. The majority of current and voltage transducers are calibrated for sinusoidal alternating currents, which means that they can only indicate the r.m.s. value of an alternating current by mean-value generation. True r.m.s. measuring transducers do not rely on specific form factors and accept all waveforms. r.m.s. value acquisition according to the transformer principle (RMS) According to Faraday's law of induction, a magnetic flux which changes over time produces an induced voltage at the terminals of a coil. A circuit arrangement consisting of two electrically isolated but magnetically coupled circuits is known as a transformer. This is one of the simplest and most commonly used methods of current transfer. True r.m.s. value acquisition according to the Rogowski principle (TRMS) The Rogowski measuring principle is used to measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents. A non-ferrous induction coil (air-core coil), known as the Rogowski coil, measures the magnetic voltage along a closed circumference around a live conductor. The output signal of the Rogowski coil is then conditioned so as to obtain an exact replica of the primary current. True r.m.s. value acquisition with a Hall sensor (TRMS) The magnetic flux generated by the primary current IP is condensed in the magnetic circuit and measured in the air gap using a Hall sensor. The output signal of the Hall sensor is then conditioned so as to obtain an exact replica of the primary current. r.m.s. value acquisition according to the transformer principle (RMS) True r.m.s. value acquisition according to the Rogowski principle (TRMS) Mean-value generation r.m.s. value (root mean square value) The r.m.s. value of an alternating current corresponds to the steady-state value that results from the instantaneous values of this current. This steady-state value generates the same thermal work in an ohmic resistor as a direct current of identical magnitude. The term “true r.m.s. value” simply means that distorted, direct, and pulsating currents can be acquired. Here, the measuring transducer is compatible with any waveform. For a sinusoidal AC current this means: I US Irm = S Ur = 2 2 Arithmetic average value The arithmetic average value is used to measure direct currents or filter a DC component out from a pulsating current. Applying the arithmetic average value to a symmetrical alternating current would result in a measured value of “0”. The arithmetic average value enables direct currents to be made available at the output in the form of standard analog signals. The polarity can be evaluated by means of a bipolar output signal. Analog OUT True r.m.s. value acquisition with a Hall sensor (TRMS) IS For a 230 V/50 Hz power grid, this results in the following with regard to the voltage levels: Urms = 230 V US = 325 V Uavg = Irms Iavg 0V Arithmetic average value 228 PHOENIX CONTACT Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology AC/DC current transducers and distorted currents The MCR-SL-CUC-... current transducers measure DC, AC, and distorted currents of 0 ... 600 A. – Universal current measurement, no shunt required – Compact dimensions also enable distributed use – Variable mounting on DIN rail and mounting plate – Simple connection method thanks to COMBICON plug-in connection terminal blocks – 3-way isolation For DC, AC, and distorted currents of 0 ... 300 A, voltage output For DC, AC, and distorted currents of 0 ... 600 A, current output   Housing width 90 mm Housing width 90 mm ADC IN μC 1.4 GND 1.3 NC NC 1.2 OUT I +24 V DC 1.1 +24 V DC 1.4 GND 1.3 OUT U 1.2 1.1 DAC U ADC IN Technical data Input data Frequency range Curve type Connection method Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB General data Supply voltage UB Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category / pollution degree Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada Overload capacity Universal current transducer Input current range: 0 ... 100 A Input current range: 0 ... 200 A Input current range: 0 ... 300 A Input current range: 0 ... 400 A Universal current transducer without UL approval Input current range: 0 ... 500 A Input current range: 0 ... 600 A 6 x IIN 3 x IIN 3.33 x IIN 2.5 x IIN 3.6 x IIN 3 x IIN µC I Technical data 20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz) AC, DC or distorted currents Cable design: 32 mm diameter 20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz) AC, DC or distorted currents Cable design: 32 mm diameter 0 ... 10 V ≥ 10 kΩ 4 ... 20 mA < 25 mA < 300 Ω 20 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 kΩ < 500 Ω 1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC) 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC) 19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V) 80 mA (Not short-circuit proof) 1% ... 110% 0.1 s ... 20 s Yellow LED 1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC) 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC) 19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V) 80 mA (Not short-circuit proof) 1% ... 110% 0.1 s ... 20 s Yellow LED 20 V DC ... 30 V DC < 50 mA (without load) < 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) typ. < 0.025%/K 330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC) as per EN 50178, EN 61010 300 V AC (to ground) III / 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 60°C 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 20 V DC ... 30 V DC < 50 mA (without load) < 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) typ. < 0.025%/K 330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC) as per EN 50178, EN 61010 300 V AC (to ground) III / 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 60°C 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6 CE-compliant Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6 Ordering data Description DAC µC 9 O UT I 10 O UT U SPAN 8 IN DAC SET TIME POINT ZERO 1A ADC SPAN 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Housing width 22.5 mm 5 6 7 SET TIME POINT ZERO 10A 5A  Ex:  Ordering data Type Order No. MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI1) MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC1) MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI1) MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC1) 2814650 2814731 2814634 2814715 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI1) MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC1) MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI1) MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC1) 2814663 2814744 2814647 2814728 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR current measuring transducer for measuring AC, DC, and distorted currents with relay and transistor switching output Configurable product Standard product Configurable product, without switching output Standard product, without switching output 230 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology Order key for the current transducers (standard configuration entered as example) Order No. 2814634 / 2814650 / Measuring range: Start End 0.00 / 2814634 = MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI 2814650 = MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI Order No. 2814647 2814663 0.00 Output / 5.00 / 5.00 / Measuring range starting value is between 0.00…7.50 A Measuring range final value between 0.2...11 A 0.00 = 0.00 A 5.00 = 5.00 A 50.0 / / 50.0 / 2814647 = MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI 2814663 = MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI 0.0 OUT01 OUT01 OUT02 OUT03 OUT04 OUT05 OUT06 OUT07 OUT08 OUT09 OUT10 OUT11 OUT12 OUT13 OUT14 OUT17 OUT18 Measuring range: Start End / 0.0 / Threshold value = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = / 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 20...0 mA 20...4 mA 10...0 V 10...2V 5...0 V 5...1 V -5...+5 V -10...+10 V +10...-10 V +5...-5 V Output / Measuring range start value is between 0.00…37.5 A Measuring range final value between 9.5...55 A 0.0 = 0.0 A 50.0 = 50.0 A Suppression time Operating behavior of relay and transistor OUT01 50 / 3.0 Switching threshold between 1 ... 110% between 0.1 ... 20 s 50 = 50% of set upper measuring range value (here: 2.5 A) 3.0 = 3 s Threshold value / Suppression time A / O A = Operating current controlled O = Overrange R = Closed-circuit current controlled U = Underrange Operating behavior and transistor OUT01 OUT01 OUT01 OUT02 OUT03 OUT04 OUT05 OUT06 OUT07 OUT08 OUT09 OUT10 OUT11 OUT12 OUT13 OUT14 OUT17 OUT18 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 20...0 mA 20...4 mA 10...0 V 10...2V 5...0 V 5...1 V -5...+5 V -10...+10 V +10...-10 V +5...-5 V / 50 / 3.0 Switching threshold between 1 ... 110% between 0.1 ... 20 s 50 = 50% of set upper measuring range value (here: 25 A) 3.0 = 3 s / A / O A = Operating current controlled O = Overrange R = Closed-circuit current controlled U = Underrange Function diagrams: Switching behavior of relay and transistor output: 1) Operating current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded 2) Operating current-controlled when below the threshold value I IN IIN SW condition SW condition t t ( H) Operating voltage UB ( H) Operating voltage UB ( L) ( L) t (1) Relay N/O contact and transistor output (0) t1 Relay N/O contact and transistor output t1 (0) t1 t (0) Relay N/C contact t (1) t (0) t1 t1 t (1) 3) Quiescent current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded Relay N/C contact (1) t1 4) Quiescent current-controlled when below the threshold value IIN IIN SW condition SW condition t Operating voltage UB ( H) t Operating voltage UB ( H) ( L) ( L) t (1) Relay N/O contact and transistor output t (0) t1 Relay N/O contact and transistor output t1 t (1) t1 t1 t (0) t1 t (0) (0) Relay N/C contact t (1) Relay N/C contact t1 (1) t (0) = N/O contact and transistor open / N/C contact closed (1) = N/O contact and transistor closed / N/C contact open For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 231 Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology AC current transducers, sinusoidal H H The MCR-SL-CAC-... current transducers measure sinusoidal alternating currents within the range 0 ... 1/5/12 A. – Wide-range version from 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC – 3-way isolation – Input/output can be configured using the DIP switch W D W D For sinusoidal alternating currents 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A Notes: For sinusoidal alternating currents 0 ... 5 A/0 ... 12 A 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571  Ex:  Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm OUT L(+) 1.1 OUT L(+) 1.1 L(+) 1.2 3.1 OUT1 L(+) 1.2 3.1 OUT1 N(-) 1.3 3.2 GND N(-) 1.3 3.2 GND N(-) 1.4 3.3 GND N(-) 1.4 3.3 GND 3.4 GND 3.4 GND 4.1 1A 4.1 12A 4.2 5A 4.2 5A 4.3 NC 4.3 NC 4.4 4.4 IN IN Technical data Input data Input current (configurable) Nominal frequency Frequency range Curve type Overload capacity Surge strength Connection method Output data Output signal (configurable) Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category Input/output Pollution degree Test voltage input/output Test voltage output/power supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA / Canada Technical data 0 A AC ... 1 A AC (configurable) / 0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable) 50 Hz 45 Hz ... 65 Hz Sine 2 x IN (continuous) 20 x IN (1 s) Screw terminal block 0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable) / 0 A AC ... 12 A AC (configurable) 50 Hz 45 Hz ... 65 Hz Sine 1 x IN (continuous) 8 x IN (1 s) Screw terminal block 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 25 mA < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA) MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC < 32 mA (at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA) ≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1) 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC < 30 mA (at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA) ≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 25 mA < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA) MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1) 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC < 33 mA (at 24 V DC) ≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) < 0.02%/K max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms acc. to EN 61010 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F) 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 < 0.02%/K max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms acc. to EN 61010 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F) 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 < 0.02%/K < 300 ms acc. to EN 61010 300 V AC (to ground) III 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F) 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X -  II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X UL 508 Recognized Ordering data Description MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal alternating currents Supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC   Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1) MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1) 2810612 2810625 1 1 2707437 50 Accessories DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage (19.2...30 V DC), can be snapped on to 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715 232 PHOENIX CONTACT ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN Type Order No. MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1) 2810638 Accessories Pcs. / Pkt. 1 Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology AC current transducers, sinusoidal and distorted The MCR-SL-S-...00-... current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents within the range 0 ... 200 A. – True/r.m.s. value measurement from 30...6000 Hz – Measuring range selection with slide switch – Loop-powered – Can be retrofitted with the open-up Rogowski coil D W H D W H For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents, 0 ... 200 A, voltage output For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents, 0 ... 200 A, current output (loop-powered)  Ex:   Ex:  Housing width 55 mm Housing width 55 mm OUT OUT GND IN Input data Input current (configurable) Operate threshold Frequency range Curve type Overload capacity Surge strength Connection method Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Cable position error Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category / pollution degree Test voltage input/output Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada = OUT = MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents Input current range: 0...50/75/100 A Input current range: 0..0.100/150/200 A   I OUT +24V +24V Technical data Technical data ...-S-100-U ...-S-200-U 0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A) 0 A ... 200 A (0..100/150/200 A) 1% (of final value) 30 Hz ... 6000 Hz Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal Depending on laid conductor Depending on through connected conductor Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm ...-S-100-I-LP ...-S-200-I-LP 0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A) 0 A ... 200 A (0...100/150/200 A) 1% (of final value) 30 Hz ... 6000 Hz Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal Depending on laid conductor Depending on through connected conductor Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V ((0 V ... 10 V) 14 V, (0 V ... 5 V) 7 V) ≥ 10 kΩ 4 ... 20 mA < 25 mA ((UB - 12 V) x 350 / 12 A) 20 V DC ... 30 V DC < 30 mA < 1% (of final value) < 0.63% < 0.035%/K < 340 ms As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326 300 V AC (to ground) III / 2 5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 60°C 55 / 85 / 70.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 20 V DC ... 30 V DC < 1% (of final value) < 0.63% < 0.025%/K < 340 ms As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326 300 V AC (to ground) III / 2 5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 60°C 55 / 85 / 70.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant cULus CE-compliant cULus Ordering data Description U IN Type Ordering data Order No. MCR-SL-S-100-U MCR-SL-S-200-U 2813457 2813460 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 Type Order No. MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP 2813486 2813499 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 233 Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology Passive AC current transducers, sinusoidal Notes: D W H 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 The MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 passive current transducer measures sinusoidal alternating currents within the range 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A. – Loop-powered – Measuring ranges 1 A and 5 A AC, reconnectable For sinusoidal alternating currents 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A  Housing width 22.5 mm IN 1A 5A NC OUT IOUT 1 2 3 4 9 OUT I J 10 500 OUT U 11 GND 12 GND Technical data Input data Input current Frequency range Curve type Overload capacity 1 A input 0 A AC ... 5 A AC 45 Hz ... 60 Hz Sine 2 x IN (5 min. at 60°C ambient temperature) 50 A (1 s) 1.2 x IN Screw connection U output 0 ... 10 V 20 V > 100 kΩ Surge strength Permissible output range Connection method Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category / pollution degree Test voltage input/output Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance < 50 mVPP 5 A input 0 A AC ... 0.005 A AC 45 Hz ... 60 Hz Sine 100 A (1 s) 1.2 x IN Screw connection I output 0 ... 20 mA 30 mA < 750 Ω < 250 Ω (when current and voltage outputs are used simultaneously) < 50 mVPP < 0.5% (of final value) < 0.015%/K < 200 ms as per EN 50178, EN 61010 300 V AC (to ground) III / 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -25°C ... 60°C 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant Ordering data Description   Type Order No. MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-01) 2814359 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR passive current measuring transducers for sinusoidal alternating currents 234 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology AC current protectors, sinusoidal Notes: D W H 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 The MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24 current protector converts sinusoidal 50 Hz/60 Hz alternating currents into binary switching signals. – Switching point can be freely selected in the measuring range of 0...16 A AC – Changeover relay output – Adjustable switch hysteresis – 3-way isolation – Settable operating current/quiescent current behavior For sinusoidal alternating currents, 0 ... 16 A AC  Housing width 22.5 mm SETPOINT 5 6 7 8 Delay IN = 24V DC 13 GND 14 NC 15 NC 16 = 12 11 14 NC OUT Technical data Input data Input current Frequency range Curve type Overload capacity Connection method Switching output Contact type Contact material Maximum switching current 0 A AC ... 16 A AC 45 Hz ... 65 Hz Sine 2 x IN (continuous) Through connection, diameter 4.2 mm Relay output 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC) 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC) Adjustable using a DIP switch (0.5%, 5%, 10%, 15%) Switching hysteresis Response delay Operating and closed circuit current behavior Relay status display General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Setting accuracy Temperature coefficient Step response (10 - 90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category / pollution degree Test voltage input/output Test voltage input/power supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance Typ. 0.1 s ... 10 s (Adjustable using a potentiometer) Adjustable using a DIP switch Yellow LED (relay active) 20 V DC ... 30 V DC < 30 mA < 0.5% < 0.02%/K 40 ms as per EN 50178, EN 61010-1 300 V AC (to ground) III / 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant L1 N Ordering data Description Lighting system 10 40 30 Emergency lighting L2 N 20 K NC RELAY ACTIV 50 14 Type Order No. MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 241) 2864464 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR current protector for sinusoidal alternating currents 0 SETPOINT 11 DELAY TIME 12   MCR - SL - S - 16 - SP - 24 1 + 24V GND NC NC 24V Mains voltage Lighting system with emergency lighting For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 235 Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology Voltage transducers D W H D W H The MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC voltage transducer measures DC voltages within the range 0 ... ±660 V DC. The MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC voltage transducer measures sinusoidal AC voltages from 0 ... 444 V AC. – Bidirectional output signals – Adjustable voltage ranges – ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20% – 3-way isolation For DC voltages 0 ... ±660 V DC For sinusoidal AC voltages 0...444 V AC Notes:   1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm IN ±550V ±370V ±250V ±170V ±120V ±80V ±54V ±36V ±24V GND 1 IN OUT 9 OUT I 10 OUT U 11 GND2 12 GND2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 OUT I 10 OUT U 11 GND2 12 GND2 0-370V 1 0-250V 2 0-170V 3 0-120V 4 13 + 24VDC 14 + 24VDC 15 GND3 16 GND3 J J J OUT 8 0-80V 0-54V 0-36V 0-24V GND 1 5 6 7 J J 8 Technical data Input data Input voltage range / resistor -550 V DC ... 550 V DC -370 V DC ... 370 V DC -250 V DC ... 250 V DC -170 V DC ... 170 V DC -120 V DC ... 120 V DC -80 V DC ... 80 V DC -54 V DC ... 54 V DC -36 V DC ... 36 V DC -24 V DC ... 24 V DC ±20% / ±20% U output -10 ... 10 V ±15 V > 10 kΩ < 50 mVPP ZERO / SPAN adjustment Frequency range Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10 - 90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category / pollution degree Test voltage input/output Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance Technical data 550 kΩ 370 kΩ 250 kΩ 170 kΩ 120 kΩ 80 kΩ 54 kΩ 36 kΩ 24 kΩ I output -20 ... 20 mA ±30 mA < 500 Ω < 50 mVPP 0 V ... 370 V AC 0 V ... 250 V AC 0 V ... 170 V AC 0 V ... 120 V AC 0 V ... 80 V AC 0 V ... 54 V AC 0 V ... 36 V AC 0 V ... 24 V AC 370 kΩ 250 kΩ 170 kΩ 120 kΩ 80 kΩ 54 kΩ 36 kΩ 24 kΩ ±20% / ±20% 45 Hz ... 400 Hz U output 0 ... 10 V 15 V > 10 kΩ < 50 mVPP I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 30 mA < 500 Ω < 50 mVPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC < 50 mA < 1% (of final value) < 0.015%/K 40 Hz 12 ms acc. to EN 50178 II / 2 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -25°C ... 50°C 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC < 45 mA < 1.5% (of final value) 250 ms acc. to EN 50178 300 V DC III / 2 3.3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -25°C ... 60°C 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant CE-compliant Ordering data Description   13 + 24VDC 14 + 24VDC 15 GND3 16 GND3 Ordering data Type Order No. MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC1) 2811116 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC1) 2811103 Pcs. / Pkt. MCR voltage measuring transducer, for DC voltages from 0...±20 V DC to 0...±660 V DC 1 MCR voltage transducer, for sinusoidal AC voltages from 0...20 V AC to 0...440 V AC 236 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 Monitoring Current and voltage measuring technology Accessories Configuration software package The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable MCR measuring transducers. – Straightforward menu interface – Rapid programming Notes: The software runs under the following operating systems: Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™. For MCR-S-... current transducer Ordering data Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 1 2814317 1 MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-, MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM Accessories Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces) MCR-ET 38X35 WH USB adapter cable Software adapter cable The following adapter cables are available for programming the MCR-S... current transducers: – USB adapter cable – Software adapter cable For MCR-S-... current transducer Ordering data Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 1 2814388 1 2761295 1 USB adapter cable, D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB), 1.2 m long, for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and MCR-F-... modules MCR-TTL-RS232-E Accessories Adapter cable, stranded, 9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 237 Monitoring Solar and PV system monitoring Utilize solar electricity efficiently Detect errors – increase efficiency: photovoltaic systems should achieve maximum energy yield within the shortest possible time. SOLARCHECK provides reliable information regarding the performance of your photovoltaic system. It can be used to detect faults, which may be caused by damaged panels, defective contacts or damage in the cabling. This allows you to implement countermeasures quickly, thereby increasing the efficiency of your system. 238 PHOENIX CONTACT Current topic: reliable monitoring Whether a small roof-top system on a family home or a megawatt outdoor system: for reliable operation, the photovoltaic market requires monitoring systems where status information is continuously available and visualization is easy. Phoenix Contact offers a comprehensive portfolio of hardware and software products specifically designed for this purpose. Energy of the future From installation to monitoring - in the “Components and systems for photovoltaics” brochure you will find further innovative solutions for your photovoltaic system, such as: – Connection technology – Surge protection – Hardware and software solutions – Generator connection boxes – Tools and marking Monitoring Solar and PV system monitoring GSM E I2 I10 US RDY FAIL I5 I6 I13 I14 UM BSA PF I7 I8 I15 I16 AV TR UL MRESET STOP RUN/PROG LNK ACT SCK-C-MODBUS Modbus RTU slave SCK-C-MODBUS Modbus RTU slave 1....8 x SCK-M-... +24V GND1 GND1 COM COM B A T5 T7 0...10V P_OUT 0...10V P_OUT SCK BUS SCK-M-I-4S-20A Order No. 2903242 P TX P TX SCK BUS D_IN P TX D_IN SCK BUS SCK-M-I-4S-... 0...10V P_OUT STRING CURRENT STRING CURRENT P TX D_IN SCK BUS 0...10V UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN P TX SCK BUS D_IN P TX D_IN P - In 24V 0V ≤4 x 0...20 A DC 2...10 V OUT ≤8 x 0...20 A DC SCK-M-U-1500V Order No. 2903591 + PE- ≤8 x 0...20 A DC + ! 1 x 1500 V 1 x 1500 V ≤4 x 0...20 A DC P - In 24V 0V ≤8 x 0...20 A DC 2...10 V OUT SCK-M-U-1500V - ≤8 x 0...20 A DC SCK-M-U-1500V Order No. 2903591 + PE- P_OUT VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC + ! SCK-M-I-8S-... 0...10V STRING CURRENT VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC - P_OUT UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN STRING CURRENT STRING CURRENT D_IN SCK-M-I-8S-... 0...10V UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN SCK-M-I-8S-20A Order No. 2903241 SCK-M-I-8S-20A Order No. 2903241 SCK-M-I-4S-... SCK-M-I-8S-4A SCK-M-I-8S-20A Order No. 2903241 2903239 SCK-M-I-8S-... STRING CURRENT SCK BUS A T6 T8 UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN SCK-M-U-1500V B T5 T7 SCK-M-I-8S-... P_OUT GND2 GND2 T6 T8 SCK-M-I-8S-4A SCK-M-I-4S-20A Order No. 2903242 2903239 GND2 GND2 GND1 GND1 SCK-M-I-8S-4A SCK-M-I-8S-20A Order No. 2903241 2903239 +24V 1....8 x SCK-M-... Easy integration in monitoring systems The modular Solarcheck monitoring system consists of various measuring modules for current and voltage measurement and an associated communication module. The communication module collects the measured values from the current measuring modules and forwards them to a higherlevel controller. You can acquire up to eight or four string currents with one current measuring module each. A maximum of eight current measuring modules of any type can be connected to one communication module. The 2-conductor communication cable is also used to supply the measuring modules with power. This means that no additional power supply unit is required in the field. The voltage measuring module is usually connected to and also supplied via the analog input provided on the 8-channel current measuring modules. 1500 V DC Contact-free current measurement Contact-free measurement using Hall sensors offers many advantages: – Safe isolation is already ensured by the cable insulation. – No contact resistance due to additional contact points. – The current is forwarded safely as the line circuit is not directly accessed. Space-saving installation without an additional power supply unit With a width of just 22.5 mm, the narrow measuring module bundles the cables in a confined space. – The 2-conductor communication cable is also used to supply the measuring modules. – This means that one communication module supplies up to eight measuring modules – without an additional power supply unit. Flexible expansion Optional extension of voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC. – Also suitable for grounded systems. – Suitable for PV systems with extra high system voltages. – Flexible use, even outside the Solarcheck system. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 239 Monitoring Solar and PV system monitoring PV string monitoring Solarcheck Notes: H 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 D The modular Solarcheck monitoring system consists of various devices for current and voltage measurement and an associated communication module. W Communication module: – For connecting and collecting measured values from up to eight measuring modules – Provision of data for transfer to higherlevel controllers Communication module RS-485 (Modbus RTU) Current measuring modules: – 8-channel current measurement up to 20 A DC – Detection of reverse currents up to -1 A – 4-channel extension modules for 20 A DC – Internal temperature monitoring – Digital input for monitoring, e.g., the remote indication contacts of surge protection modules – Supply via the communication module Voltage measuring module – Voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC in any grounded PV system – Connection and supply is usually via the analog input provided (0 ... 10 V) on the 8-channel Solarcheck current measuring module – Output of the voltage measured value as a 2 ... 10 V analog signal – As an option, can also be removed from the Solarcheck group and used separately Housing width 22.5 mm T1 T2 RS-485 T4 T5 T6 A B INPUT SCK-MODBUS T3 GND2 C GND2 +24 V DC T7 DC +24 V GND1 GND1 T8 Technical data Supply Supply voltage 24 V DC -10% ... +25% Own current consumption Measuring input Current measuring range Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Reverse current detection Number of measuring channels Voltage measuring range Connection method Digital input Controlled by external floating contact Analog input Input voltage range Analog output Output voltage range SCK-C-MODBUS data interface Cable length (for 0.15 mm2) Communication protocol Serial port Serial transmission speed Cable length Communication protocol General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance 12 mA RS-485 9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps ≤ 1200 m Modbus RTU IP20 -20°C ... 70°C 22.5 / 102 / 106 mm 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 CE-compliant Ordering data Description   Type Order No. SCK-C-MODBUS1) 2901674 Pcs. / Pkt. Communication module Current measuring module, 8-channel Current measuring module, 4-channel for extension Voltage measuring module 240 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 Monitoring Solar and PV system monitoring H H W D H W D Current measuring module, 20 A DC, 8-channel D Extension module, 4-channel Current measurement 20 A DC Housing width 22.5 mm W Voltage measuring module, 0...1500 V DC Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Digital IN μC + 0...10V – SCKBUS OUT Digital IN COM mC SCKBUS OUT RX U1 COM U-IN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U_OUT 0...1500 V DC RX 1 2 3 4 8x I-IN U2 4x I-IN P_IN 0V 24 V Technical data Technical data Technical data - - 24 V DC -10% ... +25% (or via SCK-M-I-8S-...) 45 mA 45 mA 35 mA 0 A ... 20 A ±1% (From the measuring range final value) 0.02%/K (From T > 25°C) -1 A ... 0 A 8 Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter 0 A ... 20 A ±1% (From the measuring range final value) 0.02%/K (From T > 25°C) -1 A ... 0 A 4 Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter 1% (After additional adjustment) < 0.03%/K 1 0 V DC ... 1500 V DC Screw connection Floating switch contacts - - 0 V ... 10 V - - - - 2 V ... 10 V max. 300 m Proprietary max. 300 m Proprietary max. 0.5 m - - - - IP20 -20°C ... 70°C 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 IP20 -20°C ... 70°C 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 IP20 -20°C ... 70°C 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 CE-compliant CE-compliant CE-compliant Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. SCK-M-I-8S-20A 2903241 Pcs. / Pkt. Ordering data Type Order No. SCK-M-I-4S-20A 2903242 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. SCK-M-U-1500V 2903591 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 241 Monitoring Residual current monitoring Detect errors before they actually occur RCM devices provide residual current monitoring in grounded power supply systems. They detect residual currents at an early stage, such as those that occur as a result of insulation errors. They can therefore be used to prevent forced system shutdown. Plans can be made to remove errors outside of operating hours. RCM devices also act as a form of fire prevention. Increasing use is being made of equipment such as frequency inverters. In the event of an error, residual currents with a frequency of up to 50 kHz can be generated. Type B+ RCM devices from Phoenix Contact are already able to detect residual currents with frequencies up to 100 kHz. This far exceeds present-day requirements of 20 kHz for type B+ devices. Single-phase Single-phase with smoothing Three-phase star circuit Type A – – Type B Type B Type B Circuit Correct load current Residual current to ground potential Solution 242 PHOENIX CONTACT Monitoring Residual current monitoring Residual currents can increase continually due to gradual processes. This can be attributed to humidity or conductive dirt on live parts, for example. Residual current circuit breakers trip at different rated residual currents In, depending on their type. Additionally installed residual current monitoring devices prevent sudden system downtimes thanks to early warnings. The continuous supply of information about gradually increasing residual currents allows timely intervention. Unplanned system failures can be avoided. In Ialarm t Normal operation Warning range Normal operation following intervention System failure Full bridge circuit Semi-controlled full bridge circuit Full bridge circuit between phase conductors Three-phase full bridge circuit Phase-controlled modulator Burst control Type A Type A – – Type A Type A Type B Type B Type B Type B Type B Type B For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 243 Monitoring Residual current monitoring Residual current monitoring - RCM – Adjustable residual response current of 30 mA to 3 A – Adjustable pre-alarm threshold and delay time – Actual differential current can be read via LED display – Remote signaling for main and pre-alarm kHz Notes: Cables for type B+ converter connection (RJ45, 4-pair, 1:1 line) can be found in the accessories section by entering the order number (RCM/converter) at: www.phoenixcontact.net/products RCM type B+ for smooth and pulsating DC and AC residual currents up to 100 kHz Total width 71.6 mm Converter for RCM type B+ Total width 65.5 mm RJ 45 U U I I 12 14 A1 A2 11 Alarm RJ 45 12 14 11 Pre-alarm Technical data Electrical data Nominal voltage range Nominal frequency fN Rated current In Max. required back-up fuse RCM data Rated response differential current Idyn Differential current acquisition characteristic 3A Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz) Response differential current IΔn Discrimination threshold main alarm Technical data ...SCT-35 125 A - ...SCT-70 200 A - ...SCT-105 300 A - 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable) 80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn) 3A Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz) 0.03 A ... 3 A - 3A Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz) 0.03 A ... 3 A - 3A Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz) 0.1 A ... 3 A - Discrimination threshold pre-alarm 10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable) - - - Response time for 2 x IΔn Thermal permanent differential current Icth 0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable) - Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp General data Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Maximum permissible outside diameter of cables Housing material Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Test standards Test standards Pollution degree Surge voltage category Mounting Mounting type 4 kV 150 A (50 Hz/20 kHz) 3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz) 8 kV 150 A (50 Hz/20 kHz) Thermal rated short-time differential current Ith 150 A (50 Hz/20 kHz) 3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz) 8 kV 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 polycarbonate -25°C ... 65°C IP20 DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 / DIN VDE 0664-110 2 III Remote indication contact Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Max. operating voltage Max. operating current PDT contact 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC 5 A (cos phi > 0.9) 85 V AC ... 264 V AC 50 Hz (60 Hz) 16 A (B) 23.00 mm 2 IV DIN rail: 35 mm 8 kV 46.00 mm 70.00 mm polycarbonate -20°C ... 65°C IP20 DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 / VDE 0414 / DIN V VDE V 0664-110 2 2 IV IV Screw mounting Screw mounting Screw mounting - Ordering data Description 3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz) Ordering data Type Order No. RCM-B/50/85-264V 2806210 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. RCM-B-SCT- 35 RCM-B-SCT- 70 RCM-B-SCT-105 2806223 2806236 2806249 Pcs. / Pkt. Evaluation unit Current transformer 20 mm Ø 30 mm Ø 35 mm Ø 70 mm Ø 105 mm Ø 140 mm Ø 210 mm Ø 244 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 1 1 Monitoring Residual current monitoring RCM type A for pulsating DC and AC residual currents with 50/60 Hz Converter for RCM type A Total width 71.6 mm Converter for RCM type A Total width 32 mm Total width 33 mm k l A1 A2 12 14 = 11 Alarm 12 14 l k 11 l k Pre-alarm Technical data Technical data Technical data 85 V AC ... 264 V AC 50 Hz (60 Hz) 16 A (B) ...SCT-20 50 A - ...SCT-30 100 A - ...SCT-35 125 A - ...SCT-70 200 A - ...SCT-105 250 A - ...SCT-140 350 A - ...SCT-210 400 A - 3A Type A (50 / 60 Hz) 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable) 80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn) 3A Type A (50 / 60 Hz) 0.03 A ... 3 A - 3A Type A (50 / 60 Hz) 0.03 A ... 3 A - 3A Type A (50 / 60 Hz) 0.03 A ... 3 A - 3A Type A (50 / 60 Hz) 0.03 A ... 3 A - 3A Type A (50 / 60 Hz) 0.03 A ... 3 A - 3A Type A (50 / 60 Hz) 0.03 A ... 3 A - 3A Type A (50 / 60 Hz) 0.03 A ... 3 A - 10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable) - - - - - - - 0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable) - 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In - 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 4 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 polycarbonate -25°C ... 65°C IP20 DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 2 III 13.00 mm 2 IV DIN rail: 35 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 20.00 mm 23.00 mm 46.00 mm polycarbonate -20°C ... 65°C IP20 (terminal blocks) DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 / VDE 0414 2 2 2 IV IV IV DIN rail: 35 mm PDT contact 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC 5 A (cos phi > 0.9) Ordering data Type Order No. RCM-A/50/85-264V 2806016 Pcs. / Pkt. DIN rail: 35 mm Screw mounting 70.00 mm 2 IV Screw mounting 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 93.00 mm 140.00 mm polycarbonate -20°C ... 65°C IP20 (terminal blocks) DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 / VDE 0414 2 2 IV IV Screw mounting Screw mounting Screw mounting - - Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. RCM-A-SCT- 20 RCM-A-SCT- 30 RCM-A-SCT- 35 RCM-A-SCT- 70 2806045 2806058 2806061 2806074 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. RCM-A-SCT-105 RCM-A-SCT-140 RCM-A-SCT-210 2806087 2806090 2806100 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 1 245 Monitoring Components for E-Mobility EV Charge Control charging controller EV Charge Control is the charging controller used to charge electric vehicles on the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1. The control and monitoring functions that are defined here for charging mode 3 serve as the basis for the equipment. – Control Pilot evaluation and control – Monitoring of the PE protective ground connection – Evaluation of the proximity – Control of the charge contactor and locking actuators Plug-in charging systems For information on plug-in charging systems, see Catalog 2, connection technology for field devices. Additional functions: All necessary control functions are integrated in a single device. No additional controller is required. – Easy configuration directly at the device or via the integrated web server – Adjustable charging current limitation of 6 ... 80 A – Parameterizable automatic rejection of charging cables with low current carrying capacity – Automatic or manual locking as well as selection of DC motor or magnetic locking actuators – Optional locking confirmation and external enabling as a switching requirement – Integration into your charging infrastructure via Ethernet interface (Modbus/TCP) – Charging process enabling, status requests, and dynamic load management via remote access – 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs – Two digital outputs configurable via web server – 4 relay outputs EV Charge Control IEC G195 Mode 3 Charging controller 0 1 9 2 8 3 7 6 5 4 Charging contactor Simple charging point with permanently connected cable Central controller 0 1 2 89 3 7 6 5 4 Charging controller 0 1 9 2 8 3 7 6 5 4 LNK1 ACT1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 EV Charge Control 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 IEC G195 Mode 3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 0 1 9 2 8 3 7 6 5 4 M DC motor Lock Charging contactor EV Charge Control charging controller in conjunction with a central controller 246 PHOENIX CONTACT Monitoring Components for E-Mobility EV Charge Control charging controller EV Charge Control – Charging controller for charging electric vehicles on AC mains according to IEC 61851-1. H D W EV Charge Lock Release – Optional extension module for plug release in the event of mains failure. Notes: Charging controller For information on plug-in charging systems, see Catalog 2, connection technology for field devices. Mains power failure plug enable Housing width 71.6 mm Housing width 35.6 mm Technical data Input Description of the input Nominal input voltage UN Input current Input ranges Switching output Output description Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current Switching output Output description Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching current Switching output Output description Maximum output voltage Maximum output current Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed Transmission length General data Supply voltage Supply voltage range Maximum current consumption Own current consumption Frequency range Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance Technical data Digital input 24 V 8 mA (24 V) -3 V ... 5 V (Off) 15 V ... 30 V (On) Signal input 12 V Approx. 5 mA (at 12 V) -3 V ... 3 V (Off) -30 V ... -10 V (Locking ON) 10 V ... 30 V (Unlocking ON) Relay output C1.2 and V1.2 250 V AC 6A Relay output Approx. 11.5 V (Operating/capacitor voltage minus the diode voltage of ~ 0.5 V) 4A Relay output R1.3 and R2.4 30 V AC/DC 6A - Digital output 30 V 0.6 A - RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps 100 m (with shielded, twisted-pair data cable) - 12 V DC ±5% - 110 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range) 95 V AC ... 264 V AC 40 mA 45 Hz ... 65 Hz IP20 -25°C ... 60°C 71.6 / 61 / 90 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 4 A (4 mA in idle state) IP20 -25°C ... 60°C 35.6 / 61 / 90 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant CE-compliant Ordering data Description Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. EM-EV-CLR-12V 2903246 Pcs. / Pkt. EV Charge Control charging controller EM-CP-PP-ETH 2902802 1 Mains failure plug release EV Charge Lock Release For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 247 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules For high system availability EMD monitoring relays can be used to detect deviations in important system parameters at an early stage. These can be indicated or system parts can be shut down selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure error-free and cost-effective operation of your system. They are an inexpensive solution for numerous monitoring functions. – Surge voltage and undervoltage – Overcurrent and undercurrent – Phase failure, phase sequence, and phase asymmetry – Power factor and real power – Motor winding temperature – Levels For system monitoring, choose from two product ranges: compact or multifunctional monitoring relays. 248 PHOENIX CONTACT Perfect timing ETD timer relays ensure optimum time sequences. The modules are the cost-effective alternative to a PLC: with easy configuration and fast wiring. Choose from two product ranges for your ideal time control application: – Ultra-narrow timer relays each with one time range and one function – Multifunctional timer relays with selectable time ranges and functions Professionally packaged components Special function modules with professional housing and connection technology can be used to integrate electronic components in your system. They can be used to perform a variety of tasks: – Diode modules provide protection against polarity reversal. In addition, they decouple messages in fault reporting systems. – Lamp testing modules decouple signals in isolation in the field of fault reporting technology. – Display modules simplify troubleshooting and provide help for monitoring processes. Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Compact monitoring relays Ideal for simple monitoring tasks – from series production to building installation. – Compact installation housing – Quick and tool-free wiring with push-in technology – Parameters can be adjusted easily using rotary switches – Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status LED Multifunctional monitoring relays – Parameters can be adjusted easily using rotary switches – Fast error detection, thanks to fine tuning and short response times – Worldwide use, thanks to wide-range power supply unit or plug-in transformer – Space saving – with two PDT outputs in 22.5 mm wide housing – Electrically isolated measuring and supply circuits – Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status LEDs Multifunctional timer relays For universal use thanks to wide range of functions. – Just three versions for all conventional time control applications. – Two floating PDT outputs on a design width of just 22.5 mm – Supply voltage via wide-range power supply unit – Optimum setting of times ranging from milliseconds to several days Special function modules Special function modules transform components such as diodes into a shock-proof and dust-proof electronics module. – Easy installation, thanks to electronics housing with IP20 protection that can be installed in a control cabinet – Fast mounting on DIN rails, thanks to the foot catch – User-friendly wiring, thanks to practical connection technology Ultra-narrow timer relays The space-saving and inexpensive solution for simple time control applications. – Each with one time range and one function – Design width of just 6.2 mm - saves up to 70% space compared to conventional timer relays – Precise time setting using the illuminated thumbwheel – Fast wiring through the use of plug-in bridges For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 249 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Single-phase current and voltage monitoring Single-phase current monitoring The EMD-BL-C-10 monitors AC currents from 0 ... 10 A. – Adjustable response delay – 0 ... 5 A or 0 ... 10 A measuring range – Adjustable via rotary switch on the front Single-phase voltage monitoring The EMD-BL-V-230 monitors DC and AC voltages. – 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC – Separately adjustable response delay – Adjustable monitoring range – Adjustable via potentiometer on the front H H W D W D Current monitoring, 1-phase Overcurrent, undercurrent, window Voltage monitoring, 1-phase Undervoltage, window Housing width 17.5 mm Housing width 17.5 mm 16 18 16 18 Li U1 24 V DC Lk U2 24 V AC N U3 230 V AC 15 U = 230 V AC 15 GND Technical data Technical data Functions Overcurrent, undercurrent, window Undervoltage, window Input Input ranges Input ranges Input resistance Min. setting range Max. setting range Setting range for response delay Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption 0 V DC ... 24 V DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 0 V AC ... 24 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 0 V AC ... 230 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) - 0 A ... 5 A AC 0 A ... 10 A AC (Configurable via rotary switches) 3 mΩ 5% ... 95% (From IN) 10% ... 100% (From IN) 0.1 s ... 10 s ≤ 5% (of the nominal value) ±5% (of the nominal value) ≤ 2% 75% ... 115% (From UN) 80% ... 120% (From UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC) 1 x 105 cycles 15 x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC) 1 x 105 cycles 15 x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 230 V AC ±15% 5 VA (0.8 W) Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25% ... +20% (= measuring voltage) 10 VA (At 230 V AC (0.6 W)) 1.3 VA (At 24 V AC (0.8 W)) 0.6 W (at 24 V DC) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant CE-compliant Ordering data Description Ordering data Type Order No. EMD-BL-C-10-PT 2903522 EMD-BL-C-10 2903521 Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 EMD-BL-V-230-PT 2903524 1 1 EMD-BL-V-230 2903523 1 Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection Compact monitoring relays with screw connection 250 PHOENIX CONTACT Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Three-phase voltage monitoring, phase monitoring Three-phase voltage monitoring The EMD-BL-3V-400 monitors threephase AC voltages. – 3~ 400 V AC/230 V AC ±30% – Separately adjustable response delay – Adjustable monitoring range – Adjustable via potentiometer on the front – Supply from the measuring circuit Phase monitoring The EMD-BL-PH-400 monitors threephase AC voltages. – 3~ 208 ... 480 V AC/120 ... 277 V AC – Adjustable response delay – Adjustable asymmetry: 5 ... 25%/OFF – Adjustable via potentiometer on the front – Supply from the measuring circuit H H W D W D Voltage monitoring, 3-phase Window, phase sequence Phase monitoring Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry Housing width 17.5 mm Housing width 17.5 mm 16 18 16 18 L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 15 15 Technical data Technical data Functions Input Monitoring range Input ranges Input resistance Min. setting range Max. setting range Setting range for response delay Asymmetry Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Window, phase sequence Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry 280 V AC ... 519 V AC 3~ 400/230 V 70% ... 120% (From UN) 80% ... 130% (From UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s ≤ 5% (of the nominal value) ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 187 V AC ... 519 V AC 3~ 208 ... 480 V/120 ... 277 V 0.1 s ... 10 s 5 % ... 25% / OFF ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC) 1 x 105 cycles 15 x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC) 1 x 105 cycles 15 x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) ±30% (= measuring voltage) 10 VA (1 W) Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) ±10% (= measuring voltage) 10 VA ((1 W) at 400 V/50 Hz) 16 VA ((1.5 W) at 480 V/60 Hz) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant CE-compliant Ordering data Description Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection EMD-BL-3V-400-PT 2903526 1 EMD-BL-PH-480-PT 2903528 1 EMD-BL-3V-400 2903525 1 EMD-BL-PH-480 2903527 1 Compact monitoring relays with screw connection For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 251 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Single-phase current monitoring H H EMD-...C... monitoring relays monitor DC and AC currents within the range 0 ... 10 A. – Separately adjustable startup and release delays – Variable supply voltage range – Adjustable via potentiometer on front W D W D Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring Overcurrent or undercurrent monitoring   Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm 16 18 16 18 26 28 I1 100 mA I1 100 mA I2 1A I2 1A I3 10 A I3 10 A 15 GND 25 U = 24...240 V AC/DC Technical data Input resistance Min. setting range Max. setting range Setting range for response delay Setting range for starting delay Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada U = 24 V DC 24...230 V AC Technical data Overcurrent, undercurrent, window, error memory EMD-SL-C-OC-10 Overcurrent 0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND) 0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND) 0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND) 470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A) 0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND) 0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND) 0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND) 470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A) 5% ... 95% (From IN) 10% ... 100% (From IN) 0.1 s ... 10 s 0 s ... 10 s ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 5% ... 95% (From IN) 10% ... 100% (From IN) 0.2 s ... 10 s ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 1 floating PDT 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 4.5 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Description POWER MODULE A2 Functions Input Input ranges 15 GND A1 A1 A2 EMD-SL-C-UC-10 Undercurrent Ordering data Type Order No. EMD-FL-C-101) 2866022 Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. EMD-SL-C-OC-10 EMD-SL-C-UC-10 2866019 2867937 1 1 EMD-SL-PS- 24DC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2885359 2866103 2866116 2885731 2866129 1 1 1 1 1 Electronic monitoring relay Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time! Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC 252 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Single-phase voltage monitoring H H EMD-...V... monitoring relays monitor DC and AC voltages within the range 0 ... 300 V. – Separately adjustable startup and release delays – Variable supply voltage range – Adjustable via potentiometer on front W D W D Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Undervoltage and overvoltage monitoring Undervoltage monitoring   Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm 16 18 16 18 26 28 U1 30 V U1 30 V U2 60 V U2 60 V U3 300 V U3 300 V 15 GND 25 U = 24...240 V AC/DC 15 GND A1 A1 A2 A2 Technical data POWER MODULE U = 24 V DC 24...230 V AC Technical data Functions Input Input ranges Input resistance Min. setting range Max. setting range Setting range for response delay Setting range for starting delay Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada Undervoltage, overvoltage, window, error memory Undervoltage 0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 5% ... 95% (From UN) 10% ... 100% (From UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s 0 s ... 10 s ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 5% ... 95% (From UN) 10% ... 100% (From UN) 0.2 s ... 10 s ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 1 floating PDT 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 4.5 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Description Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. EMD-SL-V-UV-300 2866035 1 EMD-SL-PS- 24DC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2885359 2866103 2866116 2885731 2866129 1 1 1 1 1 Electronic monitoring relay EMD-FL-V-3001) Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time! Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC 2866048 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 253 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Three-phase voltage monitoring H D EMD-...-3V... monitoring relays monitor three-phase AC voltages of 160 ... 897 V AC (depending on the device concerned). – Adjustable response delay – Variable supply voltage range – Adjustable via potentiometer on front – Adjustable asymmetry W Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Undervoltage and phase monitoring, 400 V or 230 V  Housing width 22.5 mm 16 18 26 28 L1 L2 L3 15 (N) 25 A1 A2 U = 24...240 V AC/DC Technical data Functions Input Monitoring range Input ranges Input resistance Min. setting range Max. setting range Setting range for response delay Asymmetry Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada EMD-FL-3V-4001) Undervoltage, window, asymmetry, phase sequence, phase failure EMD-FL-3V-2301) Undervoltage, window, asymmetry, phase sequence, phase failure 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 3 N ~ 400/230 V 1 MΩ -30% ... 20% (From UN) -20% ... 30% (From UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s 5 % ... 25% / OFF ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 161 V AC ... 299 V AC 3 N ~ 230/132 V 470 kΩ 5 % ... 25% / OFF 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 4.5 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Description L1 L2 L3 N 24 V~ 0V Order No. EMD-FL-3V-4001) EMD-FL-3V-2301) 2866064 2885773 Pcs. / Pkt. Electronic monitoring relay max. 20 A A1 N 15 L1 L2 L3 15 25 16 18 26 28 25 26 28 16 18 A2 Connection example 254 Type PHOENIX CONTACT Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time! Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC 1 1 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules H D H W D Undervoltage and phase monitoring, 500 V or 690 V H W D Undervoltage/overvoltage monitoring, 400 V with/without neutral conductor   Housing width 45 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Phase monitoring, 400 V  Housing width 22.5 mm 16 18 26 28 16 18 12 14 22 24 L1 L1 L2 L2 L1 L3 L3 L2 15 A1 25 L3 15 A1 POWER U = 110...500 V AC MODULE A2 W POWER MODULE A2 Technical data 11 (N) U = 24 V DC 24...230 V AC Technical data 21 Technical data EMD-FL-3V-690 Undervoltage, window, asymmetry, phase sequence, phase failure EMD-FL-3V-500 Undervoltage, window, asymmetry, phase sequence, phase failure EMD-SL-3V-400 Window, without neutral conductor connection EMD-SL-3V-400-N Window, with neutral conductor connection 483 V AC ... 897 V AC 3 ~ 690 V 1 MΩ -30% ... 20% (From UN) -20% ... 30% (From UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s 5 % ... 25% / OFF ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 350 V AC ... 650 V AC 3 ~ 500 V 1 MΩ 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 3 ~ 400 V 1 MΩ -30% ... 20% (From UN) -20% ... 30% (From UN) 0.2 s ... 10 s 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 3 N ~ 400/230 V 1 MΩ Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry ±5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% 342 V AC ... 3 N ~ 400/230 V 15 kΩ ≤ 350 ms (fixed setting) Fixed, approx. 30% - 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 1 floating PDT 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 4.5 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 45 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 (From the measured voltage) 9 VA IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 5 % ... 25% / OFF Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. EMD-FL-3V-690 EMD-FL-3V-500 2885249 2867979 EMD-SL-PS45-110AC EMD-SL-PS45-120AC EMD-SL-PS45-230AC EMD-SL-PS45-400AC 2885281 2885744 2885294 2885304 Pcs. / Pkt. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. EMD-SL-3V-400 EMD-SL-3V-400-N 2866051 2885278 1 1 EMD-SL-PS- 24DC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2885359 2866103 2866116 2885731 2866129 1 1 1 1 1 Type Order No. EMD-SL-PH-400 2866077 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Pcs. / Pkt. 1 255 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Effective power monitoring, load monitoring (cos φ) H H Effective power monitoring The effective power in single- and 3-phase networks can be monitored with the EMD-FL-RP-480 effective power monitoring relay. – Monitoring range up to 7.2 kW – Separately adjustable startup and release delays – Temperature monitoring of the motor winding – Variable supply voltage range – Detection of switched off loads Load monitoring (cos φ) The EMD-FL-PF-400 monitoring relay is a cos φ monitor for load monitoring in single- or three-phase networks. W D D Effective power monitoring W Load monitoring (cos φ)  Housing width 45 mm Housing width 22.5 mm 16 18 i 16 18 26 28 k L1I L1 Notes: L2 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 L3 15 L2 26 28 L3 T1 T2 15 L1K Y1 Y2 25 25 A1 A2 POWER MODULE supply≤ 500 V AC A1 A2 U = 24...240 V AC/DC Technical data Technical data Functions Input Description of the input Measured value Measuring ranges PN Nominal input voltage UN Input ranges Input ranges Min. setting range Max. setting range Switching threshold cos φ Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Rated insulation voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada Min. Max. Underload, overload, window, winding temperature monitoring Underload, overload, Window Voltage input AC sine (10 Hz ... 400 Hz) Can be switched between 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 3 kW and 6 kW AC sine (10 ... 100 Hz) - 480 V (3 N ~ 480/277 V) 0 V AC ... 480 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load) 0 V AC ... 480 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load) 0.15 A ... 6 A (Range: 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW) 0.3 A ... 12 A (Range: 3 kW and 6 kW) 5% ... 110% (of PN) 10% ... 120% (of PN) - (3 N ~ 415/240 V) 40 V AC ... 415 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load) 40 V AC ... 415 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load) 0.5 A ... 10 A (Connection terminal blocks: L1i and L1k) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 3.5 VA (3 W) 300 V (According to EN 50178) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 45 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 4.5 VA (1.5 W) 300 V (According to EN 50178) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL applied for CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 0.1 ... 0.99 0.2 ... 1 Ordering data Description Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. EMD-FL-RP-480 2900177 1 EMD-SL-PS45-110AC EMD-SL-PS45-120AC EMD-SL-PS45-230AC EMD-SL-PS45-400AC EMD-SL-PS45-500AC 2885281 2885744 2885294 2885304 2885317 1 1 1 1 1 Type Order No. EMD-FL-PF-4001) 2885809 Pcs. / Pkt. Electronic monitoring relay Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time! Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC Supply voltage 425 ... 550 V AC 256 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Temperature monitoring, filling level monitoring Temperature monitoring (motor winding) The monitoring relay EMD-SL-PTC monitors the motor winding temperatures by means of PTC (PTC thermistor resistance) as per DIN 44081. – Test function with integrated test/reset button – Variable supply voltage range – Short-circuit and open-circuit monitoring Filling level monitoring The EMD-SL-LL-... monitoring relay monitors the level of electrically conductive liquids with the help of conductive probes (not supplied as standard). – Adjustable response delay – Adjustable via potentiometer on front H H W D D Temperature monitoring (motor windings) W Filling level monitoring   Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm 12 14 22 24 16 18 26 28 T1 E1 T2 E2 R E3 11 A1 POWER MODULE A2 15 21 25 A1 A2 U = 24 V DC 24...230 V AC U = 230 V AC Technical data Technical data Functions Input Total cold resistance Response value Release value Basic accuracy Repeat accuracy Measuring input Max. probe voltage Max. probe current Length of probe cable Switching threshold Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Conformance / approvals Conformance UL, USA / Canada Winding temperature monitoring Pumping up (minimum monitoring), pumping down (maximum monitoring) < 1.5 kΩ ≥ 3.6 kΩ (Relay drops out) ≤ 1.8 kΩ (Relay picks up) ±10% (of scale end value) ≤ 2% - Conductive probe, type: SK1, SK2, SK3 16 V AC 7 mA < 1000 m Set value < 50% (Capacity 100 nF/km) < 100 m Set value 100% (Capacity 100 nF/km) - 0.25 kΩ ... 100 kΩ (4 mS ... 1 μS) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) EMD-SL-LL-230 EMD-SL-LL-110 230 V AC -15% ... +15% AC 110 V AC -10% ... +15% AC 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Description Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. EMD-SL-LL-230 EMD-SL-LL-110 2885906 2901137 Pcs. / Pkt. Electronic monitoring relay Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time! Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC EMD-SL-PTC 2866093 1 EMD-SL-PS- 24DC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2885359 2866103 2866116 2885731 2866129 1 1 1 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 257 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Ultra-narrow timer relays D W H The ETD-BL-1T-... ultra-narrow timer relays show their strengths in applications that involve set parameters for functionality and time range. – Purposeful device selection: one function, one time range – High level of setting accuracy thanks to labeled and illuminated thumbwheel – 6.2 mm slim design width Timer relay with switch-on delay, voltage controlled  12 14 A1 + t A2 – U = 24 V DC 11 Technical data Functions ON: With switch-on delay Control contact Connection Control pulse length Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Mechanical service life General data Supply voltage Nominal current typ. Impulse withstand voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Housing material Dimensions W / H / D Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance / approvals Conformance ATEX 24 V DC + – min. 50 ms 1 floating PDT 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC) 15 mA (Relay ON) 7 mA (Relay OFF) 6 kV (According to EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Ordering data L1 N 2 A1+ A2B1 Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Time range 0.1...10 s Time range 3...300 s Time range 0.3...30 min Time range 3...300 min Compact timer relay, with push-in technology ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN 2917379 2917382 2917395 2917405 1 1 1 1 Time range 0.1...10 s Time range 3...300 s Time range 0.3...30 min Time range 3...300 min ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT 2901476 2901477 2901478 2901479 1 1 1 1 Compact timer relay, with screw connection 1 11 14 12 Conveyor belt 1 starts immediately 24 V DC + – L1 N 2 A1+ A2B1 1 11 14 12 Conveyor belt 2 starts with a time delay 258 PHOENIX CONTACT Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules D W H D W H Timer relay with switch-on delay, with control contact D W H Timer relay with off delay, with control contact  Timer relay with flashing indic. function, beginning with the pulse  B1 12  B1 14 12 14 12 A1 + A1 + A1 + t t t A2 – A2 – 11 U = 24 V DC A2 – U = 24 V DC Technical data 11 11 U = 24 V DC Technical data Technical data ON-CC: With switch-on delay with control contact OFF-CC: Off delay with control contact F: Flashing beginning with pulse Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 min. 50 ms Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 min. 50 ms min. 50 ms 1 floating PDT 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 1 floating PDT 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 1 floating PDT 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC) 15 mA (Relay ON) 7 mA (Relay OFF) 6 kV (According to EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC) 15 mA (Relay ON) 7 mA (Relay OFF) 6 kV (According to EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC) 15 mA (Relay ON) 7 mA (Relay OFF) 6 kV (According to EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 CE-compliant CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN 2917418 2917421 2917434 2917447 ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT 2901480 2901481 2901483 2901484 Pcs. / Pkt. 14 Ordering data Type Order No. 1 1 1 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN 2917450 2917463 2917467 2917489 1 1 1 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT 2901485 2901486 2901487 2901488 Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 1 1 1 ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S ETD-BL-1T-F-300S ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN 2917492 2917502 2917515 2917528 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT 2901489 2901490 2901491 2901492 1 1 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 259 Monitoring Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules Multifunctional timer relays H W D The full range of conventional applications can be accommodated by the three versions of the ETD multifunctional timer relay. – Suitable for universal use thanks to varied functions and selectable time ranges – Time ranges from a few milliseconds to several days – Variable supply voltage range – 2 floating PDT outputs Multifunctional timer relay, two adjustable times Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571  Housing width 22.5 mm Y1 Y2 16 18 26 28 A1 t A2 Z2 Z1 U = 24...240 V AC/DC 25 15 Technical data Functions lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse ER: With switch-on and release delay with control contact EWu: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge, voltage controlled EWs: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge with control contact WsWa: With single shot leading edge and single shot trailing edge with control contact Wt: Pulse sequence evaluation (retriggerable release delay) Time ranges Setting range Control contact Connection Load capacity Cable length Control pulse length Relay output Contact type Switching capacity 50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges) Floating, basic isolation between connection and input/output/bridge Y1-Y2 Cannot carry load max. 10 m min. 50 ms (Only with Wt function: > 7 ms) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) T 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the Ag contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected. Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.  100 mV  1 mA Tungsten W Highest melting point; very high erosion resistance; greater contact resistances; very low welding tendency; susceptible to corrosion; often used as lead contact. Loads with very high inrush currents, e.g., glow lamps, fluorescent lamps.  60 V 1A Silver nickel AgNi High erosion resistance; low welding tendency; higher contact resistances than with pure silver. Universal; suitable for medium to high loads; DC circuits and inductive loads.  12 V  10 mA Silver nickel AgNi+Au Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads > 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected. Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.  100 mV  1 mA Silver tin oxide AgSnO Low welding tendency; very high erosion resistance for high switching capacities; low material migration Application depends heavily on the relay type; switching circuits with high make and break loads, e.g., glow lamps and fluorescent lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to different alloys and production procedures, partly also suitable for smaller loads.  12 V  100 mA ( 10 mA) Silver tin oxide, hard gold-plated AgSnO+Au Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads > 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgSnO contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected. Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.  100 mV  1 mA * Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions. Contact protection circuit Every electrical load constitutes a mixed load with ohmic, capacitive, and inductive components. When these loads are switched, the switching contact is in turn subjected to a load, to either a lesser or greater extent. This load can be reduced by including a suitable contact protection circuit. In view of the fact that loads with a large inductive component are predominantly used in practice (e.g., contactors, solenoid valves, motors, etc.), these application scenarios are worth considering in more detail. On interruption, voltage peaks with values of up to several thousand volts occur due to the energy stored in the coil. These high voltages cause an arc on the switching contact which can destroy the contact due to material vaporization and material migration. The electrical service life is reduced considerably as a result. In extreme cases, the relay may fail in the very first cycle with DC voltage and a static arc. A protective circuit must be used to suppress the formation of an arc. With optimum dimensioning, almost the same number of cycles can be achieved as with an ohmic load. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 269 Relay modules Basics of relay technology In principle, there are a number of possible ways of achieving an effective circuit: 1. Contact wiring 2. Load wiring 3. Combination of both wiring methods Load wiring Diode Additional Defined Effective bidropout de- induction voltage limi- polar attenlay tation uation Large Yes (UD) No Advantages: • Good effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts • Easy implementation • Inexpensive • Reliable • Dimensioning not critical • Low induction voltage Disadvantages: • Attenuation only via load resistor • Long dropout delay Medium to small Yes (UZD) No Advantages: • Dimensioning not critical Load Diode/Zener diode series connection Disadvantages: • Attenuation only above UZD • Minimal effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts Load Contact wiring Advantages/disadvantages Inductive load wiring In principle, protective measures should intervene directly at the source of the interference. Wiring a load should therefore be given priority over wiring the contact. The following points are advantageous for the load circuit (image on right): 1. The circuit is only loaded with the induction voltage during interruption. By contrast, the sum of the operating voltage and the induction voltage is applied to the contact circuit. 2. When the contact is open, the load is electrically isolated from the operating voltage. 3. It is not possible for the load to be activated or to “stick” due to undesired operating currents, e.g., from RC elements. 4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be coupled into parallel control lines. Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually connected using valve plugs that are also supplied with LEDs and components that limit the induction voltage. Valve plugs with an RC element, varistor or Zener diode often do not quench the arc and only serve to comply with legislation governing EMC. Only valve plugs with an integrated 1N4007 freewheeling diode quench the arc quickly and safely, thereby increasing the service life of the relay by a factor of 5 to 10. Valve plugs with LED, integrated 1N4007, and free cable end can be supplied on request as part of the SAC range. Suppressor diode Medium to small Yes (UZD) Yes Load Varistor Disadvantages: • Attenuation only above UZD • Minimal effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts Medium to small Yes (UVDR) Yes Advantages: • High energy absorption • Dimensioning not critical • Suitable for AC voltages Disadvantages: • Attenuation only above UVDR • Minimal effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts Load R/C combination Advantages: • Inexpensive • Dimensioning not critical • Limitation of positive peaks • Suitable for AC voltages Medium to small No Yes Load Switching small loads Small loads must be processed mainly in applications where signals must be forwarded to control inputs (e.g., of a PLC). With these loads, no switching sparks (arcs) occur on the contacts in the small load range. In addition to the constant cleaning effect due to contact friction, this switching spark assumes the function of penetrating non-conductive contamination layers that are formed on the contact surfaces of power contacts. Advantages: • HF attenuation due to energy storage • Suitable for AC voltages • Level-independent damping Disadvantages: • Precise dimensioning required • High inrush current surge • Minimal effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts Evaluation electronics Application example: measurement point changeover Limit switch PLC input board Application example: PLC input signal 270 PHOENIX CONTACT Relay modules Basics of relay technology These contamination layers are usually oxidation or sulfidation products of the contact materials silver (Ag) or silver alloys such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact resistance may rise so considerably within a short time that reliable switching is no longer possible in the case of small loads. Due to these properties, the high-performance contact materials mentioned are not suitable for small load applications. Gold (Au) has become accepted as the contact material of choice for these areas of application mainly on account of its low and constant contact resistances even with small loads and its insensitivity to sulfurous atmospheres. For the smallest of loads and even greater contact reliability, double contact relays with gold contacts are used. The slotted contact spring in this design provides two parallel contact points with even lower contact resistances and considerably higher contact reliability. Switching large loads A few important points also need to be considered with regard to switching operations in the large load range that involve power contacts made of either silver (Ag) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). A basic distinction must be made between switching DC and AC loads. Switching large AC loads When switching large AC loads, the relay can be operated up to the corresponding maximum values for switching voltage, current, and power. The arc that occurs during interruption depends on the current, voltage, and phase angle. This cut-off arc usually disappears automatically the next time the load current passes through zero. In applications with an inductive load, an effective protective circuit must be provided, otherwise the service life of the system will be reduced considerably. Switching large DC loads Conventional switching relays can only switch off relatively small direct currents (which contrasts with their ability to switch off the maximum permissible AC current), since there is no zero crossing to extinguish the arc automatically. This maximum DC value is also dependent to a large extent on the switching voltage and is determined, among other things, by constructional features such as contact spacing and contact opening speed. The corresponding current and voltage values are documented by relay manufacturers in arc or load limit curves. A non-attenuated inductive DC load fur- Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type) ther reduces the values given for switchable currents. The energy stored in the inductance can cause an arc to occur, which forwards the current through the open contacts. With an effective contact protection circuit, preferably type 1N4007 freewheeling diodes, the service life can be increased by a factor of 5 to 10 compared with unprotected or poorly protected inductive loads (see also “Contact protection circuits” section). If higher DC loads than those documented are to be switched or if the electrical service life is to be increased, several contacts of a relay can be connected in series. See, for example, REL-IR... industrial relays. Alternatively, solid-state relays with DC voltage output can also be used. Switching lamps and capacitive loads Regardless of the type of voltage, all kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive component impose extreme requirements on the switching contacts. The moment it is switched on, in other words precisely in the dynamic chattering phase of the relay, extremely powerful current peaks occur. These are often in the region of several tens of amps, and not infrequently are known to exceed 100 A, which results in welding of the contact. This can be remedied by using specially optimized “lamp load relays” that can cope with these inrush peaks. See, for example, PLC...IC type. Switching capacity in accordance with utilization categories AC15 and DC13 (IEC 60947) In practice, both the maximum interrupting rating for AC loads and the DC interruption values taken from the load limit curves provide only a rough guide for the choice of relay. In reality, this is insufficient, since real loads in the vast majority of industrial applications have inductive or capacitive components and the wiring of the loads can be totally different. As already described, this sometimes leads to considerable variations in terms of service life. The IEC 60947 contactor standard seeks to avoid these disadvantages by dividing the loads into various utilization categories (DC13, AC15, etc.). This standard is also partly applied to relays. However, users must be aware of the fact that these values are only applicable in practice to a limited extent as well, since all DC13 and AC15 test loads are highly inductive and are also operated without any protective circuit at all (see “Contact protection circuit” section). Moreover, the switching capacity test in accordance with IEC 60947 only requires 6060 cycles to be performed by way of a minimum requirement. A much more reliable way to determine the switching capacity and the anticipated service life is to refer to the specific application data. Using a comprehensive data bank, the service life can be accurately estimated for most applications and, if necessary, suggestions for improvement can be made. In the case of critical applications, the user is advised to gather service life information based on empirical data. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 271 Relay modules Basics of solid-state relay technology Control side Solid-state relays for various voltage and power levels are available from Phoenix Contact for use as interface modules designed to match process I/O devices to control, signaling, and regulating devices. The solid-state relay element which is actually located in the module is limited to one defined voltage range by virtue of its design. The current consumption on the input side fluctuates depending on the circuit architecture and voltage level. To accommodate all industrial voltages between 5 V and 230 V, an input circuit is provided. The inputs for DC voltage and AC voltage must always be differentiated. DC input Adjustments are made in accordance with the various voltage levels by adding electronics which have been specially adapted to the desired voltage range. In the case of most modules, a polarity protection diode provides reliable protection against destruction in the event of a control voltage being connected incorrectly. Specially coordinated filters reliably suppress possible high-frequency noise emissions. Figure 1: block diagram for DC input AC input The solid-state relay element requires a stable control voltage to ensure reliable operation. In the case of the AC input, this is achieved by connecting a rectifier and filter capacitor upstream. Rectifying is followed, in principle, by the same circuit architecture as the DC input. 272 PHOENIX CONTACT The switching frequency always lies beshows the maximum load current as a low half the mains frequency. Due to the filfunction of the ambient temperature. ter capacitor, a higher switching frequency 3. Output circuit cannot be achieved. This would result in The 2-conductor output is similar to a continuous through-switching. mechanical contact. Only the polarity of the connections is specified and must be observed. Figure 2: block diagram for AC input Load side Depending on the application and the type of load, the solid-state relay output must meet various requirements. The following are crucial: – Power amplification – Matching the switching voltage and the switching current (AC/DC) – Short-circuit protection For these different applications, the solid-state relay element must also be processed using additional electronics on the output side. DC output In order to achieve the necessary output power, the solid-state relay element is supplemented by one or more semiconductor components. The on-site user should nevertheless simply regard the connection terminal blocks of the output as conventional switch connections. Observing the specified polarity is the only essential requirement. For practical reasons, the following criteria should be taken into account when selecting a suitable solid-state relay: 1. Operating voltage range (e.g., 12 ... 60 V DC) This determines the minimum or maximum voltage to be switched. The lower value must be observed in order to ensure reliable operation. In order to protect the output transistor, the upper value must not be exceeded. 2. Maximum continuous current (e.g., 1 A) This value indicates the maximum continuous current. If this value is exceeded continuously, the output semiconductor will be destroyed. The dependence of the output current on the ambient temperature of the solid-state relay should also be taken into consideration. A derating curve is therefore generally specified for solid-state power relays. This Figure 3: 2-conductor output The 3-conductor output is non-isolated and requires both potentials from the voltage source on the output side to be connected if it is to operate reliably. When switched off, a permanent reference to ground (negative potential) is established. In addition, this output circuit offers the advantage of an almost constant internal resistance. Figure 4: 3-conductor output AC output In order to control the switching and control devices for AC voltage, a semiconductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or thyristor) is connected downstream of the solid-state relay element. As with the DC output, it is particularly important to consider the maximum operating voltage range and the maximum continuous load current as a function of the ambient temperature. Relay modules Basics of solid-state relay technology Application notes Input solid-state relays acting in the direction from the I/O devices to the controller (signaling, controlling, monitoring) Example: load contactor monitoring (DC contactor) Plug-in version: – PLC-O... Modular version: – DEK-OE... – EMG 10-OE... – SIM-EI... – OPT... e.g., PLC IN Example: load contactor monitoring (AC contactor) Zero voltage switch In addition, the maximum peak reverse voltage of the TRIAC (e.g., 600 V) is crucial with AC outputs. This must not be exceeded even in the case of voltage fluctuations or interference voltage peaks in order to prevent destruction. That is why the AC outputs of all solid-state relays from Phoenix Contact have an internal RC protective circuit to protect against interference voltage peaks. e.g., PLC IN Figure 5: basic circuit diagram of AC output Example: position indication with limit stop contact or initiator Protective circuits The moment inductive loads (contactors, solenoid valves, motors) are switched off, surge voltages occur and these can reach very high amplitudes. Electronic components and switching elements are particularly susceptible to these. A protective circuit should therefore always be provided to prevent destruction. A parallel connection to the load effectively reduces the switching surge voltage to a harmless level. Depending on the solidstate relay output and type of load: – A freewheeling diode/suppressor diode (DC only) – A varistor (AC and DC) – Or an RC element (AC only) can provide the necessary protection. Load Protection e.g., PLC IN Output (power) solid-state relays acting in the direction from the controller to the I/O devices (switching, amplifying, controlling) Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor (DC load) e.g., PLC OUT Plug-in version: – PLC-O... Modular version: – DEK-OV... – EMG 10-OV – EMG 12-OV – EMG 17-OV – OV... – OPT... Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor (AC load) e.g., PLC OUT Figure 6: protective circuit with DC voltage output Load Protection Remarks: 1) Ground (negative) potential from the input and output of the solidstate relay must not be connected. DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit (e.g., diode). 3) AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element. 2) Figure 7: protective circuit with AC voltage output For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 273 Relay modules RIFLINE complete RIFLINE complete is an inexpensive relay system with various accessories. It consists of DIN rail bases, electromechanical or solid-state relays, plug-in input/interference suppression modules, marking material, and bridging material. The range of accessories is rounded off with a timer module. This can be used to transform a basic relay into a timer relay with three different functions. The RIFLINE complete relay range consists of seven different base versions from RIF-0 to RIF-4 – these range from one N/O contact up to four PDT contacts. The field of application of this product group ranges from coupling relay applications with switching currents of one milliamp to replacement for miniature contactors with currents up to 16 A. The relay bases feature push-in connection technology, which enables quick and tool-free conductor contacting. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases offer double the contact options on both the input and output side. On the input side of all bases, the negative potential (A2) can be bridged – regardless of the base size. On the output side, the grouped contact (11) can be bridged within the RIF-0 base version. This connection can also be bridged within the RIF-1 base size. To offer diverse marking options, the engagement lever can be fitted with a zack marker strip. In addition, marker carriers 274 PHOENIX CONTACT can be mounted on the bases so that additional marking surfaces are available. RIFLINE complete can be extended using many elements from the CLIPLINE complete accessories range. This includes marking material, bridges, and test adapters. To make ordering and management easy, RIFLINE complete modules are provided in the most popular voltages as complete modules with relay and input/interference suppression module. For individual assembly, tailored to the requirements of the application, additional voltage levels are offered in the modular system. Relay modules RIFLINE complete RIF-0 The narrow 6.2 mm RIF-0 base series is designed for miniature relays with one contact. Switching currents up to 6 A are implemented here. Two base versions are available: 1 N/O contact and 1 PDT contact. RIF-0 is therefore a good choice for all coupling applications. RIF-1 The narrow 16 mm RIF-1 base series is designed for miniature relays with 2 contacts. Currents up to 13 A can be switched when using the FBS 2-8 plug-in bridge. This is the ideal relay for applications that require coupling, power switching, and signal duplication. RIF-2 The 31 mm wide RIF-2 base series is designed for industrial relays with up to 4 contacts. Currents up to 12 A are no problem for these bases. This relay is ideal for applications that require power and signal multiplication. RIF-3 The 40 mm wide RIF-3 base series is designed for octal relays with up to 3 contacts. Switching currents up to 10 A can be implemented here. Two base versions are available: 2 PDT contacts and 3 PDT contacts. RIF-3 bases are ideal for all applications that require power and signal multiplication. RIF-4 The 43 mm wide RIF-4 base series is designed for power relays with up to 3 contacts. Currents up to 16 A can be switched. RIF-4 bases are a good choice for applications that require power and signal multiplication, e.g., in miniature contactor applications. Accessories A wide range of accessories are available for the RIFLINE complete relay system that round off the range. These include bridges, professional marking material, special function modules, test plugs, and end brackets. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 275 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Modular RIF-0 relay base Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Relay base that can be fitted with miniature power relays or solid-state relays with a nominal voltage of 12 to 24 V DC. The advantages: – Integrated freewheeling diode for input circuit and interference suppression circuit – LED for status display – Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Professional marking material – Holders for test plugs – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time (A2 and 11/13) – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and output side For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 5. D W H 1 PDT relay base for miniature power relay Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN 230 V AC (Contact side) max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly) General data Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions Width Depth Height 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 6.2 mm 78 mm 93 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. RIF-0-BPT/21 2900958 10 FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY FBS 5-6 FBS 10-6 FBS 20-6 FBS 50-6 3030336 3036932 3032237 3030349 3030271 3030365 3032224 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50 RIF-0 relay base, PDT version, safe isolation I/O With push-in connection RIF-0 relay base, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O With push-in connection Accessories Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red 2-pos. blue 2-pos. gray 5-pos. red 10-pos. red 20-pos. red 50-pos. red End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and 276 PHOENIX CONTACT MPS-MT 0201744 10 Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red white blue yellow green gray black Zack marker strip, 10-section, unprinted: pack contains enough to label 100 terminal blocks MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10-section ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 10 Relay modules RIFLINE complete D W H 1 N/O contact relay base for miniature power relay Technical data 230 V AC max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 6.2 mm 66 mm 93 mm Ordering data Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2901873 10 FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY FBS 5-6 FBS 10-6 FBS 20-6 FBS 50-6 3030336 3036932 3032237 3030349 3030271 3030365 3032224 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50 MPS-MT 0201744 10 MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 10 Type RIF-0-BPT/1 Accessories For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 277 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Plug-in miniature power relays Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases. The advantages: – Power contacts up to 6 A – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – High degree of protection RT III (comparable with IP67) – Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Can be soldered in on PCB 1 PDT Notes: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.  For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see page 344 A2 12 A1 11 14 Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Output data Contact type [mA] [ms] [ms] Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Dimensions W/H/D ①  ②    refer to the diagram 14 7 5 5 2.5 2.5         Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6A (on request) 10 mA (at 12 V) AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V)   4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any / In rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm Ordering data Input voltage UN Description Plug-in miniature power relays with power contact with power contact Plug-in miniature power relays with gold contact with gold contact 278 PHOENIX CONTACT Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. ① ② 12 V DC 24 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21 REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961150 2961105 10 10 ① ② 12 V DC 24 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21AU 2961163 2961121 10 10 Relay modules RIFLINE complete REL-MR-.../21... (1 PDT) Interrupting rating 20 3 Switching current [A] U UN 2,5 A 2 1,5 1 10 6 4 1 0,5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TU [°C] 2 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 B 1 2 10 20 30 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 279 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Plug-in solid-state relays Notes: For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see page 345 Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases. The advantages: – Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A – RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67) – Vibration- and shock-resistant – Wear-free and long-lasting – Zero voltage switch at AC output – Can be soldered in on PCB Max. DC voltage output of 3 A  A2 13+ A1 14 Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ [mA] [µs] [µs] [Hz] Typ. input current at UN Typ. switch-on time at UN Typ. switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Output data Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. load current Max. inrush current Leakage current in off state Phase angle (cos φ) Output circuit Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Rated surge voltage Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Dimensions ①  0.8 1.2 16 10 7 20 300 300               33 V DC 3 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) 15 A (10 ms) 2-conductor, floating Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection ≤ 150 mV W/H/D Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm Ordering data Input voltage UN Description 280 PHOENIX CONTACT Plug-in solid-state relays Solid-state power relays ① 24 V DC Plug-in solid-state relays Solid-state input relays ① 24 V DC Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 10 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2 solid-state relays Load current [A] 3 Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA  2 1 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 Ambient temperature range [°C] 60 Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1 solid-state relays  Load current [mA] 750 A2 13+ A1 A2 14 Technical data ①  0.8 1.2 16 10 7 20 300 300           13+ A1 ①  0.8 1.2 10 5 3 6000 500 10           253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A (see derating curve) 10 mA 30 A (10 ms) < 1 mA 0.5 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 4.5 A2s RCV circuit 10 mm spacing 2 Aligned without spacing A2 Technical data ①  0.8 1.2 3 1 15 10000 10000 10 ②  0.8 1.2 18 8.4 7 10000 10000 10 ③    0.9 1.1 40 20 2.6 10000 10000 10         253 V AC 24 V AC 2 A (see derating curve) 25 mA 30 A (10 ms) < 1 mA 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) Surge protection ≤1V Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 2 / III Any / See derating curve 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2 2982168 2982171 2982184 10 10 10 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 289 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Modular RIF-2 relay base Notes: D W H Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Relay base that can be fitted with 2 or 4 PDT relays. Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in input and interference suppression module – Plug-in timer module – Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material – Comprehensive range of marking material – Test plug – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2) For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 5. 4 PDT relay base for industrial relay Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN 250 V AC max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) General data Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 31 mm 75 mm 93 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. RIF-2-BPT/4X21 2900934 10 FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY 3030336 3036932 3032237 50 50 50 CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50 MPS-MT 0201744 10 MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 1050004 0811972 0800967 10 10 100 RIF-2 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base Accessories Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red 2-pos. blue 2-pos. gray End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part Zack marker strip, unprinted 10-section 5-section Double marker carrier for ZB 5 290 PHOENIX CONTACT red white blue yellow green gray black Relay modules RIFLINE complete Relay retaining bracket Technical data - - Ordering data Type RIF-RH-2 Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2900954 10 Accessories For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 291 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Plug-in industrial relays Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-2 and PR2 relay bases. The advantages: – Detectable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Integrated status LED – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – DC types with integrated freewheeling diode 2 PDT relay 4 PDT relay Notes: For other voltages, see www.phoenixcontact.net/products   11 14 12 A1 A2 44 42 Technical data [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current, AC Max. inrush current, DC Min. switching current General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 78 41 22 13 13 13 14 14 14 Input voltage UN 12 21 24 22 31 34 32 41 44 42 Technical data ④  ⑤  ⑥  ⑦  ⑧  18 13 8 13 70 13 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 14 14 ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 78 41 22 13 13 13 14 14 14 ④  ⑤  ⑥  ⑦  ⑧  18 13 8 13 70 13 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 14 14 Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (At 24 mA) 12 A 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (At 24 mA) 6A 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 5 V (At 24 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA - 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664 Ordering data Description 14 A2 41 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type 11 A1 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21 REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 REL-IR2/LDP- 48DC/2X21 REL-IR2/LDP- 60DC/2X21 REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21 REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21 REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21 REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903659 2903660 2903661 2903662 2903663 2903666 2903667 2903668 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21 REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21 REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21 REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21 REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21 REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21 REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21 REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21 2903676 2903677 2903678 2903679 2903680 2903686 2903687 2903688 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU 2903669 2903670 2903671 2903672 2903673 2903683 2903684 2903685 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Plug-in industrial relays, with power contacts ① 12 V DC ② 24 V DC ③ 48 V DC ④ 60 V DC ⑤ 110 V DC ⑥ 24 V AC ⑦ 120 V AC ⑧ 230 V AC Plug-in industrial relays, with multi-layer gold contacts With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode 292 PHOENIX CONTACT ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Relay modules RIFLINE complete REL-IR2... (2 PDTs) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 2,4 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 10 6 4 2 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 6 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 7 Cycles 2 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN 10 20 2,2 0,6 Electrical service life 10 80 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 10 300 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC coils AC coils 5 0 1 2 Switching capacity [kVA] 3  250 V AC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 REL-IR4... (4 PDTs) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 2,4 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 10 6 4 2 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 80 0,5 0,3 0,2 10 20 30 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC coils AC coils 6 1 0,1 0 7 Cycles 2 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN 10 20 2,2 0,6 Electrical service life 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 10 5 0 1 2 Switching capacity [kVA] 3  250 V AC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 293 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Modular RIF-3 relay base Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Relay base that can be fitted with 2 or 3 PDT relays. Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in input and interference suppression module – Plug-in timer module – Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material – Comprehensive range of marking material – Test plug – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2) For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 5. D W H 2 PDT relay base for octal relay Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN 250 V AC max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) General data Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 40 mm 90 mm 100 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. RIF-3-BPT/2X21 2900937 10 FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY 3030336 3036932 3032237 50 50 50 CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50 MPS-MT 0201744 10 MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 1050004 0811972 0800967 10 10 100 RIF-3 relay base, 2 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection RIF-3 relay base, 3 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable for RIF-3 relay base Accessories Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red 2-pos. blue 2-pos. gray End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part Zack marker strip, unprinted 10-section 5-section Double marker carrier for ZB 5 294 PHOENIX CONTACT red white blue yellow green gray black Relay modules RIFLINE complete D W H 3 PDT relay base for octal relay Relay retaining bracket Technical data Technical data 250 V AC max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) - -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) - 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 - 40 mm 90 mm 100 mm - Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. RIF-3-BPT/3X21 2900938 10 Type RIF-RH-3 Accessories Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2900955 10 Accessories FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY 3030336 3036932 3032237 50 50 50 CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50 MPS-MT 0201744 10 MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 1050004 0811972 0800967 10 10 100 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 295 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Plug-in octal relays Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-3 and PR3 relay bases. The advantages: – Detectable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Integrated status LED – DC types with integrated freewheeling diode 2 PDT relay 3 PDT relay   (A1) (14) (14) 2 (A1) 3 (11) 1 4 8 5 (21) 3 2 (12) (11) (31) (22) 6 (A2) 1 [mA] [ms] [ms] ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 60 108 23 18 5 - 15 5 - 15 [ms] [ms] 5 - 20 W/H/D 5 - 20 ④  7 5 - 15 5 - 20 5 - 20       13 Input voltage UN 5 - 20 ④  (24) (32)         13 5 - 15 5 - 20 Single contact, 2-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 10 V (At 24 mA) 10 A 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) Single contact, three PDTs AgNi 250 V AC/DC 10 V (At 24 mA) 10 A 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664 Any 35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664 Any 35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm Ordering data Description 9 8 Technical data ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 60 108 23 18 5 - 15 5 - 15   6 11 (34) Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current, AC Max. inrush current, DC Min. switching current General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Dimensions (22) (21) (A2) (24) (12) 5 10 7 4 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21 REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21 REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903689 2903690 2903691 2903692 10 10 10 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21 REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21 REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21 REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21 2903693 2903694 2903695 2903696 10 10 10 10 Plug-in octal relays, with power contacts With freewheeling diode 296 PHOENIX CONTACT ① ② ③ ④ 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Relay modules RIFLINE complete REL-OR2... (2 PDTs) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1,8 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 10 6 4 Cycles Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN 10 20 1,6 0,6 Electrical service life 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 6 2 1 10 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 10 7 10 80 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 5 10 300 4 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 Switching capacity [kVA] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC coils AC coils  250 V AC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 REL-OR3... (3 PDTs) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1,8 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 10 6 4 Cycles Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN 10 20 1,6 0,6 Electrical service life 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 80 1 10 0,5 0,3 0,2 10 20 30 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC coils AC coils 6 2 0,1 0 10 7 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 5 10 4 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 Switching capacity [kVA]  250 V AC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 297 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Modular RIF-4 relay base Notes: D W H Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Relay base that can be fitted with 2 or 3 PDT relays or 3 N/O relays. Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in input and interference suppression module – Plug-in timer module – Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material – Comprehensive range of marking material – Test plug – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2) For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 5. 3 PDT relay base for high-power relay Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN 400 V AC max. 16 A (Depends on application/assembly) General data Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Input side Output side Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 43 mm 90 mm 107 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. RIF-4-BPT/3X21 2900961 10 FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY 3030336 3036932 3032237 50 50 50 CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50 MPS-MT 0201744 10 MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 1050004 0811972 0800967 10 10 100 RIF-4 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable for RIF-4 relay base Accessories Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red 2-pos. blue 2-pos. gray End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part Zack marker strip, unprinted 10-section 5-section Double marker carrier for ZB 5 298 PHOENIX CONTACT red white blue yellow green gray black Relay modules RIFLINE complete Relay retaining bracket Technical data - - - Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. RIF-RH-4 2900956 10 Accessories For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 299 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Plug-in high-power relays Plug-in high-power relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts for the RIF-4 relay base. The advantages: – Use in miniature contactor applications – Switching current of up to 16 A – Up to 440 V AC switching voltage 2 PDT relay 3 PDT relay   11 14 12 A1 A2 34 32 Technical data [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] 250 V AC 440 V AC Motor load according to UL 508 General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Dimensions W/H/D ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 56 116 23 20 5 - 25 5 - 25 ④      Input voltage UN 12 21 24 22 31 34 32 Technical data   ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 56 116 23 20 5 - 25 5 - 25   12 5 - 25 15 ④          12 5 - 25 15 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 Single contact, 2-PDT AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (At 24 mA) 16 A 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) Single contact, three PDTs AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (At 24 mA) 16 A 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 4000 VA 4000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 4000 VA 4000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664 Any 38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664 Any 38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm Ordering data Description 14 A2 31 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current, AC Max. inrush current, DC Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 11 A1 Ordering data Type Order No. REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21 REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21 REL-PR2-120AC/2X21 REL-PR2-230AC/2X21 2903698 2903699 2903700 2903701 Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21 REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21 REL-PR3-120AC/3X21 REL-PR3-230AC/3X21 2903702 2903703 2903704 2903705 Pcs. / Pkt. Plug-in high-power relays, 2 PDTs with power contacts ① 24 V DC ② 24 V AC ③ 120 V AC ④ 230 V AC Plug-in high-power relays, 3 PDTs with power contacts ① ② ③ ④ 300 PHOENIX CONTACT 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Relay modules RIFLINE complete REL-PR2... (2 PDTs) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1,8 7 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 Cycles 10 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN 10 20 1,6 0,6 Electrical service life 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 6 2 1 10 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 10 10 80 Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 16 A 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] 5 10 500 4 0 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Minimum operate voltage For pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 16 A 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 4  250 V AC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 REL-PR3... (3 PDTs) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1,8 7 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 Cycles 10 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN 10 20 1,6 0,6 Electrical service life 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 80 1 10 0,5 0,3 0,2 10 20 30 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC coils AC coils 6 2 0,1 0 10 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] 500 5 10 4 0 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 4  250 V AC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 301 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Plug-in high-power relays Plug-in high-power relays with 3 N/O contacts suitable for the RIF-4 relay base. The advantages:0 – Use in miniature contactor applications – Switching current of up to 16 A – Up to 440 V AC switching voltage – Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm contact opening 3 N/O relay  11 14 21 24 31 34 A1 A2 Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current, AC Max. inrush current, DC Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 70 116 23 20 5 - 25 5 - 25 ④          12 5 - 25 15 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 Single contact, 3 N/O contacts AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (At 24 mA) 16 A 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 250 V AC 440 V AC Motor load according to UL 508 General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Dimensions W/H/D 4000 VA 4000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664 Any 38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm Ordering data Input voltage UN Description Type Order No. REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1 REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1 REL-PR3-120AC/3X1 REL-PR3-230AC/3X1 2903706 2903707 2903708 2903709 Pcs. / Pkt. Plug-in high-power relays, 3 N/O contacts with power contacts ① ② ③ ④ 302 PHOENIX CONTACT 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 1 1 1 1 Relay modules RIFLINE complete REL-PR2... (3 N/O contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1,8 7 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 Cycles 10 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN 10 20 1,6 0,6 Electrical service life 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 80 1 10 0,5 0,3 0,2 10 20 30 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC coils AC coils 6 2 0,1 0 10 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] 500 5 10 4 0 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 4  250 V AC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 303 Relay modules RIFLINE complete Input modules/interference suppression modules for RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4 Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules for optional fitting of RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay bases. The advantages: – Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in coil – Mechanical coding to protect against incorrect connection Input/interference suppression module Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. - 12-24 V DC ±20% - 48-60 V DC ±20% - 110 V DC ±20% Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, input voltage: RIF-LDP-12-24 DC RIF-LDP-48-60 DC RIF-LDP-110 DC 2900939 2900940 2900941 10 10 10 - 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) - 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) - 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) RIF-LV-12-24 UC RIF-LV-48-60 UC RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC 2900942 2900943 2900944 10 10 10 RIF-V-12-24 UC RIF-V-48-60 UC RIF-V-120-230 UC 2900945 2900947 2900948 10 10 10 RIF-RC-12-24 UC RIF-RC-48-60 UC RIF-RC-120-230 UC 2900949 2900950 2900951 10 10 10 Description Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity: A1+, A2-, input voltage: Plug-in module, with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, input voltage: - 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) - 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) - 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) Plug-in module, with RC element to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, input voltage: - 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω) - 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω) - 120 - 230 V AC/110 DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω) 304 PHOENIX CONTACT Relay modules RIFLINE complete Plug-in timer module for RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4 The multifunctional plug-in timer module transforms the relay module into a timer relay. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be fitted with this module. Using DIP switches, you can choose from three time ranges and select four time functions. Fine adjustments to the time are made using a potentiometer. Relays can be operated with an input voltage of 24 V AC/DC. Time module Functions: – Switch-on delay – Single shot leading edge – Flasher/pulse generator – – – – 12 Time ranges: 0.5 s - 10 s 5 s - 100 s 0.5 min - 10 min 5 min - 100 min 14 22 34 42 24 32 44 A2A1+ t 11 21 31 41 Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Nominal input voltage range with reference to UN Input circuit Output data Limiting continuous current General data Mounting position Repeat accuracy Ambient temperature (operation) With switch-on delay U LED t 0.5 > 0.8 < 0.3 < 0.4 8 8 1 1 2 2 100 100 LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection ①  ②              0.5 0.8 1.2 1.2 > 0.5 > 0.8 < 0.3 < 0.4 8 8 1 1 2 2 100 100 LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection 4 V DC ... 18 V DC 50 mA 8.5 mA < 1.2 V 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection 14 V DC ... 30 V DC 50 mA 15 mA < 2.2 V 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / II 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / II 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902965 2902966 PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902971 2902972 Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 1 1 PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902967 2902968 1 1 1 1 PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1) PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902973 2902974 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 355 Relay modules PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for the TTL signal at the input Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal and can be equipped with a mechanical relay or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic terminal block equipped with a robust miniature relay offers the following advantages: – 6.2 mm slim design width – Bridging options – Status display – Screw and spring-cage connection – RTIII degree of protection – Safe isolation in accordance with EN 50178 (VDE 0160) – 4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil and contact. – Screw, spring-cage, and push-in technology Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Basic terminal block, for fitting with relay for TTL (5 V)  GND 13+ UVN 14 IN Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage UVN Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN 5 V DC 0.9 ... 1.2 Rated control supply current IVN Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 41 mA 5 V DC (TTL) 0.9 ... 1.2 Rated actuating current IC Typ. response time at Uc Typ. release time for Uc Input circuit 2.5 mA 4.5 ms 3.5 ms Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Output data with: Contact type REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU Single contact, 1 N/O contact REL-MR-4,5DC/21 Single contact, 1 N/O contact Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Air and creepage distances between the power circuits AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6A (on request) 10 mA (at 12 V) 250 V 6 kV -20°C ... 60°C 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm W/H/D Ordering data Switching current [A] 20 10 6 4 1 2 1 10 20 30 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] Max. interrupting rating 356 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PLC-INTERFACE With screw connection With spring-cage connection With push-in connection PLC-BSC-TTL/11) PLC-BSP-TTL/11) PLC-BPT-TTL/11) 2982689 2982692 2900458 10 10 10 2961370 2961367 10 10 2 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 Description PHOENIX CONTACT Accessories 300 Plug-in miniature power relays with gold contact with power contact REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU REL-MR- 4,5DC/21 Relay modules PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for the TTL signal at the input The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal and can be equipped with a mechanical relay or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic terminal block equipped with a solid-state relay offers the following advantages: – 6.2 mm slim design width – Bridging options – Status display – Screw and spring-cage connection – IP67-protected solid-state relay electronic unit – Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A – Alternative input or power solid-state relay – Wear-free and output-free – Integrated protection circuit – Insensitive to vibrations and shocks – 2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between input and output – Screw, spring-cage, and push-in technology Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 For derating curves see page 345 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Basic terminal block for fitting with solid-state relay for TTL (5 V)  GND 13+ UVN 14 IN Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage UVN Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN 5 V DC 0.9 ... 1.2 Rated control supply current IVN Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) Switching level 1 signal (“H”) (TTL signal) Switching level 0 signal (“L”) (TTL signal) Rated actuating current IC Typ. response time/switch-on time at Uc Typ. switch-off time at UC Input circuit Output data with: Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Output protection 11.5 mA 5 V DC (TTL) > 2 V DC < 0.8 V DC 2.5 mA 35 µs 320 µs Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection OPT-5DC/48DC/100 OPT-5DC/24DC/2 48 V DC 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA 3A Protection against polarity reversal, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection 0.8 < 0.4 3.4 mA 35 µs 35 µs 1 kHz Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Output data with: Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 5 V DC 0.9 ... 1.2 Limiting continuous current (A TTL load (Fan out = 1)/50 mA for switching mode) Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Air and creepage distances between the power circuits Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection < 80 mV Pollution degree/surge voltage category Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 250 V DC 4 kV / basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 W/H/D 1,5 1 Ordering data 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] 70 1 Aligned without spacing 2 Aligned with  20 mm spacing Load current [A] Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW 3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 358 20 35 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] PHOENIX CONTACT 70 Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PLC-INTERFACE With screw connection With spring-cage connection With push-in connection PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL1) PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL1) PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL1) 2982728 2982731 2900363 10 10 10 Relay modules PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state relays for railway applications The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are intended for use as per DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200) “Railway applications, Part 200: Electronic devices in rail vehicles”. The advantages: – Temperature range -25°C to +70°C – Input voltage range 0.7 - 1.25 x UN – Shock resistance according to DIN 50155 (requirements according to EN 61373). – Screw, spring-cage, and push-in technology D W H D W H Power solid-state relay with DC voltage output, max. 3 A Power solid-state relay with DC voltage output, max. 3 A  Notes:  Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. 14 A1 Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 14 A1 14 14 For derating curves see page 358 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 A2 13+ A2 13+ A2 13+ A2 13+ Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. switch-on time at UN Typ. switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz] W/H/D Technical data ①          ⑥  0.7 0.7 1.25 1.25 ≥ 0.6 ≥ 0.6 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 8.5 3 0.04 0.08 0.2 0.6 300 100 Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal   ①  ②  ③  ④  ⑤  ⑥      0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 12 12 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 0.4 0.4 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 50 50 300 300 300 300 Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection   33 V DC 3 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection < 200 mV 140 V DC 12 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection < 150 mV 250 V 4 kV / basic insulation -25°C ... 70°C IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 160 V DC 4 kV / basic insulation -25°C ... 70°C IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Ordering data Description PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ Input voltage UN Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 24 V DC 36 V DC 48 V DC 72 V DC 96 V DC 110 V DC PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980513 10 PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980526 10 24 V DC 36 V DC 48 V DC 72 V DC 96 V DC 110 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW1) 2900379 10 PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW1) 2900380 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW1) PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW1) PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW1) PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW1) PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW1) PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982511 2982524 2982537 2982540 2982553 2982566 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW1) PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW1) PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW1) PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW1) PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW1) PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW1) 2900391 2900392 2900393 2900394 2900395 2900396 10 10 10 10 10 10 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 359 Relay modules PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for railway applications Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically for use in railway applications The advantages: – Temperature range -25°C to +70°C – Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN – Vibration and shock resistance to EN 50155 – Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Spring cage and push-in connection method Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Basic terminal block that can be fitted with 1 PDT relay  A2 11 A1 14 12 Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit Output data with: Contact type Permissible input voltage range for PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW (with REL-MR-18DC/21... relay) 1,5 1,4 A 1,3 1,2 Input voltage U/UN 1,1 1,0 UN= 24 V DC 0,9 0,8 B 0,7 0,6 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 Ambient temperature [°C] Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 24 V DC See diagram 12 mA 5 ms 8 ms Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode REL-MR-18DC/21 REL-MR-18DC/21AU Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 3A (on request) 10 mA (at 12 V) W/H/D 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 70°C 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 3 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Curve A Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 3 A Curve B Minimum operate voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 3 A Ordering data Description PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for plug-in miniature relay With spring-cage connection With push-in connection Voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW1) PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW1) 2961396 2900261 10 10 2961383 2961493 10 10 Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21 with 1 PDT relay Accessories Plug-in miniature relays with power contact with gold contact 20 Switching current [A] 10 6 4 1 2 1 2 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 360 10 20 30 Switching voltage [V] 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load PHOENIX CONTACT 50 70 AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 100 200 300 REL-MR- 18DC/21 REL-MR- 18DC/21AU Relay modules PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for railway applications Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Relay module for input voltages with a nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz The advantages: – Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz – Vibration and shock resistance to EN 50155 – Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Spring cage and push-in connection method Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in parentheses then apply for further operation. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 For 16.7 Hz input frequency with 2 PDTs  21 24 A2 11 A1 14 22 12 Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Input nominal frequency Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF 230 V AC 16.67 Hz (refer to the diagram) 4.8 mA (with AC) 20 ms 60 ms Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Single contact, 2-PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA W/H/D ( 250 V AC/DC ) ( 5 V AC/DC ) (6A) (8A) ( 10 mA ) 6 kV -25°C ... 60°C Approx. 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Ordering data Description 1,4 PLC-INTERFACE With spring-cage connection With push-in connection 1,3 1,2 Voltage UN 230 V AC 230 V AC Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1) PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1) 2968001 2900345 10 10 A Input voltage U/UN 1,1 1 UN= 230 V AC 0,9 B 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 Ambient temperature [°C] Curve A maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A Curve B minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 6 A For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 361 Relay modules PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for railway applications Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically designed for railway applications The advantages: – Certified to EN 50155 – Optimum relay operation thanks to widerange electronics – Temperature range from -40°C to +70°C (short-term 85°C) – Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN (short-term 1.4 x UN) – Vibration and shock resistance to EN 50155 – Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Spring cage and push-in connection method Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Electrical service life diagrams, see page 346 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 1 PDT  A2 11 A1 14 12 Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: [mA] [ms] [ms] Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D ①  ②  ③        0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25 1.25 1.25 9 3 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode   Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6A (on request) 10 mA (at 12 V) AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA   4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX) Approx. 2 x 107 cycles EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373, EN 50121 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Ordering data Input voltage UN Description PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact With spring-cage connection Pcs. / Pkt. 24 V DC 72 V DC 110 V DC 24 V DC 72 V DC 110 V DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW1) PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW1) PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW1) PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW1) PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW1) PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW1) 2987011 2987037 2987053 2900318 2900319 2900320 10 10 10 10 10 10 ① ② ③ ① ② ③ 24 V DC 72 V DC 110 V DC 24 V DC 72 V DC 110 V DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW1) PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW1) PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW1) PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW1) PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW1) PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW1) 2987024 2987040 2987066 2900321 2900322 2900323 10 10 10 10 10 10 With push-in connection PHOENIX CONTACT Order No. ① ② ③ With push-in connection ① ② ③ PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact With spring-cage connection 362 Type Relay modules PLC series Derating curve for D W H D W H PLC-RSP...21/RW PLC-RSP...21AU/RW PLC-RSP...21-21/RW PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW 7 Switching current [A] 6 2 PDT 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 30 35 40 45 Ambient temperature [°C] 55 50 60 65 70 200 300 1 PDT up to 10 A Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW  20  10 6 4 24 A2 11 A1 14 11 22 A2 14 A1 12 12 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 10 20 30 Switching voltage [V] 50 70 100 Technical data Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 2x 6 A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 10 A (With inserted bridge 2967691) 30 A (300 ms) 10 mA 5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX) Approx. 3 x 107 cycles EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373, EN 50121 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm     Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW 20 10 6 4 Switching current [A] ①  ②  ③        0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25 1.25 1.25 20 6 4.5 5 5 5 11 11 11 Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode   Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. PLC-RSPPLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW1) PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW1) PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW1) PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW1) PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW1) 2987105 2987121 2987147 2900346 2900347 2900348 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1) PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1) PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW1) PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1) PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1) PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW1) 2987118 2987134 2987150 2900349 2900350 2900351 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 Type Order No. 24UC/21HC/RW1) PLC-RSPPLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW1) PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW1) PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW1) PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW1) PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW1) 1 4 2 3 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 Switching voltage [V] 50 70 100 200 300 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series 3 DC, ohmic load 4 DC, L/R = 40 ms Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW Ordering data Order No. 2 5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX) Approx. 3 x 107 cycles EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373, EN 50121 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 2987079 2987082 2987095 2900324 2900325 2900326 20 Pcs. / Pkt. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 6 4 Switching current [A]   Single contact, 2-PDT 24UC/21-21/RW1) 2 1 Ohmic load Technical data ①  ②  ③        0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25 1.25 1.25 20 6 4.5 5 5 5 11 11 11 Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode Type Switching current [A] 21 2 1 1 3 2 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 Switching voltage [V] 50 70 100 200 300 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 363 Relay modules PLC series PLC electronic sensor terminal block for NAMUR proximity sensors The PLC-...EIK 1-SVN electronic sensor terminal block from Phoenix Contact converts the changeable resistance of a NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that can be read by all PLCs. In addition, the electronics unit monitors the sensor side for short-circuits or wire breaks and reports this error via an integrated LED. Due to a corresponding resistance circuit, the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to monitor all mechanical switches (N/C contact or N/O contact) for short-circuits and/or wire break. In addition to a high packing density, this switching amplifier features the following: – Regulated power supply for the NAMUR proximity switch – 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly connecting programmable logic controls – Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter – Screw, spring-cage, and push-in technology Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 For inductive proximity sensors according to NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor signal and faults  - Out Out ERR GND UVN UVN 24V ERR + (M) (P) Technical data Supply Input supply nominal voltage UVN Typ. input current at UVN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit 24 V DC ±20% Approx. 14 mA Approx. 350 Hz Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Control circuit No-load voltage Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6: Application 1 + ERR OUT U VN GND NAMUR initiator Application 2 Protective circuit Alarm output Operating voltage range (positive switching) Limiting continuous current Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current Output protection Signal output Limiting continuous current Voltage drop UR at max. limiting continuous current Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 8.2 V DC ±10% ≥ 2.1 mA (In conductive state) ≤ 1.2 mA (In blocking state) 6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit) 0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break) Surge protection (UVN - URes) 50 mA ≤ 1.5 V (UR) Red LED, Surge protection 50 mA ≤ 1.5 V (UR) Surge protection W/H/D 50 V DC 0.4 kV / Basic isolation -25°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 2/I 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Ordering data UKK 5-2R/NAMUR + ERR 1k 10k OUT Description U VN Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, positive switching GND Limit switch With screw connection With spring-cage connection With push-in connection Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1) PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1) PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1) 2982663 2982676 2900397 10 10 10 2941662 50 Accessories Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors Initiator state Switching level LED OUT ERR Green Red conductive L L OFF OFF blocking H L ON OFF short circuit L H OFF ON open circuit L H OFF ON 364 PHOENIX CONTACT With screw connection UKK 5-2R/NAMUR Relay modules PLC series PLC series Electronic reversing load relay for DC motors The PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC electronic reversing load relays are used to switch mechanically commutated DC motors up to 24 V/2 A. – Wear-free reversing – Braking by controlling both inputs – Short-circuit and surge- and overloadproof output – Integrated locking circuit and load wiring – Screw, spring-cage, and push-in technology Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. PWM = Pulse Width Modulation 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 With overload and short-circuit-proof output  UV T M+ R L M- GND Technical data Application example for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC Input data Control voltage UST right/left Control input current IST right/left Input protection: 24 V DC ±20% Approx. 3 mA Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection PWM option Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs 1000 Hz Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM Output data Supply voltage range UV Quiescent current Output protection R 0% ... 100% 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 mA Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection T L Motor switching output Continuous current IA max. Current limitation at short-circuits General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions L R U GND VCC 24 V M+ +- M- M Status table Input 2 A (see derating curve) 15 A (during braking) W/H/D 50 V DC 0.5 kV / basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 2 / II Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) In rows with zero spacing 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Output Ordering data Right Left M+ M– 0 0 1 0 +24 V GND 0 1 GND +24 V 1 1 GND GND High resistance High resistance Description Type Order No. PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1) PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1) 2980539 2980555 Pcs. / Pkt. Electronic reversing load relays, for driving DC motors, with light indicator and protection circuit With screw connection With spring-cage connection 1 1 Load current [A] Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC 2 1,5 1 2 1 30 40 50 20 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 1 Aligned without spacing 2 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 365 Relay modules PLC series PLC-INTERFACE Pulse expansion module A solid-state relay for acquiring and extending short pulses. – Pulse detection can be set from > 0.1 ms or > 2 ms – Status display – Delay times of 10 to 2550, can be set via DIP switches – Bridging options – Can be retriggered – Screw and push-in connection technology With DC voltage output Max. 100 mA US GND A1+ + A A2- 0 Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 Rated control supply current IS Input low, output low Input high, output high Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating current IC Switching threshold “0” signal in reference to UC Switching threshold “1” signal in reference to UC Status indication Operating voltage display Input circuit Output data Output voltage range UE Limiting continuous current Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current Output circuit Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 13 mA 19 mA 24 V DC 3 mA < 0.4 > 0.8 Yellow LED Green LED Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection 3 V DC ... 48 V DC 100 mA < 1 V DC 3-conductor, ground-referenced Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection, Free running W/H/D 50 V DC 0.5 kV -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Ordering data Description Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903171 1 PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903173 1 PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection 366 PHOENIX CONTACT Relay modules PLC series UCC U 24 V V 24 U UEE t00 tININ t 24 24 V V t00 tDIP/OUT t Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3 (no restart when triggered again) U UCC 24 V V 24 U UEE t00 tININ t tOUT t 24 V V 24 t00 tDIP Input pulse t1 ≥ set output pulse t3, then input pulse t1 = output pulse t2 (no restart when triggered again) U UCC 24 24 V V U UEE t00 tININ t00 tININ t 24 V V 24 t00 tOUT tDIP t Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3 (restart when triggered again) DIP S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 10 - - - - - - - - 20 - - - - - - - - 40 - - - - - - - - 80 - - - - - - - - 160 - - - - - - - - 320 - - - - - - - - 640 - - - - - - - - 1280 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 367 Relay modules PLC series PLC accessories The PLC-ESK power terminal helps with supplying the bridge potentials; the PLCATP partition plate helps with optical and safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC modules. The PLC-BP (A1-14) passive feed-through bridge is used instead of a relay and connects the A1 and 14 terminal points. D W H Ordering data Description Color Ordering data Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. gray Separating plate, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip. It is also used for visual separation of groups, safe isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as per DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of different potentials, and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages > 250 V PLC-ESK GY 2966508 5 black PLC-ATP BK 2966841 25 SZF 1-0,6X3,5 1204517 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PLC-BP A1-14 2980283 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN 1051016 10 Power terminal block, for supply of up to four potentials, with the same shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC Screwdriver Blade: 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14 black PLC accessories The colored isolated FBST plug-in bridges are not required for the PLC interface up to 70%. The 500 mm long FBST 500-PLC “endless bridges” are especially effective. The 2-pos. FBST 6 single plug-in bridges are especially suited for bridging a smaller number of PLC modules. Ordering data Description Color Cont. plug-in bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length, for potential distribution Nominal current: 32 A red blue gray Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 6 mm long, for potential distribution Nominal current: 6 A red blue gray Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 8 mm long, for potential distribution with a partition plate Nominal current: 6 A gray Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated, for potential distribution Nominal current: 10 A black Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section, with consecutive numbers, e.g., 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100 368 PHOENIX CONTACT Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. FBST 500-PLC RD FBST 500-PLC BU FBST 500-PLC GY 2966786 2966692 2966838 20 20 20 FBST 6-PLC RD FBST 6-PLC BU FBST 6-PLC GY 2966236 2966812 2966825 50 50 50 FBST 8-PLC GY 2967688 50 FBST 14-PLC BK 2967691 50 Relay modules PLC series Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE PLC-V8/... are VARIOFACE adapters which connect the 6.2 mm wide PLC RELAY modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling Notes: For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules, see page 488 VARIOFACE adapter for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE VARIOFACE adapter for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE  Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max total current (voltage supply) Test voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Connection method Power supply Signal level Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions H/D Technical data 24 V DC ±25% 1 A (per signal path) 3A 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 100 mm / 94 mm 24 V DC ±25% 1 A (per signal path) 3A 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 100 mm / 94 mm Ordering data Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT 2299660 1 PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M 2304306 1 V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with F LK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm INPUT 14 49.6 mm V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 2295554 2296553 1 1 OUTPUT 14 INPUT 14 V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 15-pos. D-SUB connection 49.6 mm 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M 2304102 2304115 1 1 Pin strip 15 Socket strip 15 V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 15-pos. D-SUB connection 49.6 mm 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/OUT PLC-V8/D15B/OUT 2296058 2296061 1 1 PLC-V8/D15S/IN PLC-V8/D15B/IN 2296074 2296087 1 1 Pin strip 15 49.6 mm Socket strip 15 49.6 mm V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching 14 112.3 mm V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching 14 112.3 mm For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 369 Relay modules PR series The PR series is a low-priced relay modular system, consisting of DIN rail bases, relays, plug-in input/interference suppression modules, engagement levers, and the matching marking labels and universal bridging materials for all bases. The modules are largely compatible with the usual standards on the market, have the major international approvals and are therefore accepted worldwide. Besides the familiar relay bases with the screw connection method, relay bases with the spring-cage connection method for miniature power relays with one or two PDT contacts and for industrial relays with two or four PDT contacts are available in the PR series. The connections in these bases are configured with double spring cages for free, simple bridging of all potentials. The PR series also boasts its own particular features: – Relay retaining bracket: The EL... plastic relay retaining bracket, with which the relays can be held and, if necessary, ejected, have an exposed, smooth, large equipment marking area for standard self-adhesive labels that can be printed easily and inexpensively using standard printers. When fitted, the engagement lever is securely connected to the base, which means that the labeling cannot be lost. – Industrial relays: All REL-IR... industrial relays have as standard an LED status display 370 PHOENIX CONTACT and all DC types also have an integrated freewheeling diode. In most cases, this eliminates the plug-in input modules that are otherwise also used. – Plug-in input modules with RC element: most standard input/interference suppression modules with an RC element used for compensation of interference coupling on long lines or in the event of leakage currents from electronic AC outputs have only low capacitance values. This greatly limits the filter effect. In contrast, the RC-120-230UC and RC3-120230UC plug-in module series for mains voltage applications have a filter function that is improved up to a factor of 10. Unlike with the discharge resistors that are normally used for such applications, using RC plug-in modules gives rise to no additional heating! Relay modules PR series PR1 series The narrow 16 mm PR1 base series for relays with one or two contacts is available with a screw or spring-cage connection method. Both the traditional 2/2-level bases and two modern “logical” 1/3-level versions with fully opposite coil and contact connections are available. PR2 series The PR2 base series accommodates plugin industrial relays with two or four PDT contacts. Like the PR1 series, the bases are available with screw and spring-cage connection methods, as well as in the traditional 2/2-level and modern “logical” 1/3-level versions. PR3 series The robust octal relays with two or three PDT contacts that are widely used in some areas fit on the PR3 base with touch-protected screw connections. All the base connections have a wide connection cross section and are arranged on one level with good accessibility. The active components of the PR1 modular system include various miniature power relays (optionally available with manual test function) and electronic solid-state relays. Matching relay retaining brackets with integrated marking area prevent them from being shaken loose. Depending on requirements, input/interference suppression modules with various functions can also be plugged in. Marking labels and loop bridges in various colors that are suitable for universal use with all PR bases complete the range of accessories. The PR2 modular system is specifically designed for plug-in industrial relays. Industrial relays from Phoenix Contact feature the following as standard: a manual test button, switch position indicator, status LED, and freewheeling diode (DC coils only). Interference suppression modules with a varistor or RC element can also be plugged in as an option. Relay retaining brackets with integrated marking areas prevent the relays from being shaken loose. Marking labels and loop bridges in various colors that are suitable for universal use with all PR bases complete the range of accessories. The PR3 modular system is specifically designed for the robust octal relays. The relays have a switch position indicator and a manual test button and there is a wire bracket to prevent them from being shaken loose. Input/interference suppression modules with various functions can also be plugged in as an option. The base can be marked with an 8 x 20 mm standard adhesive label. Loop bridges in various colors for universal use round off the range of accessories. For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 371 Relay modules PR series Modular PR1 relay base Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. Range of relay bases that can be fitted with 1 PDT or 2 PDT relay or solid-state relay Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules – Relay retaining bracket with labeling field and ejection function – Marking labels – Loop bridges Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 D W H 2/2-level design with screw connection  Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature (operation) Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height 300 V AC/DC 12 A -25°C ... 85°C 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 16 mm 63 mm (EL1-P16) 71 mm (EL1-P25) 75 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PR1-BSC2/2X21 2833518 10 for 16 mm tall miniature power relay and solid-state relay EL1-P16 2833547 10 for 25 mm tall miniature switching relay and solid-state relay EL1-P25 2833550 10 MP 1 2833631 10 EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 2821180 2820916 2820929 1 1 1 Description Relay base PR1, 2/2-level design, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking labels per pack With screw connection Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking labels per pack With screw connection Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking labels per pack With spring-cage connection Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and integrated equipment marking area (7.5 x 15 mm), suitable for relay socket PR1 Accessories Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm 2500 labels per roll Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm, 0.5 mm2 blue black gray 372 PHOENIX CONTACT Relay modules PR series D W H D W H 1/3-level design with screw connection 1/3-level design with spring-cage connection  Relay retaining bracket  Technical data Technical data Technical data 300 V AC/DC 12 A 300 V AC/DC 10 A - -25°C ... 85°C 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 -25°C ... 85°C 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 - 16 mm 71 mm (EL1-P16) 79 mm (EL1-P25) 78.5 mm 16 mm 72 mm (EL1-P16) 80 mm (EL1-P25) 97 mm - Ordering data - Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PR1-BSC3/2X21 2833521 10 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PR1-BSP3/2X21 2833534 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. EL1-P16 2833547 10 EL1-P16 2833547 10 EL1-P16 2833547 10 EL1-P25 2833550 10 EL1-P25 2833550 10 EL1-P25 2833550 10 Accessories Accessories MP 1 2833631 10 EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 2821180 2820916 2820929 Accessories MP 1 2833631 10 1 EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 1 1 1 DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 2821180 2820916 2820929 1 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 373 Relay modules PR series Plug-in miniature power relays Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1, and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases. The advantages: – Power contacts up to 16 A – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – High degree of protection up to RT III (comparable with IP67) depending on type 1 PDT relay 2 PDT relay Notes: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.   A1 A1 12 11 14 A2 A2 22 21 24 12 11 14 Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Electrical service life Standards/regulations ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 33 17 8.7 7 7 7 3 3 3 Technical data ④  ⑤  ⑥  ⑦  ⑧  8.2 7 4.1 7 32 7 3 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 2-9 2-9 2-9 3 3 ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 33 17 8.7 7 7 7 3 Plug-in miniature power relays with power contact with power contact with power contact with power contact with power contact with power contact with power contact with power contact Plug-in miniature power relays with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact 374 PHOENIX CONTACT ⑥  ⑦  ⑧  8.2 7 4.1 7 32 7 3 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 2-9 2-9 2-9 3 3 Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 16 A 25 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 10 mA) 8A 12 A (20 ms) 10 mA (At 5 V) AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 4000 VA - 2000 VA - 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 1 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 Ordering data Input voltage UN 3 ⑤  Single contact, 1-PDT 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 1 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 Description 3 ④  Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC REL-MR- 48DC/21HC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC REL-MR-110DC/21HC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC REL-MR-120AC/21HC REL-MR-230AC/21HC 2961309 2961312 2834821 2961325 2961338 2961406 2961419 2961422 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21 REL-MR-120AC/21-21 REL-MR-230AC/21-21 2961257 2961192 2834834 2961273 2961202 2961435 2961448 2961451 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU 2961532 2961545 10 10 REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 2961561 2961503 2961516 2961529 10 10 10 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961299 2961215 2834847 2961286 2961228 2961464 2961477 2961480 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Relay modules PR series REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT) Interrupting rating 2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 107 1 2 1 0,8 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ambient temperature [°C] 2 3 1 10 20 30 10 6 10 5 10 4 2 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms 1 DC coils 2 AC coils 1 2 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 100 1 10 6 4 Cycles 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 0,6 Electrical service life 20 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN Operating voltage range 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs) Interrupting rating 2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 107 2 1 0,8 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Ambient temperature [°C] 10 6 4 1 2 4 1 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 10 6 10 5 10 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 1 2 3 4 1 DC coils 2 AC coils 3 Cycles 1 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 0,6 Electrical service life 20 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN Operating voltage range 300 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 375 Relay modules PR series Plug-in miniature power relays Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and PR1 relay bases. The advantages: – Switching current of up to 16 A – With lockable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Integrated status LED – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – DC types with integrated freewheeling diode – Can be soldered in on PCB 1 PDT relay 2 PDT relay  Notes:  If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. A1 A1 12 11 14 A2 A2 22 21 24 12 11 14 Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Electrical service life Standards/regulations ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 18 32 7 9 3 - 12 3 - 12 ④      Technical data   ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 18 32 7 9 3 - 12 3 - 12   3.5 6 2-8 2-8 2-8       3.5 3 - 12 2-8 2-8 Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 16 A 32 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 12 V (At 1 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 12 V) AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 8A 16 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 12 V (At 1 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 12 V) 4000 VA - 2000 VA - 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C 5 x 106 cycles See diagram DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103 Ordering data Input voltage UN   6 2-8 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C 5 x 106 cycles See diagram DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 - Status LED ② 24 V AC - Status LED ③ 120 V AC - Status LED ④ 230 V AC Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position indicator - Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2① 24 V DC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS 2987891 2987901 2987914 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS Description ④  Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS 2987943 10 10 10 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS 2987956 2987969 2987972 10 10 10 2987927 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS 2987985 10 2987930 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 2987998 10 Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts - Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2- - Status LED 376 PHOENIX CONTACT ① ④ 230 V AC Relay modules PR series REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT) Electrical service life 107 20 1 10 Cycles 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 Interrupting rating Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN Operating voltage range 5 2 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils, 0 A contact current DC coils, 16 A contact current AC coils, 0 A contact current AC coils, 16 A contact current 10 20 30 10 5 10 4 1 2 0,1 10 100 6 1 0,5 0,2 0 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load Switching voltage [V] 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs) Electrical service life 107 20 1 10 1 2 3 4 Cycles 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 Interrupting rating Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN Operating voltage range 5 2 2 3 10 6 10 5 10 4 1 1 0,5 0,2 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 DC coils, 0 A contact current 2 DC coils, 16 A contact current 3 AC coils, 0 A contact current 4 AC coils, 16 A contact current 0 10 20 30 100 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 Switching voltage [V] 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series 3 DC, ohmic load 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 Reduction factor 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 377 Relay modules PR series Modular PR2 relay base Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. Range of relay bases that can be fitted with 2 PDT or 4 PDT relays Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules – Relay retaining bracket with labeling field and ejection function – Marking labels – Loop bridges Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 D W H 2/2-level design with screw connection  Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature (operation) Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height 300 V AC/DC 12 A -25°C ... 85°C 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 27 mm 84 mm (EL2-P35) 75 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PR2-BSC2/4X21 2833563 10 2833592 10 MP 2 2833644 10 EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 2821180 2820916 2820929 1 1 1 Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four PDTs, 2/2-level design, connection option for input/interference suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packaging With screw connection Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packaging With screw connection Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference suppression module, including ten MP1 marking labels per packaging With spring-cage connection Relay retaining bracket, with eject function and integrated device marking area (8 x 25 mm), to suit relay base PR2, for 35 mm high industrial relay EL2-P35 Accessories Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm Equipment marking label, labeling surface 9 x 25 mm Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm 2500 labels per roll Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm, 0.5 mm2 blue black gray 378 PHOENIX CONTACT Relay modules PR series D W H D W H 1/3-level design with screw connection 1/3-level design with spring-cage connection  Relay retaining bracket  Technical data Technical data Technical data 300 V AC/DC 12 A 300 V AC/DC 10 A - -25°C ... 85°C 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -25°C ... 85°C 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 - 27 mm 86 mm (EL2-P35) 78.5 mm 31 mm 84 mm (EL2-P35) 95 mm - Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PR2-BSC3/4X21 2833576 10 EL2-P35 2833592 10 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PR2-BSP3/4X21 2833589 10 2833592 10 EL2-P35 Accessories Type EL2-P35 Accessories Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2833592 10 Accessories MP 1 2833631 10 MP 2 2833644 10 EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 2821180 2820916 2820929 1 1 1 DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 2821180 2820916 2820929 1 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 379 Relay modules PR series Plug-in industrial relays suitable for PR2 relay base Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT contacts, suitable for PR2 and RIF-2 relay bases. The advantages: – Lockable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Integrated status LED – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – DC types with integrated freewheeling diode 2 PDT relay with power contacts 4 PDT relay with multi-layer gold contact Notes: For 48 V DC and 60 V DC types, see www.phoenixcontact.net/products   21 24 22 A1 A2 14 12 Technical data [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] 250 V AC ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 75 38 10 13 13 13 5 5 5 44 42 31 34 32 21 24 22 11 14 12 A2 11 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( AC, depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( AC, depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 41 A1 Technical data ④  ⑤  ⑥  ⑦  ⑧  7.2 13 3.6 13 54 11 5 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 5 5 ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 75 38 10 13 13 13 5 5 5 Single contact, 2-PDT Ag 250 V AC/DC 5V 10 A 1 mA Single contact, 4-PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC/DC 1V 5A 1 mA ④  ⑤  ⑥  ⑦  ⑧  7.2 13 3.6 13 54 11 5 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 5 5 2500 VA 1250 VA General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Electrical service life Standards/regulations 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -55°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor 5 x 107 cycles See diagram DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -55°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor 5 x 107 cycles See diagram DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103 Mounting position/mounting Any / On relay base PR2 Any / On relay base PR2 Ordering data Input voltage UN Description Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical switch position indicator with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ① 12 V DC with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ② 24 V DC with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ③ 110 V DC with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ④ 125 V DC with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ⑤ 220 V DC ⑥ 24 V AC ⑦ 120 V AC ⑧ 230 V AC Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical switch position indicator (Japanese standard) with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + 380 PHOENIX CONTACT ① ② ③ ④ 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 110 V DC Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21 REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21 REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21 REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21 2834012 2834025 2834041 2834960 2834957 2834054 2834067 2834070 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU 2834083 2834096 2834119 2834313 2834973 2834122 2834135 2834148 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21 2834151 2834164 2834177 2834180 10 10 10 10 REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU 2834193 2834203 2834216 2834229 10 10 10 10 Relay modules PR series REL-IR...2x21 (2 PDTs) AC interrupting rating 20 1,6 10 6 4 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] Cycles 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 3 1 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 2 2 300 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 1 Ohmic load 2 ohmic load, contacts in series 3 L/R < 7 ms Service life reduction factor 1 2 0,8 Reduction factor 10 10 6 4 1 Ohmic load 2 cos j = 0.4 1 6 2 80 Electrical service life 10 20 1 2 0,1 0,6 DC interrupting rating Switching current [A] 1,8 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN Operating voltage range 5 0,6 0,4 4 0 2 4 6 8 10 0,3 Switching current [A] 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 COS j 0,2 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 2 30 V DC, ohmic load REL-IR...4x21AU (4 PDTs) AC interrupting rating 20 1,6 10 6 4 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 10 10 6 4 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 1 1 4 2 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 3 2 10 1 Ohmic load 2 cos j = 0.4 1 2 3 4 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] L/R < 7 ms ohmic load ohmic load, 2 contacts in series ohmic load, 4 contacts in series 300 Service life reduction factor 1 0,8 Reduction factor Cycles 0,5 0,3 0,2 2 10 2 1 1 6 1 80 Electrical service life 10 20 2 0,1 0 DC interrupting rating Switching current [A] 1,8 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN Operating voltage range 5 0,6 0,4 4 0 1 2 3 4 Switching current [A] 5 0,3 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 COS j 0,2 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 2 30 V DC, ohmic load For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 381 Relay modules PR series Modular PR3 relay base Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. Range of relay bases that can be fitted with 2 PDT or 3 PDT relays Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules – Relay retaining bracket – Loop bridges Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 D W H Relay base for 2 PDT octal relay  Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature (operation) Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height 400 V AC/DC 10 A -40°C ... 85°C 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 38 mm 84 mm (EL3-M52) 75 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PR3-BSC1/2X21 2833602 10 2833628 10 2821180 2820916 2820929 1 1 1 Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with two PDTs, plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules With screw connection Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with three PDTs, plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules With screw connection Relay retaining bracket, wiring to suit relay base PR3, for 52 mm high octal relay EL3-M52 Accessories Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm, 0.5 mm2 blue black gray 382 PHOENIX CONTACT DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY Relay modules PR series D W H Relay base for 3 PDT octal relay Relay retaining bracket  Technical data Technical data 400 V AC/DC 10 A - -40°C ... 85°C 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 - 38 mm 84 mm (EL3-M52) 75 mm - Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. PR3-BSC1/3X21 2833615 10 2833628 10 EL3-M52 Accessories DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY Type EL3-M52 Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2833628 10 Accessories 2821180 2820916 2820929 1 1 1 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 383 Relay modules PR series Plug-in octal relays suitable for PR3 relay base Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts, suitable for PR3 and RIF-3 relay bases. The advantages: – Lockable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Extremely robust design 2 PDT relay with power contacts 3 PDT relay with power contacts   (A1) (14) (14) 2 (A1) 3 (11) 1 4 8 5 (21) 3 2 (12) (11) (31) (22) 6 (A2) 1 [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Electrical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting ①  56 12 ②  110 ③  22 ④  10 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20     7 Input voltage UN 9 (24) 8 (32) Technical data   ①  56 12   6 ②  110 ③  22 ④  10 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20         6 Single contact, 2-PDT AgSnIn 250 V AC/DC 1V 10 A (N/O contact) 10 mA Single contact, three PDTs AgSnIn 250 V AC/DC 1V 10 A (N/O contact) 10 mA 2500 VA 2500 VA 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 10 x 106 cycles See diagram IEC 60664 Any / On relay base PR3 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 10 x 106 cycles See diagram IEC 60664 Any / On relay base PR3 Ordering data Description 6 11 (34) Technical data Input data Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( AC, depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( AC, depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load (22) (21) (A2) (24) (12) 5 10 7 4 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. REL-OR- 24DC/2X21 REL-OR- 24AC/2X21 REL-OR-120AC/2X21 REL-OR-230AC/2X21 2834232 2834245 2834258 2834261 10 10 10 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. REL-OR- 24DC/3X21 REL-OR- 24AC/3X21 REL-OR-120AC/3X21 REL-OR-230AC/3X21 2834274 2834287 2834290 2834300 10 10 10 10 Plug-in octal relay with power contacts, with a test button and mechanical switch position indicator ① ② ③ ④ 384 PHOENIX CONTACT 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Relay modules PR series REL-OR...2x21 (2 PDTs) Interrupting rating Electrical service life 3 7 5 10 1 2 0,9 1 10 3 6 Reduction factor 1 10 Cycles Switching current [A] 20 1 Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 5 2 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 10 300 4 0 2 4 6 8 10 Switching current [A] 12 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 1 250V AC, ohmic load 2 120VDC, ohmic load 3 28V DC, ohmic load 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 REL-OR...3x21 (3 PDTs) Interrupting rating Electrical service life 3 7 5 10 1 2 0,9 1 10 3 6 Reduction factor 1 10 Cycles Switching current [A] 20 1 Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 5 2 10 20 30 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 10 4 0 2 4 6 8 10 Switching current [A] 12 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 1 250V AC, ohmic load 2 120VDC, ohmic load 3 28V DC, ohmic load For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 PHOENIX CONTACT 385 Relay modules PR series Plug-in octal relays for high DC loads Plug-in octal relays with two N/O contacts connected in series suitable for PR3 and RIF-3 relay bases. The relays are specially designed for switching high DC loads. Further advantages: – Full shutdown by means of 2 x 1.7 mm contact opening – With lockable manual operation – Integrated status LED – Integrated freewheeling diode with DC types 1 N/O contact, with blow magnet 1 N/O contact   (-) A1 14 12 A1 22 11 14 12 22 11 21 21 31 31 A2 24 34 A2 32 24 34 32 (+) Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 55 13 7 20 20 20 30 30 Technical data ④  ⑤  ⑥  100 22 11 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20   ①  ②  ③  refer to the diagram 55 13 7 20 20 20   30 30 Input voltage UN ⑤  ⑥  100 22 11 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20     30 Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts) with blowout magnet AgNi 250 V AC / 220 V DC 10 V (at 10 mA) 10 A 10 mA (at 10 V) Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts) AgNi 250 V AC / 220 V DC 10 V (at 10 mA) 10 A 10 mA (at 10 V) 2500 VA 2500 VA 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles IEC 61810, EN 60947 Any / On relay base PR3 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles IEC 61810, EN 60947 Any / On relay base PR3 Ordering data Description 30 ④  Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1/MB REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1/MB REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1/MB REL-OR/L- 24AC/1/MB REL-OR/L-120AC/1/MB REL-OR/L-230AC/1/MB 2901901 2901902 2901904 2901905 2901906 2901907 10 10 10 10 10 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1 REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1 REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1 REL-OR/L- 24AC/1 REL-OR/L-120AC/1 REL-OR/L-230AC/1 2901908 2901909 2901910 2901911 2901912 2901913 10 10 10 10 10 10 Plug-in octal relay for high DC loads ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ 386 PHOENIX CONTACT 24 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Relay modules PR series REL-OR.../1/MB (1 N/O contact with blow magnet) Operating voltage range of the relay DC interrupting rating 2,0 20 Switching current [A] U/UN  1,5  1,0  0,5 10 2 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A) 2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A) 3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation 0 1 10 6 4 20 10 20 30 1 DC, ohmic load 2 L/R = 40 ms 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 REL-OR.../1 (1 N/O contact) Operating voltage range of the relay DC interrupting rating 2,0 20 Switching current [A] U/UN  1,5  1,0  0,5 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A) 2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A) 3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation 0 10 20  10 6 4 2 1  0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30  DC, ohmic load  L/R = 40 ms 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 387 Relay modules PR series Input modules/interference suppression modules for PR1, PR2, and PR3 Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules for optional fitting of PR... relay base The advantages: – Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in coil – Mechanical coding to protect against incorrect connection Input/interference suppression module to match PR1 and PR2  Input/interference suppression module to match PR3  Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively, polarity: A1 +, A2 –, Input voltage: - 12-24 V DC ±20% - 48-60 V DC ±20% - 110 V DC ±20% Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively, polarity: A1 –, A2 + (Japanese standard), Input voltage: LDP- 12- 24DC LDP- 48- 60DC LDP-110DC 2833657 2833660 2833673 10 10 10 LDP3- 12- 24DC LDP3- 48- 60DC LDP3-110DC 2833770 2833783 2833796 10 10 10 LDM- 12- 24DC LDM- 48- 60DC LDM-110DC 2833686 2833699 2833709 10 10 10 LDM3- 12- 24DC LDM3- 48- 60DC LDM3-110DC 2833806 2833819 2833822 10 10 10 LV- 12- 24UC LV- 48- 60UC LV-120-230AC/110DC 2833712 2833725 2833738 10 10 10 LV3- 12- 24UC LV3- 48- 60UC LV3-120-230AC/110DC 2833835 2833848 2833851 10 10 10 - 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) - 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) - 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with RD-element to attenuate the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, Input voltage: V- 12- 24UC V- 48- 60UC V-120-230UC 2833864 2833877 2833880 10 10 10 V3- 12- 24UC V3- 48- 60UC V3-120-230UC 2833929 2833932 2833945 10 10 10 - 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω) - 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω) - 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω) RC- 12- 24UC RC- 12- 24UC RC-120-230UC 2833741 2833754 2833767 10 10 10 RC3- 12- 24UC RC3- 48- 60UC RC3-120-230UC 2833893 2833903 2833916 10 10 10 - 12-24 V DC ±20% - 48-60 V DC ±20% - 110 V DC ±20% Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, Input voltage: - 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) - 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) - 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, Input voltage: 388 PHOENIX CONTACT Relay modules PR series Terminal assignment PR1 base / Solid-state relay Terminal blocks, PR1 base A1 A2 SIM-EI...48DC/100 A2 (-) SIM-EI...TTL/100 A2 (-) SIM-EI...48DC/100RC 11 12 14 21 A1 (+) A + A1 (+) A + A2 (-) A1 (+) A + SIM-EI-OV-24DC/24DC/3 A2 (-) A1 (+) A + OPT-...24DC/5 A1 (+) A2 (-) 13 14 OPT-...230AC/2 A1 (+) A2 (-) 13 14 22 24 Solid-state relays 0 The relay bases of the PR1 series can also be equipped with wear-free solid-state relays (OPT… or SIM-EI...) as an alternative to the electromechanical relay. LDP... and LV... plug-in modules cannot be used in conjunction with SIM-EI... solid-state relays For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 389 Relay modules PR series Fully mounted PR1 relay modules with screw connection Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base – 1/2 PDT relay – Relay retaining bracket – Input module/interference suppr. module – Marking labels The advantages: – Logical contact arrangement thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Operational reliability thanks to sealed relay – Safe isolation between coil and contact side Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. D W H If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Other input voltages on request. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 PR1 relay module with 1 PDT relay 12 12 14 14 11 11 A1+ A2- A1 DC coils A2 AC coils Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: [mA] [ms] [ms] 24 V DC 24, 120, 230 V AC Output data Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. General data Test voltage 24 V DC 24 V AC See diagram 19 34 / 26 8 3 ... 12 10 1.5 ... 14 Damping diode, Yellow LED Varistor, Yellow LED PR... Single contact, 1-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 12 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 3000 VA (for 250 V AC) For more data, see diagram Winding to contact Contact/contact Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Service life, electrical Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Mounting position / Mounting Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D 120 V AC 230 V AC 9/7 3 ... 12 1.5 ... 16 6 / 5.5 3 ... 12 2 ... 22 PR...AU Single contact, 1-PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) - 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/211) PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/211) PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/211) PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/211) 2834326 2834339 2834342 2834355 5 5 5 5 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU1) PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU1) PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU1) PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU1) 2834368 2834371 2834384 2834397 5 5 5 5 0819288 1 Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with miniature power contact relay Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with multi-layer contact relay Accessories Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm 390 PHOENIX CONTACT EML (15X6) R YE Relay modules PR series PR1-RSC3.../21 (1 PDT) D W H 2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 20 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 2 1 0,8 PR1 relay module with 2 PDT contact relay Interrupting rating 0,6 Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN Operating voltage range of the relay 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ambient temperature [°C] 10 6 4 2 10 12 22 14 24 14 24 11 21 11 21 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms 1 DC coils 2 AC coils 12 22 2 3 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 100 1 Service life reduction factor Electrical service life 107 Cycles 1 A1 A2- DC coils A2 AC coils Technical data AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 10 mA) 8A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA (At 5 V) 2000 VA (for 250 V AC) For more data, see diagram 120 V AC 230 V AC 9/7 3 ... 12 1.5 ... 16 10 6 10 5 10 4 1 0,7 0,6 2 0,5 0,4 0,3 6 / 5.5 3 ... 12 2 ... 22 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) PR...AU Single contact, 2-PDT PR1-RSC3.../2x21 (2 PDT) AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) - Operating voltage range of the relay Coil voltage U/UN 24 V DC 24 V AC See diagram 19 34 / 26 8 3 ... 12 10 1.5 ... 14 Damping diode, Yellow LED Varistor, Yellow LED PR... Single contact, 2-PDT 0,8 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm Interrupting rating 2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 20 1 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 2 1 0,8 0,6 Switching current [A] A1+ Reduction factor 0,9 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 6 4 2 4 1 2 3 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 90 100 1 10 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 2 3 4 1 DC coils 2 AC coils 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 300 Ordering data Service life reduction factor with various cos phi PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211) PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211) PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211) PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834481 2834494 2834504 2834517 PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1) PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1) PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1) PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1) 2834520 2834533 2834546 2834559 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Accessories EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 Electrical service life Pcs. / Pkt. 1 107 1 Cycles Order No. 0,9 Reduction factor Type 0,8 10 6 10 5 10 4 1 0,7 0,6 2 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 391 Relay modules PR series Fully mounted PR1 relay modules with spring-cage connection Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base – 1/2 PDT relay – Relay retaining bracket – Input module/interference suppr. module – Marking labels The advantages: – Logical contact arrangement thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Operational reliability thanks to sealed relay – Safe isolation between coil and contact side Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. D W H If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. There is a double spring-cage for each terminal point. Other input voltages on request. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 PR1 relay module with 1 PDT relay 12 12 14 14 11 11 A1+ A2- A1 DC coils A2 AC coils Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: [mA] [ms] [ms] 24 V DC 24, 120, 230 V AC Output data Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. General data Test voltage 24 V DC 24 V AC See diagram 19 34 / 26 8 3 ... 12 10 1.5 ... 14 Damping diode, Yellow LED Varistor, Yellow LED PR... Single contact, 1-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 10 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 2500 VA For more data, see diagram Winding to contact Contact/contact Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Service life, electrical Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Mounting position / Mounting Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D 120 V AC 230 V AC 9/7 3 ... 12 1.5 ... 16 6 / 5.5 3 ... 12 2 ... 22 PR...AU Single contact, 1-PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) - 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/211) PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/211) PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/211) PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/211) 2834407 2834410 2834423 2834436 5 5 5 5 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU1) PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU1) PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU1) PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU1) 2834449 2834452 2834465 2834478 5 5 5 5 0819288 1 Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with miniature power contact relay Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with multi-layer contact relay Accessories Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm 392 PHOENIX CONTACT EML (15X6) R YE Relay modules PR series PR1-RSP3.../21 (1 PDT) D W H 2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 107 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,6 10 6 10 5 10 4 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ambient temperature [°C] 100 Switching current [A] 11 21 A1+ A1 A2- DC coils Interrupting rating 20 A2 AC coils Technical data AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 10 mA) 8A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA (At 5 V) 2000 VA For more data, see diagram 120 V AC 9/7 3 ... 12 1.5 ... 16 10 6 4 1 1 0,9 2 2 3 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 230 V AC 10 6 / 5.5 3 ... 12 2 ... 22 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms PR...AU Single contact, 2-PDT 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 PR1-RSP3.../2x21 (2 PDT) AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) - Operating voltage range of the relay Coil voltage U/UN 24 V DC 24 V AC See diagram 19 34 / 26 8 3 ... 12 10 1.5 ... 14 Damping diode, Yellow LED Varistor, Yellow LED PR... Single contact, 2-PDT Service life reduction factor with various cos phi Reduction factor 11 21 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm Interrupting rating 2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 20 1 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 2 1 0,8 0,6 Switching current [A] 14 24 Switching current [A] 12 22 14 24 2 2 1 DC coils 2 AC coils 12 22 1 2 1 0,8 PR1 relay module with 2 PDT contact relay Electrical service life Cycles Coil voltage U/UN Operating voltage range of the relay 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 6 4 2 4 1 2 3 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 90 100 1 10 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 2 3 4 1 DC coils 2 AC coils 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 300 Ordering data Service life reduction factor with various cos phi PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211) PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211) PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211) PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834562 2834575 2834588 2834591 PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1) PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1) PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1) PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1) 2834601 2834614 2834627 2834630 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Accessories EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 Electrical service life Pcs. / Pkt. 1 107 1 Cycles Order No. 0,9 Reduction factor Type 0,8 10 6 10 5 10 4 1 0,7 0,6 2 0,5 0,4 0,3 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 393 Relay modules PR series Fully mounted PR2 relay modules Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. Fully mounted PR2 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base – 2/4 PDT relay – Relay retaining bracket – Input module/interference suppr. module (AC types only) – Marking labels The advantages: – Relay with lockable manual operation and status LED – With DC types, freewheeling diode is integrated into relay – Mechanical switch position indicator – Logical contact arrangement thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Screw or spring-cage connection – 4 PDT types with multi-layer gold contacts For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. D W H If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Other input voltages on request. The DC types do not have a plug-in module because the status LED and the freewheeling diode are integrated directly into the relay. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 PR2 relay module with screw connection 22 12 42 32 22 12 24 14 44 34 24 14 21 11 41 31 21 11 A1+ A2- A1 DC coils A2 AC coils Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: [mA] [ms] [ms] 24 V DC 24, 120, 230 V AC Output data Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. General data Test voltage 24 V DC 24 V AC See diagram 38 54 / 46 13 4 ... 10 5 3 ... 12 Damping diode, Green LED Varistor, LED red PR... Single contact, 2-PDT Ag 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5V 10 A 20 A (15 ms) 1 mA 2500 VA For more data, see diagram Winding to contact Contact/contact Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Service life, electrical Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Mounting position / Mounting Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D 120 V AC 230 V AC 11 / 9 4 ... 10 3 ... 12 5/4 4 ... 10 3 ... 12 PR...AU Single contact, 4-PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 1V 5A 12 A (15 ms) 1 mA 1250 VA 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 5 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 3 / II Any / In rows with zero spacing 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 27 mm / 78.5 mm / 86 mm Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211) PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211) PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211) PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834643 2834656 2834669 2834672 5 5 5 5 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1) PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1) PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1) PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1) 2834724 2834737 2834740 2834753 5 5 5 5 0819288 1 Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with 2-PDT contact relay Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with 4-PDT contact relay and additional hard gold-plating Accessories Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm 394 PHOENIX CONTACT EML (15X6) R YE Relay modules PR series PR2-RS.../2x21 (2 PDT) D W H PR2 relay module with spring-cage connection 1,8 20 1,6 10 6 4 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 22 12 42 32 22 12 24 14 44 34 24 14 21 11 41 31 21 11 A1 A2 Technical data 230 V AC 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 11 / 9 4 ... 10 3 ... 12 5/4 4 ... 10 3 ... 12 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 10 20 Cycles 2 3 10 300 1 6 2 1 10 5 0,5 0,3 0,2 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 10 300 4 0 2 4 6 8 10 Switching current [A] 1 Ohmic load 2 ohmic load, contacts in series 3 L/R < 7 ms PR...AU Single contact, 4-PDT 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 1 Ohmic load 2 cos j = 0.4 2 1 30 80 Electrical service life 10 6 4 0,1 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 2 30 V DC, ohmic load PR2-RS.../4x21 (4 PDT) AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 1V 5A 12 A (15 ms) 1 mA 1250 VA Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil Coil voltage U/UN Ag 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5V 10 A 20 A (15 ms) 1 mA 2500 VA For more data, see diagram 120 V AC 2 2 20 AC coils 24 V DC 24 V AC See diagram 38 54 / 46 13 4 ... 10 5 3 ... 12 Damping diode, Green LED Varistor, LED red PR... Single contact, 2-PDT 10 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 5 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 3 / II Any / In rows with zero spacing 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 31 mm / 95 mm / 84 mm AC interrupting rating 1,8 20 1,6 10 6 4 Switching current [A] A2- DC coils 1 0,1 0 DC interrupting rating Switching current [A] A1+ AC interrupting rating Switching current [A] Coil voltage U/UN Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 2 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 80 300 1 Ohmic load 2 cos j = 0.4 Ordering data DC interrupting rating PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211) PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211) PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211) PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211) PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1) PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1) PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1) PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1) 2834685 2834698 2834708 2834711 2834766 2834779 2834782 2834795 Pcs. / Pkt. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Accessories EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 Electrical service life 20 10 6 4 3 2 1 1 Cycles Order No. Switching current [A] Type 4 10 1 6 2 2 10 5 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 1 2 3 4 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300 10 4 L/R < 7 ms ohmic load ohmic load, 2 contacts in series ohmic load, 4 contacts in series For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products 0 1 2 3 4 5 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 2 30 V DC, ohmic load PHOENIX CONTACT 395 Relay modules DEK series The Phoenix Contact DEK interface terminal blocks provide complete interface functions in modular terminal block housing that is just 6.2 mm wide. In conjunction with standard terminal block accessories, these high-capacity interfaces have not only the design but also the high level of user convenience of modular terminal blocks. The main common feature of all Phoenix Contact interface terminal blocks is their width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60% space in the control cabinet in comparison to conventional 15 mm wide coupling relays from modular systems. The DEK range offers the best solution for all industrial voltages both for signal input and output. High switching capacities are a matter of course for the DEK-REL... relay terminal block and the DEK-OV... solid-state relay terminal block. 396 PHOENIX CONTACT The wear-free DEK-OV... power solidstate relay terminal block is used for applications that require a greater switching frequency in which electromechanical relays reach the end of their service life in a short time. Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the switching status of the electronic terminal blocks and provide an excellent overview of the coupling level and the system. Colored EB-DIK insertion bridges for the supply and ground signals make it possible to design the circuit simply and effectively. Integrated protective circuits such as freewheeling diodes, polarity reversal protection diodes, and surge protection elements protect the coupling modules and ensure optimum availability of the system. Relay modules DEK series DEK-REL-... relay terminal block Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. The Phoenix Contact relay terminal block with PDT contact offers the following advantages: – Width of only 6.2 mm – High switching capacity of 250 V AC/6 A – Less storage, since PDT, N/O or N/C contacts can be wired – Little wiring expense due to the use of EB-DIK insertion bridges – IP67 protected relay housing – Cadmium-free relay contacts – 4 kV electrical isolation of input and output – Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160) – Light indicator for signaling the switching status. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit. For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 For medium to large power 1 PDT (21)  12 14 A1 + A2 - 11 Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load [mA] [ms] ①                0.8 1.1 9 8/5 Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Single contact, 1-PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A 6A 10 mA 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Ordering data Input voltage UN Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. DEK-REL-G24/211) 2964500 10 2716949 10 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1 Relay terminal block with power relay ① 24 V DC Accessories Cover D-DEK 1,5 GN Insertion bridge, for middle and lower levels No. of pos. Color 80 80 80 blue red white EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products 26 A 26 A 26 A PHOENIX CONTACT 397 Relay modules DEK series DEK-REL-24/1/SEN input interface and DEK-REL-24/1/AKT output interface In addition to the familiar advantages of the DEK-REL... electronic terminal blocks, such as – 2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A continuous current – 2 kVrms electrical isolation of input and output – Integrated input circuit With this terminal block, “ALL” connections for a sensor or actuator are provided over a width of just 6.2 mm! This means that 16 outputs take up a total constructional width of just 105.4 mm (including the power terminal block). Advantages: – Lower costs as the N terminal block is no longer required – Wiring is reduced to a minimum – Up to 73% more space Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit. For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 for small to medium loads 1 N/O contact (1)  A1 13 14 14 A2 Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load [mA] [ms] Supply (+) PLC OUT General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions W/H/D   Description Ground load 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 5 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC DEK-REL- 5/I/11) DEK-REL- 24/I/11) 2941183 2940171 10 10 2716949 10 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1 Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...AKT Accessories PLC IN Terminal block, with three through contacts, for mounting on NS 35... For busbar feeding Cover D-DEK 1,5 GN Insertion bridge, for middle and lower levels 0 +PLC Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...SEN 398 PHOENIX CONTACT   Relay terminal block with miniature relay ① ② +   Ordering data -PLC Load A   Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5A 1 mA 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 250 V AC Signal load ①  ②      0.9 0.8 1.1 1.1 23 6.5 8 / 15 5 / 15 Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier No. of pos. Color 80 80 80 blue red white EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A Relay modules DEK series D W H D W H for small to medium loads 1 N/O contact (1) D W H for small to medium loads 1 N/O contact (1)  for small to medium loads 1 N/O contact (1)  13 A1  A1 A2 14 A2     A1 14 A2 14 Technical data   ①        0.8 1.1 6.5 5 / 15 Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier   13 A2 Technical data ①  ②      0.9 0.8 1.1 1.1 23 6.5 8 / 15 5 / 15 Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier 13     Technical data   ①        0.8 1.1 6.5 5 / 15 Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier       Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5A 1 mA Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5A 1 mA Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. DEK-REL- 5/O/11) DEK-REL- 24/O/11) 2941170 2941154 10 10 D-DEK 1,5 GN EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A   Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT1) 2964063 10 Accessories   Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN1) 2964050 10 Accessories Accessories DIKD 1,5 2715979 50 DIKD 1,5 2715979 50 2716949 10 D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1 EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1 2716949 10 D-DEK 1,5 GN 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1 EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products 26 A 26 A 26 A PHOENIX CONTACT 399 Relay modules DEK series DEK-OE... and DEK-OV... solid-state relay terminal blocks Phoenix Contact DEK-OE and DEK-OV interface terminal blocks are only 6.2 mm wide but still provide a complete input or output interface with: – Electrical isolation between input and output at up to 2.5 kVrms – Integrated input circuit – Status display – EB-DIK insertion bridges – Labeling and mounting with modular terminal block convenience – Wear-free switching up to 24 V DC/10 A and 240 V AC/800 mA – Integrated output protection circuit – Zero voltage switch at AC output – Actuator version available. Notes: D W H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 5 For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 with DC voltage output max. = 100 mA  A1 + + A2 - + A1 A A 0 A2 0 DC AC Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level with reference to UN Load current [A] Derating curve for DEK-OV...24DC/3 and DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/3/AKT Typ. input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit AC 2 3 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [Hz] Input circuit DC 2 1 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 Ambient temperature [°C] Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal Output data Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Limiting continuous current Min. load current Surge current Leakage current in off state Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 1 60 1 Horizontal mounting 2 Vertical mounting Derating curve for DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/10 10 9 8 7 6 ①  ②  ③  ④  ⑤  ⑥      0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.9 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 6.5 11 7 4 3.2 2.5 300 300 300 300 3 3 Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection 3 V DC ... 48 V DC 100 mA Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode ≤ 0.9 V W/H/D 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 2 / III 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Load current [A] 5 Ordering data 4 3 Description 2 Solid-state input relays 1 0 10 20 30 0 Ambient temperature [°C] 40 50 60 Derating curve for DEK-OV...240AC/800 Input voltage UN ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC ① ② ③ ⑦ 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC No. of pos. Color 80 80 80 blue red white Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/1001) DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/1001) DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/1001) DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/1001) DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100 2940223 2964487 2940207 2941536 2941659 2940210 10 10 10 10 10 10 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1 Load current [A] Solid-state power relays 0,8 0,6 Actuator principle 0,4 Accessories 0,2 0 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature [°C] 400 PHOENIX CONTACT 50 60 Insertion bridge, for middle and lower levels EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A Relay modules DEK series D W H D W H with DC voltage output max. = 3 A D W H with DC voltage output max. = 10 A   A1+ 14 A1+ 14 A2- 13+ A2- 13+ A2-  A A1 + 0 DEK-OV.../24DC/3/AKT Technical data ②  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 8.5 300 ③  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 7 300     13 A1 + 13 A2 DEK-OV.../24DC/3 ①  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 11 300 with AC voltage output max. = 800 mA A2 - 14 Technical data ⑦  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 7 300   ①  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 5.1 100   ②  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 4.7 100 ③  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 3.5 100       Technical data   ①  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 10.2 10   ②  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 10.5 10 ③  0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 10.7 10           Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection 3 V DC ... 30 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection ≤ 0
2900155 价格&库存

很抱歉,暂时无法提供与“2900155”相匹配的价格&库存,您可以联系我们找货

免费人工找货